6 IPSG M2PA and M3UA Configuration Procedures

Chapter 6, IPSG M2PA and M3UA Configuration Procedures, describes the procedures necessary to configure the components necessary to establish IP connections using M2PA or M3UA associations on IPSG signaling links.

6.1 Adding IPSG Components

This section describes how to configure the components necessary to establish connections using IPSG M2PA associations on IPSG signaling links, and IPSG M3UA associations on IPSG signaling links.

The configuration of these connections consists of these items.

  1. Configure the IPSG card with the Adding an IPSG Card procedure.
  2. Configure the required destination point codes - see Chapter 2, “Configuring Destination Tables,” in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide.
  3. Configure the required IPSG linksets - perform the Adding an IPSG M2PA Linkset or the Adding an IPSG M3UA Linkset procedures.
  4. IP addresses must be assigned to the IPSG card configured in step 1 by performing the Configuring an IP Link procedure. There are other IP link parameters that are assigned to the IPSG card when the IPSG card is configured. Default values are assigned to these parameters when the IPSG card is configured. These values can be displayed by the rtrv-ip-lnk command. These values can be changed by performing the Configuring an IP Link procedure.
  5. Local IP hosts, assigned to the IP addresses assigned to step 4, must be configured in the database by performing the Adding an IP Host procedure. Verify the hosts with the rtrv-ip-host command. This establishes a relationship between the IPSG card related information and the association related information.
  6. When the IPSG cards are added to the database in step 1, there are IP parameters that control the IP stack that are assigned default values. These parameter values can be displayed by the rtrv-ip-card command. These values can be changed by performing the Configuring an IP Card procedure.
  7. Static IP routes provide more flexibility in selecting the path to the remote destination and reduces the dependence on default routers. Static IP routes are provisioned by performing the Adding an IP Route procedure.
  8. IPSG Associations specify a connection between a local host/TCP port and a remote host/TCP port. Two types of IPSG associations can be provisioned: M2PA and M3UA. Associations that are assigned to IPSG M2PA signaling links must be IPSG M2PA associations. Associations that are assigned to IPSG M3UA signaling links must be IPSG M3UA associations. The IPSG M2PA association is configured by performing the Adding an IPSG M2PA Association procedure. The IPSG M3UA association is configured by performing the Adding an IPSG M3UA Association procedure. Associations can be assigned to IPLIMx or IPGWx signaling links also. These associations are configured by performing the Adding an M2PA Association or Adding an M3UA or SUA Associationprocedures. A number of fields in the association cannot be configured with the Adding an IPSG M2PA Association or Adding an IPSG M3UA Association procedures and are set to default values. The values of these fields can be displayed using the rtrv-assoc command after the Adding an IPSG M2PA Association or Adding an IPSG M3UA Association procedures are performed. These values can be changed by performing the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure.
  9. There are two versions of IPSG M2PA associations, RFC and Draft 6, that can be configured in the database. When an IPSG M2PA association is added to the database with the Adding an IPSG M2PA Association procedure, the association is configured as an RFCM2PA association. The RFC version of M2PA timer set 1 is also assigned to the association when the IPSG M2PA association is added to the database.

    There are two different versions, RFC and Draft 6, of M2PA timer sets that can be assigned to IPSG M2PA associations. Each version of the M2PA timer sets contains 20 timer sets. The values of these timer sets can be changed with the Changing an M2PA Timer Set procedure.

    The version of the IPSG M2PA association and the M2PA timer set assigned to the association can be changed with Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure. The M2PA version of the association determines the version of the M2PA timer set that is assigned to the association. For example, if M2PA timer set 3 is assigned to the IPSG M2PA association, and the association is an RFC M2PA association, the RFC version of M2PA timer set 3 is used with the association. If M2PA timer set 7 is assigned to the IPSG M2PA association, and the association is a Draft 6 M2PA association, the Draft 6 version of M2PA timer set 7 is used with the association.

  10. When an IPSG M3UA association is added to the database, UA parameter set 10 is assigned to the association. There are 10 UA parameter sets that can be assigned to an association, but the UA parameter set assignment can be changed, using the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure. The values assigned to each UA parameter set can be changed, except for UA parameter set 10, using the Changing a UA Parameter Set procedure.
  11. Configure the IPSG signaling links with either the Adding an IPSG M2PA Linkset or Adding an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link procedures. If the addition of these signaling links will exceed the current number of signaling links the EAGLE is allowed to have, the Enabling the Large System # Links Controlled Feature procedure will have to be performed to increase the quantity of signaling links.
  12. Configure the required routes - see Chapter 3, “SS7 Configuration,” in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide.
  13. An internal point code can be provisioned to provide routing to an IP end office node. Configure the internal point codes by performing the Adding an End Node Internal Point Codeprocedure.
  14. The network appearance field identifies the SS7 network context for the message, for the purpose of logically separating the signaling traffic between the SGP (signaling gateway process) and the application server over a common SCTP (stream control transmission protocol) association. This field is contained in the DATA, DUNA, DAVA, DRST, DAUD, SCON, and DUPU messages. Network appearances are configured by performing the Adding a Network Appearance procedure.
  15. The EAGLE processes messages with a service information field (SIF) that is 272 bytes or smaller. The Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature allows the EAGLE to process messages with a service indicator value of 6 to 15 and with a SIF that is larger than 272 bytes. Perform the Activating the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling Feature procedure to enable and turn on the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature.

6.2 Adding an IPSG Card

This procedure is used to add an IPSG card to the database using the ent-card command. An IPSG card is an E5-ENET-B or SLIC card that is running the IPSG application.

The ent-card command uses these parameters.

:loc – The location of the card being added to the database.

:type – The type of card being added to the database. For this procedure, the value of this parameter is enet for an E5-ENET card and enetb for E5-ENET-B. When provisioning the SLIC, the card type is slic.

:appl – The application software that is assigned to the card. For this procedure, the value of this parameter is ipsg.

:force – If the global title translation feature is on, the force=yes parameter allows the IPSG card to be added to the database even if the current SCCP transactions-per-second threshold is unable to support the additional SCCP transaction-per-second capacity created by adding the IP card. This parameter is obsolete and is no longer used.

Card Slot Selection

The E5-ENET card can be inserted into any card slot, except for card slots that must remain empty to accommodate dual-slot cards, slots 09 and 10 in each shelf, and slots 1113 through 1118.

To provision a E5-ENET card, the shelf containing the E5-ENET card must have HIPR2 cards installed in slots 9 and 10 in that shelf. If HIPR2 cards are not installed in the shelf that the E5-ENET card will occupy, the E5-ENET card will be auto-inhibited when the E5-ENET card is inserted into the shelf. Enter the rept-stat-gpl:gpl=hipr2 command to verify whether or not HIPR2 cards are installed in the same shelf as the E5-ENET card being provisioned in this procedure.

  1. Display the total provisioned system TPS by entering the rtrv-tps command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-30 16:20:46 GMT EAGLE 42.0.0 
    
    Total provisioned IPGW   TPS =  30000 
    Total provisioned IPSG   TPS = 400000
    Total provisioned IPLIM  TPS =  20000
    Total provisioned ATM    TPS =   3668 
    
    Total provisioned System TPS (453668 of 500000) 91% 
    
    Command Completed. 
    

    See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. If adding the new IPSG card will not exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, continue the procedure with 2.

    If adding the new IPSG card will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode" feature in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1,000,000 (1M). After the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature has been enabled and turned on, continue the procedure with 2.

    If adding the new IPSG card will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M, This procedure cannot be performed. The maximum total provisioned system TPS the EAGLE can have is 1M,

  2. Display the cards in the database using the rtrv-card command.

    This is an example of the possible output. Cards should be distributed throughout the EAGLE for proper power distribution. Refer to Installation Guide for the shelf power distribution.

    
    rlghncxa03w 13-06-05 08:12:53 GMT  45.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL      LSET NAME     LINK SLC LSET NAME     LINK SLC
    1101   DSM       VSCCP     
    1102   TSM       GLS       
    1113   E5MCAP    EOAM
    1114   E5TDM-A
    1115   E5MCAP    EOAM
    1116   E5TDM-B
    1117   E5MDAL
    1201   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp2           A    0   sp1           B    0
    1203   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp3           A    0   
    1204   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp3           A    1   
    1206   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   nsp3          A    1   nsp4          B    1    
    1301   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp6           A    1   sp7           B    0
    1302   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp7           A    1   sp5           B    1
    1303   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode1       A    0   ipnode3       B    1
    1305   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode4       A    0   
    2101   ENET      IPSG
    2103   ENET      IPSG
    2105   ENET      IPSG
    2107   ENET      IPSG
    2201   DCM       IPLIM
    2203   DCM       IPLIM
    2207   DCM       IPLIM
    2211   DCM       SS7IPGW
    2213   DCM       SS7IPGW
    2215   DCM       IPGWI
    2217   DCM       IPGWI
    2301   DCM       SS7IPGW
    2303   DCM       SS7IPGW
    2305   DCM       IPGWI
    2307   DCM       IPGWI
    2311   DCM       IPLIMI
    2313   DCM       ILIMI
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If the required unprovisioned card slots (see the Card Slot Selection section) are shown in the rtrv-card output, continue the procedure with 5.
    • If the required unprovisioned card slots are not shown in the rtrv-card output, 3 must be performed.
  3. Display the shelves in the database by entering the rtrv-shlf command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 08-03-05 08:12:53 GMT  38.0.0
    SHELF DISPLAY
    FRAME SHELF        TYPE
      1     1       CONTROL
      1     2       EXTENSION
      1     3       EXTENSION
      2     1       EXTENSION
      2     2       EXTENSION
      2     3       EXTENSION
    

    If all the shelves are provisioned in the database, then the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed. There are no available card slots for the new IPSG card.

    If all the shelves have not been provisioned in the database, continue the procedure with 4.

  4. Add the required shelf using the ent-shlf command with the location of the shelf and the type=ext parameter. The shelf location values are 1200, 1300, 2100, 2200, 2300, 3100, 3200, 3300, 4100, 4200, 4300, 5100, 5200, 5300, and 6100. For this example, enter this command.

    ent-shlf:loc=3100:type=ext

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    rlghncxa03w 07-05-01 09:12:36 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    ENT-SHLF: MASP A - COMPLTD
  5. Verify that the card to be entered has been physically installed into the proper location (see the Card Slot Selection section). If the card has not been installed, insert the card into the desired card location following the rules described in the Card Slot Selection section.

    Caution:

    If the versions of the flash GPLs on the IPSG card do not match the flash GPL versions in the database when the IPSG card is inserted into the card slot, UAM 0002 is generated indicating that these GPL versions do not match. If UAM 0002 has been generated, perform the alarm clearing procedure for UAM 0002 in Unsolicited Alarm and Information Messages Reference before proceeding with this procedure.
  6. Verify that HIPR2 cards are installed in card locations 9 and 10 in the shelf containing the E5-ENET card being added in this procedure. Enter this command.

    rept-stat-gpl:gpl=hipr2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-07-05 08:12:53 GMT  41.1.0
    GPL        CARD      RUNNING            APPROVED      TRIAL
    HIPR2      1109      132-002-000        132-002-000   132-003-000
    HIPR2      1110      132-002-000        132-002-000   132-003-000
    HIPR2      1209      132-002-000        132-002-000   132-003-000
    HIPR2      1210      132-002-000        132-002-000   132-003-000
    HIPR2      1309      132-002-000        132-002-000   132-003-000
    HIPR2      1310      132-002-000        132-002-000   132-003-000
    HIPR2      2109      132-002-000        132-002-000   132-003-000
    HIPR2      2110      132-002-000        132-002-000   132-003-000
    HIPR2      2209      132-002-000        132-002-000   132-003-000
    HIPR2      2210      132-002-000        132-002-000   132-003-000
    HIPR2      2309      132-002-000        132-002-000   132-003-000
    HIPR2      2310      132-002-000        132-002-000   132-003-000
    Command Completed
    

    If HIPR2 cards are installed in the shelf containing the E5-ENET card, continue the procedure with 11.

    If HIPR or HIPR2 cards are not installed on the shelf containing the E5-ENET card, go to Installation Guide and install the HIPR or HIPR2 cards. Once the HIPR or HIPR2 cards have been installed, continue the procedure with 11.

  7. Enter the rtrv-stpopts command to verify whether or not the MFC option is on.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    
    rlghncxa03w 11-10-17 16:02:05 GMT EAGLE5 44.0.0
    STP OPTIONS         
    ---------------------------
    MFC                     off
    
    

    The rtrv-stpopts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. To see all fields displayed by the rtrv-stpopts command, see the rtrv-stpopts command description in Commands User's Guide.

    If the MFC option is off, perform the Configuring the MFC Option procedure in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide to turn on the MFC option.

    If the MFC option is on or the Configuring the MFC Option procedure in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide was performed in this step, continue the procedure with 8.

    Note:

    The Fan feature must be purchased before you turn this feature on with the chg-feat command. If you are not sure if you have purchased the Fan feature, contact your Sales Representative or Account Representative.
  8. Enter the rtrv-feat command to verify that the Fan feature is on.

    If the Fan feature is on, shown in the rtrv-feat output, the FAN field should be set to on.

    The rtrv-feat command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. To see all fields displayed by the rtrv-feat command, see the rtrv-feat command description in Commands User's Guide.

    If the Fan feature is on, continue the procedure with 10.

    If the Fan feature is off, continue the procedure with 8.

  9. Turn the Fan feature on by entering this command.

    chg-feat:fan=on

    Note:

    Once the Fan feature is turned on with thechg-feat command, it cannot be turned off.

    When the chg-feat has successfully completed, this message appears.

    
    rlghncxa03w 11-10-28 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 44.0.0
    CHG-FEAT: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  10. The shelf containing the E5-ENET-B card that is being added in this procedure must have fans installed. Verify whether or not fans are installed on the shelf.

    If the fans are installed, continue the procedure with 11.

    If the fans are not installed on the shelf containing the E5-ENET-B card, go to Installation Guide and install the fans. After the fans have been installed and tested, continue the procedure with 11.

  11. Add the card using the ent-card command. For this example, enter these commands.

    ent-card:loc=1311:type=enetb:appl=ipsg

    ent-card:loc=1313:type=slic:appl=ipsg

    When each of these commands have successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-12 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    ENT-CARD: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  12. Verify the changes using the rtrv-card command with the card location specified in 11. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-card:loc=1311

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL      LSET NAME     LINK SLC LSET NAME     LINK SLC
    1311   ENETB     IPSG
    

    rtrv-card:loc=1313

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL      LSET NAME     LINK SLC LSET NAME     LINK SLC
    1313   SLIC      IPSG
    
  13. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-1 Adding an IPSG Card

Sheet 1 of 2

Sheet 2 of 2

6.3 Adding an IPSG M2PA Linkset

This procedure is used to configure IPSG M2PA linksets in the EAGLE using the ent-ls commands with these parameters.

:lsn – The name of the linkset. The linkset name can contain up to 10 characters, with the first character being a letter. However, the SEAS interface supports only eight characters. If this linkset is displayed on the SEAS interface and the linkset name contains more than eight characters, only the first eight characters in the linkset name are shown. If this linkset name contains more than eight characters, and is specified with the linkset commands on the SEAS interface, only the first eight characters can be specified.

:apc/apca/apci/apcn/apcn24 – Adjacent point code – the point code identifying the node that is next to the EAGLE. The adjacent point code can be one of the following types of point codes:

:apc/apcaANSI point code, ANSI private point code

:apciITU-I point code, ITU-I spare point code, ITU-I private point code, ITU-I private spare point code.

:apcn – 14-bit ITU-N point code, 14-bit ITU-N spare point code, 14-bit ITU-N private point code, 14-bit ITU-N private spare point code.

:apcn24 – 24-bit ITU-N point code, 24-bit ITU-N private point code.

Note:

See the “Point Code Formats” section in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide for a definition of the point code types that are used on the EAGLE and for a definition of the different formats that can be used for ITU national point codes.

:lst – The linkset type of the specified linkset, a, b, c, d, e. The linkset type prx can also be specified for an IPSG M2PA linkset. For more information on using the prx linkset type, refer to the "Adding an SS7 Linkset" procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide.

:ipsg – This parameter specifies whether or not the linkset is an IPSG linkset. This parameter has two values, yes (if the linkset is an IPSG linkset) or no (if the linkset is not an IPSG linkset). For this procedure, the ipsg parameter value must be yes.

:maxslktps – The maximum number of transactions per second (TPS) for all signaling links that are assigned to the IPSG M2PA linkset. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values.

:rsvdslktps – The number of transactions per second (TPS) that is assigned to each IPSG signaling link that will be in the linkset. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. The slktps parameter can be used in place of the rsvdslktps parameter.

:tpsalmtype – The TPS threshold that will generate alarms. This parameter has two values.
  • rsvdslktps - The RSVDSLKTPS threshold generates alarms.
  • maxslktps - The MAXSLKTPS threshold generates alarms.

:lsusealm – The linkset’s TPS alarm threshold, from 10 to 100 percent of the linkset’s IPTPS. When this threshold is reached, a major alarm (UAM 0115) is generated. When the linkset’s IPTPS falls below this threshold, UAM 0115 is automatically cleared and UAM 0118 is generated.

:slkusealm – The signaling link TPS alarm threshold, from 10 to 100 percent of the signaling link’s fair share of the linkset’s TPS from 10 to 100 percent of the IPSG card’s capacity See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. This threshold is reached when the signaling link’s actual usage exceeds the percentage of the signaling link’s fair share of the linkset’s TPS or the percentage of the IPGWx card’s capacity.

A signaling link's fair share of linkset’s TPS is the linkset’s TPS divided by the number of in-service links in the linkset. For example, if the linkset TPS is 4000 and there are 4 signaling links in the linkset, all in-service, then the signaling link's fair-share would be 1000 TPS (4000/4=1000). Table 6-1 shows this calculation for a linkset with 1, 2, 3 and 4 in-service signaling links.

Table 6-1 Signaling Link Fair Share Example

Number of In-Service Signaling Links Linkset TPS Signaling Link Fair Share of the Linkset TPS

4

4000

1000

3

4000

1333

2

4000

2000

1

4000

4000

When this threshold is exceeded, a minor alarm (UAM 0116) is generated. When the amount of traffic on the signaling link falls below this threshold, UAM 0116 is automatically cleared and UAM 0119 is generated.

The signaling link TPS alarm shows that the linkset TPS is set too low for the linkset or that the IPSG card's capacity has been exceeded. Setting the signaling link TPS alarm threshold lower than the linkset TPS alarm threshold can give the user an earlier indication that the linkset TPS is inadequate or that traffic is not balanced across the links in the linkset.

:adapter - This parameter specifies the adapter layer for the signaling links that will be assigned to the IPSG M2PA linkset. This parameter has two values, m2pa and m3ua. For an IPSG M2PA linkset, the adapter parameter value must be m2pa.

The adjacent point code (APC) for the linkset must be defined in the database, must be in the SS7 domain and cannot match the point code or capability point code of the EAGLE. The domain of the point code is shown in the DMN field in the output of the rtrv-dstn command. The point code of the EAGLE is shown in the PCA, PCN, PCN24, or PCI fields and the capability point code of the EAGLE are shown in the CPCA, CPCN, CPCN24, or CPCI fields in the output of the rtrv-sid command. An ANSI adjacent point code must be a full point code and cannot be a cluster point code or a network routing point code.

If the APC is not in the destination point code table, go to the “Adding a Destination Point Code” procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide and add the APC to the destination point code table.

Adding the IPSG M2PA linkset cannot exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS shown in the rtrv-tps output. An IPSG M2PA linkset uses from 100 to MaxTPS (see Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values, as provisioned by the maxslktps parameter.

If adding the IPSG M2PA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode" feature in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1,000,000 (1M). If the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M, or the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 and will not be increased, and adding the IPSG M2PA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, the IPSG M2PA linkset cannot be added unless the amount of available TPS is reduced enough to allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added. The available TPS can be reduced by performing one or more of these actions.
  • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed.
  • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed.
  • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed.
  • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed.

Other Optional Parameters

There are other optional parameters that can be used to configure an IPSG M2PA linkset. These parameters are not required for configuring an IPSG M2PA linkset. These parameters are discussed in more detail in Commands User's Guide or in these sections.

Canceling the RTRV-LS and RTRV-DSTN Commands

Because the rtrv-ls and rtrv-dstn commands used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-ls and rtrv-dstn commands can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-ls and rtrv-dstn commands can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-ls or rtrv-dstn commands were entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-ls or rtrv-dstn commands were entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-ls or rtrv-dstn commands were entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-ls or rtrv-dstn commands were entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current linksets in the database using the rtrv-ls command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx1        001-001-002   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    ipgwx2        001-001-003   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    ipgwx3        001-001-004   none 1   1   no  A   0    off off off no    off
    ls1305        001-005-000   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    ls1307        001-007-000   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    lsniplim      002-002-002   none 1   1   no  A   3    off off off no    off
    ipsglsn       003-003-003   none 1   1   no  A   6    off off off no    off
    lsn2          003-003-004   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    lsn1          003-003-005   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    ipsglsn2      005-005-005   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    lsnds0        009-009-009   none 1   1   no  A   2    off off off no    off
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCI   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lsnituatm     1-002-3       none 1   2   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
    
    Link set table is (12 of 1024) 1% full.
    
  2. Display the point code and capability point code of the EAGLE by using the rtrv-sid command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    PCA              PCI             PCN           CLLI            PCTYPE
    001-001-001      1-200-6         13482         rlghncxa03w     OTHER
    
    CPCA
    002-002-001       002-002-003       002-002-004      002-002-005
    002-002-006       002-002-007       002-002-008      002-002-009
    004-002-001       004-003-003       144-212-003
    
    CPCA (LNP)
    005-005-002       005-005-004       005-005-006
    
    CPCI
    1-001-1           1-001-2           1-001-3          1-001-4
    
    CPCN
    02091             02092             02094             02097
    02191             02192             11177
    
  3. Display the destination point codes in the database by entering the rtrv-dstn command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    Extended Processing Time may be Required
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI           ALIASN/N24    DMN
       001-207-000   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       001-001-002   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       001-001-003   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       001-001-004   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       001-005-000   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       001-007-000   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       002-002-002   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       003-002-004   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       003-003-003   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       003-003-004   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       003-003-005   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       005-005-005   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       008-012-003   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       009-002-003   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       009-009-009   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       010-020-005   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
    
       DPCI          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA           ALIASN/N24    DMN
       1-002-3       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       1-207-0       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       0-015-0       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       0-017-0       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       1-011-1       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       1-011-2       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
    
    
    Destination table is (22 of 2000) 2% full
    Alias table is (0 of 12000) 0% full
    

    If the new adjacent point code is not shown in the rtrv-dstn output, perform the "Adding a Destination Point Code" procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide to add the required point code. After the new adjacent point code has been added, continue the procedure with 7.

    If the new adjacent point code is shown in the rtrv-dstn output, continue the procedure with 4.

  4. Display the adjacent point code of the new linkset in the destination point code table by using the rtrv-dstn command and specifying the point code. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=010-020-005

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI           ALIASN/N24    DMN
       010-020-005   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
    
       SPCA         NCAI         RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  ----         none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    Destination table is (14 of 2000) 1% full
    Alias table is (0 of 12000) 0% full
    
  5. The APC of the linkset cannot be the DPC of any exception route. Verify that the adjacent point code of the linkset is not the DPC of any exception route by entering the rtrv-rtx command with the dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24 parameter. The dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24 parameter value is the adjacent point code value that will be specified for the linkset.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-rtx:dpca=010-020-005

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.5.0
        DPCA          RTX-CRITERIA              LSN        RC    APC
    
        010-020-005   OPCA
                      007-008-009               ls1305     20    001-005-000
                      008-008-008               ls1307     40    001-007-000
    
     DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
         FULL DPC(s):                   13
         EXCEPTION DPC(s):               5
         NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
         CLUSTER DPC(s):                 1
         TOTAL DPC(s):                  19
         CAPACITY (% FULL):              1%
     ALIASES ALLOCATED:               12000
         ALIASES USED:                   0
         CAPACITY (% FULL):              0%
     X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    

    If the adjacent point code of the linkset is not the DPC of a route exception table entry, no entries are displayed in the rtrv-rtx output, but a summary of the point code quantities is displayed, as shown in the following output example.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.5.0
    
        DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
            FULL DPC(s):                   15
            EXCEPTION DPC(s):               5
            NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
            CLUSTER DPC(s):                 1
            TOTAL DPC(s):                  21
            CAPACITY (% FULL):              1%
        ALIASES ALLOCATED:               12000
            ALIASES USED:                   0
            CAPACITY (% FULL):              0%
        X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    

    If the point code specified in this step is shown in the DPCA/DPCI/DPCN/ DPCN24 columns in this step, the point code value cannot be used as an adjacent point code unless one of two actions are taken:

    • Choose another adjacent point code value and repeat the procedure from 2.
    • Remove all the entries displayed in this step by performing the “Removing a Route Exception Entry” procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide. After the entries have been removed, continue the procedure with 6.

    If the adjacent point code of the linkset is not the DPC of a route exception table entry, continue the procedure with 6.

  6. Display any entries in the route table whose DPC value is also the adjacent point code of the new linkset being added in this procedure, or the new adjacent point code of the existing linkset being changed in this procedure. Enter the rtrv-rte command with the dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24 parameter. The dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24 parameter value is the adjacent point code value that will be specified for the linkset. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-rte:dpca=010-020-005

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
       DPCA           ALIASI     ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
       010-020-005 ---------- --------------   lsn1       1     003-003-005
                                               lsn2       2     003-003-004
                                                   RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
    

    If the adjacent point code of the linkset is not the DPC of a route, the point code entry is displayed in the rtrv-rte output, but the LSN, RC, and APC columns contain dashes, as shown in the following output example.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
       DPCA           ALIASI     ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
       010-020-005 ---------- --------------   ---------- --    -----------
                                                   RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
    

    If the point code specified in this step is shown in the DPCA/DPCI/DPCN/ DPCN24 columns in this step, the point code value cannot be used as an adjacent point code unless one of two actions are taken:

    • Choose another adjacent point code value and repeat the procedure with 2.
    • Remove all the entries displayed in this step by performing the “Removing a Route” procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide. After the entries have been removed, continue the procedure with 12

    If the adjacent point code of the linkset is not the DPC of a route, continue the procedure with 7.

  7. Display the total provisioned system TPS by entering the rtrv-tps command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 16:20:46 GMT  EAGLE 42.0.0
    
    CARD     NUM    NUM      RSVD       MAX
    TYPE   CARDS  LINKS       TPS       TPS
    -----  -----  -----  --------  --------
    IPGW      17     16     48000     80000
    IPSG       3      7      4200      8000
    IPLIM      2      4      8000      8000
    ATM        2      2      3668      3668
    
    Total provisioned System TPS (99668 of 500000) 20%
    
    Command Completed.
    

    An IPSG M2PA linkset uses 100 to MaxTPS (see Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values), as provisioned by the maxslktps parameter. If adding the new IPSG M2PA linkset will not exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, continue the procedure with 12.

    If adding the new IPSG M2PA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 shown, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode Feature" procedure in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1M. After the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature has been enabled and turned on, continue the procedure with 12.

    If the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M, or the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 and will not be increased, and adding the IPSG M2PA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, the IPSG M2PA linkset cannot be added unless the amount of available TPS is reduced enough to allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added. The available TPS can be increased by performing one or more of these actions.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 10.
    • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 10.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
  8. Display the ATM high-speed signaling links by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=saal

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                      LP         ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  LL
    1303 A    lsnds0     1   LIMATM   1   1.544M LINE     5     0    0
    
                                      LP         ATM                    E1ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  CRC4 SI SN
    1306 A    lsnituatm  0   LIME1ATM 21  2.048M LINE     5     0    ON   3  0
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    

    If ATM high-speed signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, perform the "Removing an SS7 Signaling Link" procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide to remove some of the ATM high-speed signaling links.

    If ATM high-speed signaling links are not displayed in the rtrv-slk output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added, the IPSG M2PA linkset cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 10.
    • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 10.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added, continue the procedure with 12.

  9. Display the signaling links that are assigned to IPLIMx cards by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=iplim

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1301 A    lsniplim   0   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 A1   lsniplim   1   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 B1   lsniplim   2   IPLIM    M2PA
    1317 A    lsniplimi  0   IPLIMI   M2PA
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    

    If IPLIMx cards containing signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, perform the Removing an IPLIMx Card procedure to remove an IPLIMx card and its associated signaling links.

    If IPLIMx cards containing signaling links are not displayed in the rtrv-slk output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added, the IPSG M2PA linkset cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 10.
    • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 10.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added, continue the procedure with 12.

  10. Display the IPGWx and IPSG linksets by entering this command.

    rept-stat-iptps

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    IP TPS USAGE REPORT
    
               THRESH  CONFIG/  CONFIG/         TPS   PEAK      PEAKTIMESTAMP
                          RSVD      MAX
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    LSN
    ipgwx1       100%     ----    32000  TX:   3700   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   3650   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipgwx2       100%     ----    16000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09 
                                        RCV:   4850   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09
    ipgwx3       100%     ----    32000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipsglsn      100%      600    24000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19    
    ipsglsn2     100%      600     4000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19   
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Command Completed.
    

    If linksets are displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output, continue the procedure with 11.

    If linksets are not displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added, the IPSG M2PA linkset cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added, continue the procedure with 12.

  11. Display the attributes of the linksets shown in 10 by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset shown in 10.

    For this example enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx1        001-001-002   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  4          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 32000   100%      80%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE
               1101 A    0   SS7IPGW
               1102 A    1   SS7IPGW
               1103 A    2   SS7IPGW
               1104 A    3   SS7IPGW
               1105 A    4   SS7IPGW
               1106 A    5   SS7IPGW
               1107 A    6   SS7IPGW
               1108 A    7   SS7IPGW
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx2        001-001-003   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  4          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 16000   100%      80%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE
               1111 A    0   SS7IPGW
               1112 A    1   SS7IPGW
               1201 A    2   SS7IPGW
               1202 A    3   SS7IPGW
               1203 A    4   SS7IPGW
               1204 A    5   SS7IPGW
               1205 A    6   SS7IPGW
               1206 A    7   SS7IPGW
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx3

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx3        001-001-004   none 1   1   no  A   0    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 32000   100%      80%
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsglsn

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsglsn       003-003-003   none 1   1   no  A   6    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  3          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m2pa       600         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%         100%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 A    0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa1
               1303 A1   1   IPSG     ipsgm2pa2
               1303 B1   2   IPSG     ipsgm2pa3
               1303 A2   3   IPSG     ipsgm2pa4
               1303 A3   4   IPSG     ipsgm2pa5
               1307 A    5   IPSG     m2pa2
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsglsn2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsglsn2      005-005-005   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m2pa       600         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%         100%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 B3   0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa6
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    
    Perform one or both of these actions as necessary.
    • Perform the Configuring an IPGWx Linkset procedure to change the IPTPS value for any linksets shown in the rtrv-ls output whose IPGWAPC value is yes.
    • Perform the Changing an IPSG M2PA Linkset procedure (for linkset whose IPSG value is yes and ADAPTER value is M2PA) or the Changing an IPSG M3UA Linkset procedure (for linkset whose IPSG value is yes and ADAPTER value is M3UA) to change the MAXSLKTPS value (and RSVDSLKTPS value if necessary) for any linksets shown in the rtrv-ls output.
    Perform one or both of these actions to increase the available TPS if needed.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added, continue the procedure with 12.

  12. Add the new linkset to the database using the ent-ls command. The new linkset must meet these conditions.

    The name of this linkset cannot be used by another linkset – the linkset configuration is shown in the output of 1.

    The APC of the new linkset must be in the destination point code table, but cannot be either the EAGLE’s point code or the EAGLE's capability point code – shown in the outputs of 2, 3, and 4. The adjacent point code can be one of the following types of point codes:

    :apc/apcaANSI point code, ANSI private point code

    :apciITU-I point code, ITU-I spare point code, ITU-I private point code, ITU-I private spare point code.

    :apcn – 14-bit ITU-N point code, 14-bit ITU-N spare point code, 14-bit ITU-N private point code, 14-bit ITU-N private spare point code.

    :apcn24 – 24-bit ITU-N point code, 24-bit ITU-N private point code.

    These parameters and values must also be specified for the IPSG M2PA linkset:

    • The ipgwapc, iptps, rcontext, and asnotif parameters cannot be specified for an IPSG M2PA linkset.
    • These optional parameters can be specified with the ent-ls command.
      • lsusealm - the linkset’s IP TPS alarm threshold. The default value for the lsusealm parameter is 100.
      • slkusealm - the signaling link IP TPS alarm threshold. The default value for the slkusealm parameter is 80.
      • tpsalmtype - The TPS threshold that will generate alarms, either rsvdslktps or maxslktps. The default value for the tpsalmtype parameter is rsvdslktps.

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-ls:lsn=lsgw1107:apca=010-020-005:lst=a:ipsg=yes:rsvdslktps=200:maxslktps=1000 :lsusealm=70:slkusealm=70:adapter=m2pa

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-17 16:23:21 GMT  EAGLE5 37.5.0
    Link set table is ( 14 of 1024)  1% full
    ENT-LS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  13. Verify the changes using the rtrv-ls command specifying the linkset name specified in 12 with the lsn parameter. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=lsgw1107

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN          APCA   (SS7)  SCRN  SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lsgw1107     010-020-005   none  1   1   no  A   0    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m2pa       200         1000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 70%         70%
    
    Link set table is ( 14 of 1024)  1% full
    
  14. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-2 Adding an IPSG M2PA Linkset



Sheet 1 of 5



Sheet 2 of 5



Sheet 3 of 5



Sheet 4 of 5



Sheet 5 of 5

6.4 Adding an IPSG M3UA Linkset

This procedure is used to configure IPSG M3UA linksets in the EAGLE using the ent-ls command with these parameters.

:lsn – The name of the linkset. The linkset name can contain up to 10 characters, with the first character being a letter. However, the SEAS interface supports only eight characters. If this linkset is displayed on the SEAS interface and the linkset name contains more than eight characters, only the first eight characters in the linkset name are shown. If this linkset name contains more than eight characters, and is specified with the linkset commands on the SEAS interface, only the first eight characters can be specified.

:apc/apca/apci/apcn/apcn24 – Adjacent point code – the point code identifying the node that is next to the EAGLE. The adjacent point code can be one of the following types of point codes:

:apc/apcaANSI point code, ANSI private point code

:apciITU-I point code, ITU-I spare point code, ITU-I private point code, ITU-I private spare point code.

:apcn – 14-bit ITU-N point code, 14-bit ITU-N spare point code, 14-bit ITU-N private point code, 14-bit ITU-N private spare point code.

:apcn24 – 24-bit ITU-N point code, 24-bit ITU-N private point code.

Note:

See the “Point Code Formats” section in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide for a definition of the point code types that are used on the EAGLE and for a definition of the different formats that can be used for ITU national point codes.

:lst – The linkset type of the linkset. For an IPSG M3UA linkset, only one value can be specified, A.

:ipsg – This parameter specifies whether or not the linkset is an IPSG linkset. This parameter has two values, yes (if the linkset is an IPSG linkset) or no (if the linkset is not an IPSG linkset). For this procedure, the ipsg parameter value must be yes.

:maxslktps – The maximum number of transactions per second (TPS) for all signaling links that are assigned to the IPSG M3UA linkset. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values.

:rsvdslktps – The number of transactions per second (TPS) that is assigned to each IPSG signaling link that will be in the linkset. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. The slktps parameter can be used in place of the rsvdslktps parameter.

:tpsalmtype – The TPS threshold that will generate alarms. This parameter has two values.
  • rsvdslktps - The RSVDSLKTPS threshold generates alarms.
  • maxslktps - The MAXSLKTPS threshold generates alarms.

:lsusealm – The linkset’s TPS alarm threshold, from 10 to 100 percent of the linkset’s TPS. When this threshold is reached, a major alarm (UAM 0115) is generated. When the linkset’s TPS falls below this threshold, UAM 0115 is automatically cleared and UAM 0118 is generated.

:slkusealm – The signaling link TPS alarm threshold, from 10 to 100 percent of the signaling link’s fair share of the linkset’s TPS from 10 to 100 percent of the IPSG card’s capacity (5000 TPS). This threshold is reached when the signaling link’s actual usage exceeds the percentage of the signaling link’s fair share of the linkset’s TPS or the percentage of the IPSG card’s capacity.

A signaling link's fair share of linkset’s TPS is the linkset’s TPS divided by the number of in-service links in the linkset. For example, if the linkset TPS is 4000 and there are 4 signaling links in the linkset, all in-service, then the signaling link's fair-share would be 1000 TPS (4000/4=1000). Table 6-2 shows this calculation for a linkset with 1, 2, 3 and 4 in-service signaling links.

Table 6-2 Signaling Link Fair Share Example

Number of In-Service Signaling Links Linkset TPS Signaling Link Fair Share of the Linkset TPS

4

4000

1000

3

4000

1333

2

4000

2000

1

4000

4000

When this threshold is exceeded, a minor alarm (UAM 0116) is generated. When the amount of traffic on the signaling link falls below this threshold, UAM 0116 is automatically cleared and UAM 0119 is generated.

The signaling link TPS alarm shows that the linkset TPS is set too low for the linkset or that the IPSG card's capacity has been exceeded. Setting the signaling link TPS alarm threshold lower than the linkset TPS alarm threshold can give the user an earlier indication that the linkset TPS is inadequate or that traffic is not balanced across the links in the linkset.

:adapter - This parameter specifies the adapter layer for the signaling links that will be assigned to the IPSG M3UA linkset. This parameter has two values, m2pa and m3ua. For an IPSG M3UA linkset, the adapter parameter value must be m3ua.

:rcontext - This parameter specifies the routing context value that is assigned to the IPSG M3UA linkset. The value for this parameter is from 0 to 4294967295. The default value for this parameter is none, no value is specified.

:asnotif - This parameter specifies whether or not AS notifications will be sent for the IPSG M3UA linkset. This parameter has two values, yes, AS notifications will be sent for the linkset, and no, AS notifications will not be sent for the linkset. The default value for this parameter is yes.

The adjacent point code (APC) for the linkset must be defined in the database, must be in the SS7 domain, and cannot match the point code or capability point code of the EAGLE. The domain of the point code is shown in the DMN field in the output of the rtrv-dstn command. The point code of the EAGLE is shown in the PCA, PCN, PCN24, or PCI fields and the capability point code of the EAGLE are shown in the CPCA, CPCN, CPCN24, or CPCI fields in the output of the rtrv-sid command. An ANSI adjacent point code must be a full point code and cannot be a cluster point code or a network routing point code. The adjacent point code of the linkset cannot be a proxy point code, cannot have a proxy point code assigned to it, and cannot be assigned to another linkset.

If the APC is not in the destination point code table, go to the “Adding a Destination Point Code” procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide and add the APC to the destination point code table.

Adding the IPSG M3UA linkset cannot exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS shown in the rtrv-tps output. An IPSG M3UA linkset uses from 100 to 5000 TPS, as provisioned by the maxslktps parameter.

If adding the IPSG M3UA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode" feature in the Database Administration - System Management User's Guide to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1,000,000 (1M). If the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M, or the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 and will not be increased, and adding the IPSG M3UA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, the IPSG M3UA linkset cannot be added unless the amount of available TPS is reduced enough to allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be added. The available TPS can be reduced by performing one or more of these actions.
  • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed.
  • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed.
  • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed.
  • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed.

Other Optional Parameters

There are other optional parameters that can be used to configure an IPSG M3UA linkset. These parameters are not required for configuring an IPSG M3UA linkset. These parameters are discussed in more detail in Commands User's Guide or in these sections.

Note:

The mtprse, spc/spca/spci/spcn/spcn24, and ppc/ppca/ppci/ppcn/ppcn24 parameters cannot be specified for an IPSG M3UA linkset.

Canceling the RTRV-LS and RTRV-DSTN Commands

Because the rtrv-ls and rtrv-dstn commands used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-ls and rtrv-dstn commands can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-ls and rtrv-dstn commands can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-ls or rtrv-dstn commands were entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-ls or rtrv-dstn commands were entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-ls or rtrv-dstn commands were entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-ls or rtrv-dstn commands were entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current linksets in the database using the rtrv-ls command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx1        001-001-002   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    ipgwx2        001-001-003   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    ipgwx3        001-001-004   none 1   1   no  A   0    off off off no    off
    ls1305        001-005-000   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    ls1307        001-007-000   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    lsniplim      002-002-002   none 1   1   no  A   3    off off off no    off
    ipsglsn       003-003-003   none 1   1   no  A   6    off off off no    off
    lsn2          003-003-004   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    lsn1          003-003-005   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    ipsglsn2      005-005-005   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    lsnds0        009-009-009   none 1   1   no  A   2    off off off no    off
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCI   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lsnituatm     1-002-3       none 1   2   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
    
    Link set table is (12 of 1024) 1% full.
    
  2. Display the point code and capability point code of the EAGLE by using the rtrv-sid command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    PCA              PCI             PCN           CLLI            PCTYPE
    001-001-001      1-200-6         13482         rlghncxa03w     OTHER
    
    CPCA
    002-002-001       002-002-003       002-002-004      002-002-005
    002-002-006       002-002-007       002-002-008      002-002-009
    004-002-001       004-003-003       144-212-003
    
    CPCA (LNP)
    005-005-002       005-005-004       005-005-006
    
    CPCI
    1-001-1           1-001-2           1-001-3          1-001-4
    
    CPCN
    02091             02092             02094             02097
    02191             02192             11177
    
  3. Display the destination point codes in the database by entering the rtrv-dstn command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    Extended Processing Time may be Required
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI           ALIASN/N24    DMN
       001-207-000   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       001-001-002   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       001-001-003   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       001-001-004   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       001-005-000   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       001-007-000   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       002-002-002   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       003-002-004   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       003-003-003   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       003-003-004   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       003-003-005   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       005-005-005   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       008-012-003   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       009-002-003   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       009-009-009   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       010-020-005   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
    
       DPCI          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASA           ALIASN/N24    DMN
       1-002-3       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       1-207-0       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       0-015-0       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       0-017-0       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       1-011-1       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
       1-011-2       ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
    
    
    Destination table is (22 of 2000) 2% full
    Alias table is (0 of 12000) 0% full
    

    If the adjacent point code is not shown in the rtrv-dstn output, perform the "Adding a Destination Point Code" procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide to add the required point code. This point code cannot be a proxy point code (the prx=yes value assigned to the point code) and a proxy point code (a point code value is shown in the PPC column) cannot be assigned to the point code.After the adjacent point code has been added, continue the procedure with 7.

    If the adjacent point code is shown in the rtrv-dstn output, continue the procedure with 4.

  4. Display the adjacent point code of the new linkset in the destination point code table by using the rtrv-dstn command and specifying the point code. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=010-020-005

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI           ALIASN/N24    DMN
       010-020-005   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
    
       SPCA         NCAI         RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       -----------  ----         none   off   none     no     no    none
    
    Destination table is (14 of 2000) 1% full
    Alias table is (0 of 12000) 0% full
    

    This point code cannot be a proxy point code (the prx=yes value assigned to the point code) and a proxy point code (a point code value is shown in the PPC column) cannot be assigned to the point code. If a proxy point code is shown in this step, or if the point code is a proxy point code, choose another point code and repeat this procedure from 2.

    If a proxy point code is not shown in this step, or if the point code is not a proxy point code, continue this procedure with 5.

  5. The APC of the linkset cannot be the DPC of any exception route. Verify that the adjacent point code of the linkset is not the DPC of any exception route by entering the rtrv-rtx command with the dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24 parameter. The dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24 parameter value is the adjacent point code value that will be specified for the linkset.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-rtx:dpca=010-020-005

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.5.0
        DPCA          RTX-CRITERIA              LSN        RC    APC
    
        010-020-005   OPCA
                      007-008-009               ls1305     20    001-005-000
                      008-008-008               ls1307     40    001-007-000
    
     DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
         FULL DPC(s):                   13
         EXCEPTION DPC(s):               5
         NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
         CLUSTER DPC(s):                 1
         TOTAL DPC(s):                  19
         CAPACITY (% FULL):              1%
     ALIASES ALLOCATED:               12000
         ALIASES USED:                   0
         CAPACITY (% FULL):              0%
     X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    

    If the adjacent point code of the linkset is not the DPC of a route exception table entry, no entries are displayed in the rtrv-rtx output, but a summary of the point code quantities is displayed, as shown in the following output example.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.5.0
    
        DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
            FULL DPC(s):                   15
            EXCEPTION DPC(s):               5
            NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
            CLUSTER DPC(s):                 1
            TOTAL DPC(s):                  21
            CAPACITY (% FULL):              1%
        ALIASES ALLOCATED:               12000
            ALIASES USED:                   0
            CAPACITY (% FULL):              0%
        X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    

    If the point code specified in this step is shown in the DPCA/DPCI/DPCN/ DPCN24 columns in this step, the point code value cannot be used as an adjacent point code unless one of two actions are taken:

    • Choose another adjacent point code value and repeat the procedure from 2.
    • Remove all the entries displayed in this step by performing the “Removing a Route Exception Entry” procedure in the Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide. After the entries have been removed, continue the procedure with 6.

    If the point code specified in this step is not shown in the DPCA/DPCI/DPCN/ DPCN24 columns in this step, continue this procedure with 6.

  6. Display any entries in the route table whose DPC value is also the adjacent point code of the new linkset being added in this procedure, or the new adjacent point code of the existing linkset being changed in this procedure. Enter the rtrv-rte command with the dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24 parameter. The dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24 parameter value is the adjacent point code value that will be specified for the linkset. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-rte:dpca=010-020-005

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
       DPCA           ALIASI     ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
       010-020-005 ---------- --------------   lsn1       1     003-003-005
                                               lsn2       2     003-003-004
                                                   RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
    

    If the adjacent point code of the linkset is not the DPC of a route, the point code entry is displayed in the rtrv-rte output, but the LSN, RC, and APC columns contain dashes, as shown in the following output example.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
       DPCA           ALIASI     ALIASN/N24    LSN        RC    APCA
       010-020-005 ---------- --------------   lsn1       1     003-003-005
                                               lsn2       2     003-003-004
                                                   RTX:No  CLLI=-----------
    

    If the point code specified in this step is shown in the DPCA/DPCI/DPCN/ DPCN24 columns in this step, the point code value cannot be used as an adjacent point code unless one of two actions are taken:

    • Choose another adjacent point code value and repeat and repeat the procedure from 2.
    • Remove all the entries displayed in this step by performing the “Removing a Route” procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide. After the entries have been removed, continue the procedure with 7.

    If the point code specified in this step is not shown in the DPCA/DPCI/DPCN/ DPCN24 columns in this step, continue this procedure with 7.

  7. Display the total provisioned system TPS by entering the rtrv-tps command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 16:20:46 GMT  EAGLE 42.0.0
    
    CARD     NUM    NUM      RSVD       MAX
    TYPE   CARDS  LINKS       TPS       TPS
    -----  -----  -----  --------  --------
    IPGW      17     16     48000     80000
    IPSG       3      7      4200      8000
    IPLIM      2      4      8000      8000
    ATM        2      2      3668      3668
    
    Total provisioned System TPS (99668 of 500000) 20%
    
    Command Completed.
    

    An IPSG M3UA linkset uses 100 to MaxTPS (see Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values), as provisioned by the maxslktps parameter. If adding the new IPSG M3UA linkset will not exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, continue the procedure with 12.

    If adding the new IPSG M3UA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 shown, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode Feature" procedure in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1M. After the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature has been enabled and turned on, continue the procedure with 12.

    If the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M, or the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 and will not be increased, and adding the IPSG M3UA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, the IPSG M3UA linkset cannot be added unless the amount of available TPS is reduced enough to allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be added. The available TPS can be increased by performing one or more of these actions.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 10.
    • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 10.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
  8. Display the ATM high-speed signaling links by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=saal

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                      LP         ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  LL
    1303 A    lsnds0     1   LIMATM   1   1.544M LINE     5     0    0
    
                                      LP         ATM                    E1ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  CRC4 SI SN
    1306 A    lsnituatm  0   LIME1ATM 21  2.048M LINE     5     0    ON   3  0
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    

    If ATM high-speed signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, perform the "Removing an SS7 Signaling Link" procedure in the Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide to remove some of the ATM high-speed signaling links.

    If ATM high-speed signaling links are not displayed in the rtrv-slk output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be added, the IPSG M3UA linkset cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 10.
    • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 10.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be added, continue the procedure with 12.

  9. Display the signaling links that are assigned to IPLIMx cards by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=iplim

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1301 A    lsniplim   0   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 A1   lsniplim   1   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 B1   lsniplim   2   IPLIM    M2PA
    1317 A    lsniplimi  0   IPLIMI   M2PA
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    

    If IPLIMx cards containing signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, perform the Removing an IPLIMx Card procedure to remove an IPLIMx card and its associated signaling links.

    If IPLIMx cards containing signaling links are not displayed in the rtrv-slk output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be added, the IPSG M3UA linkset cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 10.
    • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 10.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be added, continue the procedure with 12.

  10. Display the IPGWx and IPSG linksets by entering this command.

    rept-stat-iptps

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    IP TPS USAGE REPORT
    
               THRESH  CONFIG/  CONFIG/         TPS   PEAK      PEAKTIMESTAMP
                          RSVD      MAX
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    LSN
    ipgwx1       100%     ----    32000  TX:   3700   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   3650   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipgwx2       100%     ----    16000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09 
                                        RCV:   4850   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09
    ipgwx3       100%     ----    32000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipsglsn      100%      600    24000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19    
    ipsglsn2     100%      600     4000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19   
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Command Completed.
    

    If linksets are displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output, continue the procedure with 11.

    If linksets are not displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be added, the IPSG M3UA linkset cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be added, continue the procedure with 12.

  11. Display the attributes of the linksets shown in 10 by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset shown in 10.

    For this example enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx1        001-001-002   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  4          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 32000   100%      80%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE
               1101 A    0   SS7IPGW
               1102 A    1   SS7IPGW
               1103 A    2   SS7IPGW
               1104 A    3   SS7IPGW
               1105 A    4   SS7IPGW
               1106 A    5   SS7IPGW
               1107 A    6   SS7IPGW
               1108 A    7   SS7IPGW
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx2        001-001-003   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  4          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 16000   100%      80%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE
               1111 A    0   SS7IPGW
               1112 A    1   SS7IPGW
               1201 A    2   SS7IPGW
               1202 A    3   SS7IPGW
               1203 A    4   SS7IPGW
               1204 A    5   SS7IPGW
               1205 A    6   SS7IPGW
               1206 A    7   SS7IPGW
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx3

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx3        001-001-004   none 1   1   no  A   0    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 32000   100%      80%
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsglsn

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsglsn       003-003-003   none 1   1   no  A   6    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  3          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m2pa       600         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%         100%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 A    0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa1
               1303 A1   1   IPSG     ipsgm2pa2
               1303 B1   2   IPSG     ipsgm2pa3
               1303 A2   3   IPSG     ipsgm2pa4
               1303 A3   4   IPSG     ipsgm2pa5
               1307 A    5   IPSG     m2pa2
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsglsn2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsglsn2      005-005-005   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m2pa       600         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%         100%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 B3   0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa6
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    
    Perform one or both of these actions as necessary.
    • Perform the Configuring an IPGWx Linkset procedure to change the IPTPS value for any linksets shown in the rtrv-ls output whose IPGWAPC value is yes.
    • Perform the Changing an IPSG M2PA Linkset procedure (for linkset whose IPSG value is yes and ADAPTER value is M2PA) or the Changing an IPSG M3UA Linkset procedure (for linkset whose IPSG value is yes and ADAPTER value is M3UA) to change the MAXSLKTPS value (and RSVDSLKTPS value if necessary) for any linksets shown in the rtrv-ls output.
    Perform one or both of these actions to increase the available TPS if needed.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be added, continue the procedure with 12.

  12. Add the new linkset to the database using the ent-ls command. The new linkset must meet these conditions.

    The name of this linkset cannot be used by another linkset – the linkset configuration is shown in the output of 1.

    The APC of the new linkset must be in the destination point code table, but cannot be either the EAGLE’s point code or the EAGLE’s capability point code – shown in the outputs of 2, 3, and 4. The adjacent point code can be one of the following types of point codes:

    :apc/apcaANSI point code, ANSI private point code

    :apciITU-I point code, ITU-I spare point code, ITU-I private point code, ITU-I private spare point code.

    :apcn – 14-bit ITU-N point code, 14-bit ITU-N spare point code, 14-bit ITU-N private point code, 14-bit ITU-N private spare point code.

    :apcn24 – 24-bit ITU-N point code, 24-bit ITU-N private point code.

    These parameters and values must also be specified for the IPSG M3UA linkset:

    • The ipgwapc, iptps, mtprse, multgc, spc/spca/spci/spcn/spcn24, ppc/ppca/ppci/ppcn/ppcn24, and sapci/sapcn/sapcn24 parameters cannot be specified for an IPSG M3UA linkset.
    • These optional parameters can be specified with the ent-ls command.
      • lsusealm - the linkset’s IP TPS alarm threshold. The default value for the lsusealm parameter is 100.
      • slkusealm - the signaling link IP TPS alarm threshold. The default value for the slkusealm parameter is 80.
      • rcontext - the routing context value. The default value for the rcontext parameter is none.
      • asnotif - Are AS notifications for the linkset sent. The default value for the asnotif parameter is yes.
      • tpsalmtype - The TPS threshold that will generate alarms, either rsvdslktps or maxslktps. The default value for the tpsalmtype parameter is rsvdslktps.

    Note:

    There are other optional parameters that can be specified with theent-ls command, but are not required for an IPSG M3UA linkset. These parameters and their usage are discussed in theOther Optional Parameters section of this procedure.

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-ls:lsn=lsgw1107:apca=010-020-005:lst=a:ipsg=yes:rsvdslktps=300:maxslktps=1000 :lsusealm=70:slkusealm=70:adapter=m3ua:rcontext=250

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-17 16:23:21 GMT  EAGLE5 37.5.0
    Link set table is ( 14 of 1024)  1% full
    ENT-LS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  13. Verify the changes using the rtrv-ls command specifying the linkset name specified in 12 with the lsn parameter. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=lsgw1107

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN          APCA   (SS7)  SCRN  SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lsgw1107     010-020-005   none  1   1   no  A   0    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  ---        ---    no
    
                  IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
                  yes   no       CdPA               no
    
                  ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
                  m3ua       300         1000
    
                  TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
                  rsvdslktps 70%         70%
    
                  RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF     NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
                  250        yes         1          1           1
    
    Link set table is ( 14 of 1024)  1% full
    
  14. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-3 Adding an IPSG M3UA Linkset



Sheet 1 of 5



Sheet 2 of 5



Sheet 3 of 5



Sheet 4 of 5



Sheet 5 of 5

6.5 Configuring an IP Link

This procedure is used to configure the link parameters for IP cards using the chg-ip-lnk command. These link parameters are used to configure the Ethernet hardware.

The chg-ip-lnk command uses the following parameters.

:loc – The card location of the IP card.

:port – The Ethernet interface on the IP card, A or B.

:ipaddrIP address assigned to the Ethernet interface on the IP card. This is an IP address expressed in standard “dot notation.” IP addresses consist of the system’s network number and the machine’s unique host number.

:submask – The subnet mask of the IP interface. A subnet mask is an IP address with a restricted range of values. The bits in the mask must be a string of one’s followed by a string of zero’s. There must be at least two one’s in the mask, and the mask cannot be all one’s. See Table 6-3 to assign the correct parameter values.

:auto – Tells hardware whether to automatically detect the duplex and speed.

:duplex – This is the mode of operation of the interface.

:speed – This is the bandwidth in megabits per second of the interface.

:mactype – This is the Media Access Control Type of the interface.

:mcast – The multicast control flag. This parameter enables or disables multicast support for the interface.

The EAGLE can contain a maximum of 2048 IP links.

A zero ipaddr parameter value (0.0.0.0) indicates the IP card Ethernet interface to IP link association is disabled. The host to the original IP address must be removed before the ipaddr=0.0.0.0 can be specified.

If the defrouter parameter of the chg-ip-card command contains an IP address for the card specified in this procedure, the network portion of one of the IP addresses assigned to the card in this procedure must match the network portion of the IP address specified by the defrouter parameter of the chg-ip-card command.

The network portion of the IP address is based on the class of the IP address (shown in Table 6-3). If the IP address is a Class A IP address, the first field is the network portion of the IP address. If the IP address is a Class B IP address, the first two fields are the network portion of the IP address. If the IP address is a Class C IP address, the first three fields are the network portion of the IP address. For example, if the IP address is 193.5.207.150, a Class C IP address, the network portion of the IP address is 193.5.207.

If the auto=yes parameter is specified, then the duplex and speed parameters are not allowed.

The loc parameter value must be shown in the rtrv-ip-card output.

The IP card must be placed out of service.

If either the ipaddr or submask parameters are specified, then both parameters must be specified. If the ipaddr parameter value is zero (0.0.0.0), the submask parameter is not required.

The IP address and subnet mask values cannot be changed to an address representing a different network if:

  • If the network interface specified by the loc and port parameters has a default router, dnsa, or dsnb parameter values assigned to it, as shown in the rtrv-ip-card output.
  • Any IP routes, shown in the rtrv-ip-rte output, reference the IP address for the network interface specified by the loc and port parameters.

The IP link cannot be changed if open associations reference the IP link being changed.

The network portion of the IP addresses assigned to the IP links on an IP card must be unique. For example, if IP links are assigned to IP card 1103, the network portion of the IP address for Ethernet interface A (port=a) must be different from the IP address for Ethernet interface B (port=b).

The submask parameter value is based upon the ipadddr setting. See Table 6-3 for the valid input values for the submask and ipaddr parameter combinations.

Table 6-3 Valid Subnet Mask Parameter Values

Network Class IP Network Address Range Valid Subnet Mask Values

A

1.0.0.0 to 127.0.0.0

255.0.0.0 (the default value for a class A IP address)

255.192.0.0

255.224.0.0

255.240.0.0

255.248.0.0

255.252.0.0

255.254.0.0

255.255.128.1

A+B

128.0.0.0 to 191.255.0.0

255.255.0.0 (the default value for a class B IP address)

255.255.192.0

255.255.224.0

255.255.240.0

255.255.248.0

255.255.252.0

255.255.254.0

255.255.255.128

A+B+C

192.0.0.0 to 223.255.255.0

255.255.255.0 (the default value for a class C IP address)

255.255.255.192

255.255.255.224

255.255.255.240

255.255.255.248

255.255.255.252

If a Class B IP address is specified for the ipaddr parameter of the chg-ip-lnk command, the subnet address that results from the ipaddr and submask parameter values cannot be the same as the subnet address that results from the pvn and pvnmask, fcna and fcnamask, or fcnb and fcnbmask parameter values of the chg-netopts command. The pvn and pvnmask, fcna and fcnamask, or fcnb and fcnbmask parameter values can be verified by entering the rtrv-netopts command. Choose ipaddr and submask parameter values for the IP link whose resulting subnet address is not be the same as the subnet address resulting from the pvn and pvnmask, fcna and fcnamask, or fcnb and fcnbmask parameter values of the chg-netopts command.

Canceling the RTRV-ASSOC Command

Because the rtrv-assoc command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was were entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current link parameters associated with the IP card in the database by entering the rtrv-ip-lnk command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-12-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 40.0.0
    LOC   PORT IPADDR          SUBMASK         DUPLEX  SPEED MACTYPE AUTO MCAST
    1201  A    192.1.1.10      255.255.255.128 HALF    10    802.3   NO   NO
    1201  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    1203  A    192.1.1.12      255.255.255.0   ----    ---   DIX     YES  NO
    1203  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    1205  A    192.1.1.14      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    1205  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2101  A    192.1.1.20      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2101  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2103  A    192.1.1.22      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2103  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2105  A    192.1.1.24      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2105  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2205  A    192.1.1.30      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2205  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2207  A    192.1.1.32      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2207  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2213  A    192.1.1.50      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2213  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2301  A    192.1.1.52      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2301  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    
    IP-LNK   table (20 of 2048) 1% full.
    

    Note:

    If theipaddr=0.0.0.0 is not being specified in this procedure, continue the procedure with3.
  2. If IP address information is being added or changed (not deleted) in the link parameters, verify that the IP address is present in the IP host table by using the rtrv-ip-host:display=all command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-12-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 40.0.0
    
    LOCAL IPADDR    LOCAL HOST
    192.1.1.10      IPNODE1-1201
    192.1.1.12      IPNODE1-1203
    192.1.1.14      IPNODE1-1205
    192.1.1.20      IPNODE2-1201
    192.1.1.22      IPNODE2-1203
    192.1.1.24      IPNODE2-1205
    192.1.1.30      KC-HLR1
    192.1.1.32      KC-HLR2
    192.1.1.50      DN-MSC1
    192.1.1.52      DN-MSC2
    
    REMOTE IPADDR   REMOTE HOST
    150.1.1.5       NCDEPTECONOMIC_DEVELOPMENT. SOUTHEASTERN_COORIDOR_ASHVL. GOV
    
    IP Host table is (11 of 4096) 0.26% full
    

    If the current IP address of the IP link is shown in the rtrv-ip-host output, remove the host assigned to the IP address by performing the Removing an IP Host Assigned to an IPSG Card procedure.

  3. To change IP link parameters, the signaling links assigned to the IP card and the IP card have to be inhibited.
    Display the signaling links assigned to the card shown in 1 using the rtrv-slk command specifying the card location.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-slk:loc=1201

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-12 15:36:20 GMT  38.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1201 A    nc001       0   IPSG     m2pa1           1015
    
    IPTPS for LOC = 1102 is (1015 of 5000) 20%
    
  4. Retrieve the status of the signaling links assigned to the IP card to be changed using the rept-stat-slk command.

    For example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-slk:loc=1201:link=a

    The output lists the signaling link assigned to this card:

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SLK      LSN         CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    1201,A   nc001       ----------- IS-NR
    Command Completed.
    

    If the signaling link is in service-normal (IS-NR), continue the procedure with 5 to deactivate the signaling link. If the signaling link is out-of-service-maintenance disabled (OOS-MT-DSBLD), continue the procedure with 7 to verify the IP card status.

  5. Deactivate the signaling links assigned to the IP card using the dact-slk command.

    For example, enter this command.

    dact-slk:loc=1201:link=a

    Caution:

    This command impacts network performance and should only be used during periods of low traffic.

    After this command has successfully completed, this message appears.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-12 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Deactivate Link message sent to card.
    
  6. Verify the new link status using the rept-stat-slk command.

    For example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-slk:loc=1201:link=a

    The output displays the link status as OOS-MT-DSBLD and gives off a minor alarm:

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-27 17:00:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SLK      LSN         CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    1201,A   nc001       ----------- OOS-MT-DSBLD AVAIL     ---
    ALARM STATUS = * 0236 REPT-LKS:not aligned
    UNAVAIL REASON = NA 
    Command Completed.
    
  7. Verify the status of the IP card to be inhibited using the rept-stat-card command.

    For example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-card:loc=1201

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-01 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    CARD   VERSION      TYPE      GPL        PST            SST        AST
    1201   133-003-000  E5ENET    IPSG       IS-NR          Active     -----
      ALARM STATUS       =  No Alarms.
      BLIXP   GPL version = 133-003-000
      IMT BUS A           = Conn
      IMT BUS B           = Conn
      CURRENT TEMPERATURE   =  32C ( 90F)     [ALARM TEMP:  60C (140F)]
      PEAK TEMPERATURE:     =  39C (103F)     [06-05-02 13:40]
      SIGNALING LINK STATUS
          SLK    PST                LS            CLLI
          A      IS-NR              nc001         -----------
    
    Command Completed.
    

    If the IP card to be inhibited is in service-normal (IS-NR), continue the procedure with 8 to inhibit the card. If the IP card is out-of-service-maintenance disabled (OOS-MT-DSBLD), continue the procedure with 10 to change the IP link parameters.

  8. Inhibit the IP card using the inh-card command.

    For example, enter this command.

    inh-card:loc=1201

    This message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:18:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Card has been inhibited.
    
  9. Display the status of the IP card to verify that it is out-of-service maintenance-disabled (OOS-MT-DSBLD).

    Enter this command.

    rept-stat-card:loc=1201

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-01 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CARD   VERSION      TYPE      GPL        PST            SST        AST
    1201   133-003-000  E5ENET    IPSG       OOS-MT-DSBLD   Manual    -----
      ALARM STATUS       =  No Alarms.
      BLIXP   GPL version = 133-003-000
      IMT BUS A           = Conn
      IMT BUS B           = Conn
      CURRENT TEMPERATURE   =  32C ( 90F)     [ALARM TEMP:  60C (140F)]
      PEAK TEMPERATURE:     =  39C (103F)     [06-05-02 13:40]
      SIGNALING LINK STATUS
          SLK    PST                LS            CLLI
          A      IS-NR              nc001         -----------
    
    Command Completed
    
  10. Display the attributes of the IP card assigned to the IP link being changed by entering the rtrv-ip-card command and specifying the card location of the IP link.

    Note:

    If theipaddr orsubmask parameter values are not being changed, continue the procedure with13.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ip-card:loc=1201

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-06-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 39.0.0
       LOC 1201
         SRCHORDR  LOCAL
         DNSA      150.1.1.1
         DNSB      ---------------
         DEFROUTER ---------------
         DOMAIN    ---------------
         SCTPCSUM  crc32c
         BPIPADDR  ---------------
         BPSUBMASK ---------------
    

    If the rtrv-ip-card output shows an IP address for the default router (DEFROUTER) whose network portion matches the network portion of the IP address being changed, perform the Configuring an IP Card procedure and change the IP address of the default router to 0.0.0.0.

  11. Display any IP routes referencing the IP link being changed by entering the rtrv-ip-rte command and specifying the card location of the IP link.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ip-rte:loc=1201

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    LOC   DEST             SUBMASK          GTWY
    1201  128.252.10.5     255.255.255.255  140.188.13.33
    1201  128.252.0.0      255.255.0.0      140.188.13.34
    1201  150.10.1.1       255.255.255.255  140.190.15.3
    
    IP Route table is  (5 of 2048) 0.24% full
    

    If the rtrv-ip-rte output shows that the card has IP routes assigned to it, perform the Removing an IP Route procedure and remove the IP routes from the database.

  12. The subnet address that results from the ipaddr and submask parameter values of the chg-ip-lnk command cannot be the same as the subnet address that results from the pvn and pvnmask, fcna and fcnamask, or fcnb and fcnbmask parameter values of the chg-netopts command.

    Note:

    If a Class A or CIP address (seeTable 6-3) will be specified for theipaddr parameter in14, continue the procedure with13.

    Display the pvn, pvnmask, fcna, fcnamask, fcnb, and fcnbmask parameter values of the chg-netopts command by entering the rtrv-netopts command.

    If error message E3967 Cmd Rej: E5IS must be on is displayed after the rtrv-netopts command is executed, the pvn, pvnmask, fcna, fcnamask, fcnb, and fcnbmask parameters are not configured. Continue the procedure with 13.

    This is an example of the possible output if the E5IS feature is on.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-02-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 40.1.0
    NETWORK OPTIONS
    ------------------
    PVN        = 128.20.30.40
    PVNMASK    = 255.255.192.0
    FCNA       = 170.120.50.0
    FCNAMASK   = 255.255.240.0
    FCNB       = 170.121.50.0
    FCNBMASK   = 255.255.254.0
    

    Choose ipaddr and submask parameter values for the IP link whose resulting subnet address is not be the same as the subnet address resulting from the pvn and pvnmask, fcna and fcnamask, or fcnb and fcnbmask parameter values of the chg-netopts command. Continue the procedure with 13.

  13. Display the associations referencing the local host name that is associated with the IP link being changed by entering the rtrv-assoc command and specifying the local host name shown in the rtrv-ip-host output in 2.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:lhost="ipnode-1201"

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    swbel32         1201 A     A    M2PA    1030  2345  YES  YES
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (3 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (16 KB of 3200 KB) on LOC = 1201
    

    If no associations are displayed in this step, continue the procedure with 14.

    If the rtrv-assoc output shows that the open parameter for any associations is yes, perform the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure to change the value of the open parameter the associations to no.

  14. Change the link parameters associated with the IP card in the database using the chg-ip-lnk command.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-ip-lnk:loc=1201:port=a:ipaddr=192.1.1.10:submask=255.255.255.0 :auto=yes:mactype=dix

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:18:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-IP-LNK: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  15. Verify the new link parameters associated with the IP card that was changed in 14 by entering the rtrv-ip-lnk command with the card location specified in 14.

    For this example, enter this command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    LOC   PORT IPADDR          SUBMASK         DUPLEX  SPEED MACTYPE AUTO MCAST
    1201  A    192.1.1.10      255.255.255.128 HALF    10    DIX     YES  NO
    1201  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    
  16. Allow the IP card that was inhibited in 8 by using by using the alw-card command.

    Note:

    If8was not performed, continue the procedure with18.

    For example, enter this command.

    alw-card:loc=1201

    This message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:20:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Card has been allowed.
    
  17. Verify the in-service normal (IS-NR) status of the IP card using the rept-stat-card command.

    For example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-card:loc=1201

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-01 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    CARD   VERSION      TYPE      GPL        PST            SST        AST
    1201   133-003-000  E5ENET    IPSG       IS-NR          Active     -----
      ALARM STATUS       =  No Alarms.
      BLIXP   GPL version = 133-003-000
      IMT BUS A           = Conn
      IMT BUS B           = Conn
      CURRENT TEMPERATURE   =  32C ( 90F)     [ALARM TEMP:  60C (140F)]
      PEAK TEMPERATURE:     =  39C (103F)     [06-05-02 13:40]
      SIGNALING LINK STATUS
          SLK    PST                LS            CLLI
          A      IS-NR              nc001         -----------
    
    Command Completed.
    
  18. Activate the signaling link from 5 using the act-slk command.

    Note:

    If5was not performed, continue the procedure with20.

    For example, enter this command.

    act-slk:loc=1201:link=a

    The link changes its state from OOS-MT-DSBLD (out-of-service maintenance-disabled) to IS-NR (in-service normal).

    The output confirms the activation.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 11:11:28 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Activate Link message sent to card
    
  19. Verify the in-service normal (IS-NR) status of the signaling link using the rept-stat-slk command.

    For example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-slk:loc=1201:link=a

    This message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SLK      LSN         CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    1201,A   nc001       ----------- IS-NR
    Command Completed.
    
  20. Perform the Configuring an IP Card procedure and change the IP address of the default router to a non-zero value, where the network portion of the default router IP address matches the network portion of the IP link’s new IP address.

    Note:

    If theipaddr orsubmask values were not changed, continue the procedure with22.

    Note:

    If theIP address of the default router was not changed to 0.0.0.0 in 10 , continue the procedure with21.
  21. Perform the Adding an IP Route procedure and add the IP routes back into the database.

    Note:

    IfIP routes were not removed in11, continue the procedure with22.
  22. Perform the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure and change the value of the open parameter of the association to yes.

    Note:

    If theopen parameter value for an association was not changed in13, continue the procedure with23.
  23. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.
    These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-4 Configuring an IP Link



Sheet 1 of 9



Sheet 2 of 9



Sheet 3 of 9



Sheet 4 of 9



Sheet 5 of 9



Sheet 6 of 9



Sheet 7 of 9



Sheet 8 of 9



Sheet 9 of 9

6.6 Adding an IP Host

This procedure associates hostnames with IP addresses using the ent-ip-host command.

The ent-ip-host command uses the following parameters.

:host– The host name to be associated with the IP address. This parameter identifies the logical name assigned to the device with the IP address indicated. The host name can contain up to 60 characters (using only these characters: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, -, .) and is not case sensitive. The host name must begin with a letter. Host names containing a dash (-) must be enclosed in double quotes.

:ipaddr – The IP address to be associated with the hostname. The node’s IP address. This is an IP address expressed in standard “dot notation.” IP addresses consist of the system’s network number and the machine’s unique host number.

:type – Specifies if the host resides on the IP card on the EAGLE 5 (type=local, the default value), or if the host resides on equipment that is not in the EAGLE 5 (type=remote). This parameter is optional.

The EAGLE 5 can contain a maximum of 4026 IP hosts.

The IP address for a local host must be shown in the rtrv-ip-lnk output.

The IP address for a remote host must not be shown in the rtrv-ip-lnk output.

  1. Display the current IP host information in the database by entering the rtrv-ip-host:display=all command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 13-06-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 45.0.0
    LOCAL IPADDR    LOCAL HOST
    192.1.1.10      IPNODE1-1201
    192.1.1.12      IPNODE1-1203
    192.1.1.14      IPNODE1-1205
    192.1.1.20      IPNODE2-1201
    192.1.1.22      IPNODE2-1203
    192.1.1.24      IPNODE2-1205
    192.1.1.32      KC-HLR2
    192.1.1.50      DN-MSC1
    192.1.1.52      DN-MSC2
    
    REMOTE IPADDR   REMOTE HOST
    150.1.1.5       NCDEPTECONOMIC_DEVELOPMENT. SOUTHEASTERN_COORIDOR_ASHVL. GOV
    
    IP Host table is (10 of 4096) .24% full
    
  2. Verify that the IP address assigned to the IP links by entering the rtrv-ip-lnk command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-12-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 40.0.0
    LOC   PORT IPADDR          SUBMASK         DUPLEX  SPEED MACTYPE AUTO MCAST
    1201  A    192.1.1.10      255.255.255.128 HALF    10    802.3   NO   NO
    1201  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    1203  A    192.1.1.12      255.255.255.0   ----    ---   DIX     YES  NO
    1203  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    1205  A    192.1.1.14      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    1205  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2101  A    192.1.1.20      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2101  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2103  A    192.1.1.22      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2103  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2105  A    192.1.1.24      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2105  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2207  A    192.1.1.32      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2207  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2213  A    192.1.1.50      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2213  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2301  A    192.1.1.52      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2301  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    
    IP-LNK   table is (20 of 2048) 1 % full.
    

    If a local host is being configured in this procedure, the IP address assigned to the local host must be shown in the rtrv-ip-lnk output. If the IP address is not shown in the rtrv-ip-lnk output, add the IP address by performing the Configuring an IP Link procedure.

    If a remote host is being configured in this procedure, the IP address assigned to the remote host cannot be shown in the rtrv-ip-lnk output.

  3. Add IP host information to the database by entering the ent-ip-host command.
    If a local host is being configured, enter the ent-ip-host command with the IP address from 2, and the type=local parameter or without the type parameter. If the type parameter is not specified with the ent-ip-host command, the type parameter value defaults to local.

    If a remote host is being configured, enter the ent-ip-host command with the IP address that is not shown in 2, and the type=remote parameter.

    For example, enter this command.

    ent-ip-host:host=”kc-hlr1”:ipaddr=192.1.1.30

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:18:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    ENT-IP-HOST: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  4. Verify the new IP host information in the database by entering the rtrv-ip-host command with the host parameter value specified in 3.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ip-host:host=”kc-hlr1”

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 13-06-28 21:19:37 GMT EAGLE5 45.0.0
    LOCAL IPADDR    LOCAL HOST
    192.1.1.30      KC-HLR1
    
    IP Host table is (11 of 4096) .26% full
    
  5. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.
    These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-5 Adding an IP Host



6.7 Configuring an IP Card

This procedure is used to change the IP stack parameters associated with an IP card in the database using the chg-ip-card command.

The chg-ip-card command uses the following parameters.

:loc – The card location of the IP card

:srchordr – Host Table Search Order

:dnsaDomain name server A’s IP address. This is an IP address expressed in standard “dot notation.” IP addresses consist of the system’s network number and the machine’s unique host number.

:dnsbDomain name server B’s IP address. This is an IP address expressed in standard “dot notation.” IP addresses consist of the system’s network number and the machine’s unique host number.

:domain – The domain name is used to construct a fully-qualified DNS name consisting of 120 characters or less. For example, a domain name can be tekelec.com, the hostname is john.doe. The fully-qualified DNS name would be john.doe@tekelec.com.

:defrouter – Default router IP address. This is an IP address expressed in standard “dot notation.” IP addresses consist of the system’s network number and the machine’s unique host number.

:rstdomain – Reset Domain name. The parameter is used to reset the domain to a NULL value.

:sctpcsum – The SCTP checksum algorithm that will be applied to the traffic on the IP card, either adler32 or crc32c. The sctpcsum parameter can be specified only if the SCTPCSUM value in the rtrv-sg-opts output is percard.

The chg-ip-card command contains other parameters that cannot be used in this procedure. Refer to Commands User's Guide for more information about these parameters.

The IP card must be placed out of service.

The rstdomain parameter cannot be specified if the domain parameter is specified.

There is only one default router (defrouter parameter) for each IP card. The default router is used as the primary route unless a static IP routes is defined for the destination IP address. Static IP routes are assigned using the ent-ip-rte command in the Adding an IP Route procedure.

The network portion of the IP address of the default router must match the network portion of one of the IP addresses assigned to the card.

The network portion of the IP address is based on the class of the IP address (shown in Table 6-3). If the IP address is a Class A IP address, the first field is the network portion of the IP address. If the IP address is a Class B IP address, the first two fields are the network portion of the IP address. If the IP address is a Class C IP address, the first three fields are the network portion of the IP address. For example, if the IP address is 193.5.207.150, a Class C IP address, the network portion of the IP address is 193.5.207.

The default router can be associated with only one IP address assigned to the card if the defrouter parameter is specified. For example, the dnsa value for card 1101 is 150.1.1.10. The dnsb value for card 1101 is 160.25.37.1. A default router is provisioned with the IP address 150.1.1.4. The default router is associated with the Ethernet A IP address (the dnsa parameter value), but not the Ethernet B IP address (the dnsb parameter value).

If the default router is associated with one of the IP card’s IP addresses, a second gateway router can be assigned to the other IP address on the IP card by provisioning a static IP route for the IP card using the ent-ip-rte command in the Adding an IP Route procedure. Static IP routes can provide gateway routers associated with the other IP address on the IP card. To provision the gateway router (the gtwy parameter of the ent-ip-rte command) for the other IP address assigned to the IP card, the network portion of the gateway router’s IP address must match the network portion of the other IP address assigned to the IP card.

Specifying the IP address 0.0.0.0 for the dnsa or dnsb parameters, removes the IP address for Ethernet A (dnsa) or Ethernet B (dnsb).

When an IP card is entered into the database with the ent-card command, the IP stack parameters associated with this card are initially set with these default values:

  • :srchordrSRVR
  • :dnsa – No DNSA IP address is specified
  • :dnsb – No DNSB IP address is specified
  • :domain – No domain name is specified
  • :defrouter – No default router IP address is specified
  • :rstdomain – No
  • :sctpcsum – CRC32C

The value of any optional parameter not specified with the chg-ip-card command is not changed.

  1. Display the current IP parameters associated with card in the database by entering the rtrv-ip-card command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-06-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 39.0.0
       LOC 1201
         SRCHORDR  SRVR
         DNSA      150.1.1.1
         DNSB      ---------------
         DEFROUTER ---------------
         DOMAIN    ---------------
         SCTPCSUM  crc32c
         BPIPADDR  ---------------
         BPSUBMASK ---------------
       LOC 1203
         SRCHORDR  LOCAL
         DNSA      192.1.1.40
         DNSB      ---------------
         DEFROUTER ---------------
         DOMAIN    NC. TEKELEC. COM
         SCTPCSUM  crc32c
         BPIPADDR  ---------------
         BPSUBMASK ---------------
       LOC 1205
         SRCHORDR  SRVRONLY
         DNSA      192.1.1.40
         DNSB      ---------------
         DEFROUTER ---------------
         DOMAIN    NC. TEKELEC. COM
         SCTPCSUM  crc32c
         BPIPADDR  ---------------
         BPSUBMASK ---------------
    

    To change the parameters of an IP card, the signaling link to the card and the card have to be inhibited.

  2. Display the signaling link associated with the card shown in 1 using the rtrv-slk command specifying the card location.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-slk:loc=1201

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-12 15:36:20 GMT  38.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1201 A    nc001       0   IPSG     m2pa1           1015
    
    IPTPS for LOC = 1102 is (1015 of 5000) 20%
    
  3. Retrieve the status of the signaling link shown in 2 using the rept-stat-slk command specifying the card location and signaling link.

    For example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-slk:loc=1201:link=a

    The output lists the signaling link assigned to this card:

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SLK      LSN         CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    1201,A   nc001       -----------  IS-NR
            Avail     ----
    Command Completed.
    

    If the signaling link is in service-normal (IS-NR), continue the procedure with 4 to deactivate the signaling link. If the signaling link is out-of-service-maintenance disabled (OOS-MT-DSBLD), continue the procedure with 6 to verify the card status.

  4. Deactivate the signaling link assigned to the IP card using the rept-stat-slk command.

    For example, enter this command.

    dact-slk:loc=1201:link=a

    Caution:

    This command impacts network performance and should only be used during periods of low traffic.

    After this command has successfully completed, this message appears.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-12 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Deactivate Link message sent to card.
    
  5. Verify the new link status using the rept-stat-slk command.

    For example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-slk:loc=1201:link=a

    The output displays the link status as OOS-MT-DSBLD and gives off a minor alarm:

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-27 17:00:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SLK      LSN         CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    1201,A   nc001       ----------- OOS-MT-DSBLD AVAIL     ---
    ALARM STATUS = * 0236 REPT-LKS:not aligned
    UNAVAIL REASON = NA 
    Command Completed.
    
  6. Verify the status of the IP card to be inhibited using the rept-stat-card command.

    For example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-card:loc=1201

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-01 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    CARD   VERSION      TYPE      GPL        PST            SST        AST
    1201   133-003-000  E5ENET    IPSG       IS-NR          Active     -----
      ALARM STATUS       =  No Alarms.
      BLIXP   GPL version = 133-003-000
      IMT BUS A           = Conn
      IMT BUS B           = Conn
      CURRENT TEMPERATURE   =  32C ( 90F)     [ALARM TEMP:  60C (140F)]
      PEAK TEMPERATURE:     =  39C (103F)     [06-05-02 13:40]
      SIGNALING LINK STATUS
          SLK    PST                LS            CLLI
          A      IS-NR              nc001         -----------
    
    Command Completed.
    

    If the IP card to be inhibited is in service-normal (IS-NR), continue the procedure with 7 to inhibit the card. If the IP card is out-of-service-maintenance disabled (OOS-MT-DSBLD), continue the procedure with 9.

  7. Inhibit the IP card using the inh-card command.

    For example, enter this command.

    inh-card:loc=1201

    This message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:18:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Card has been inhibited.
    
  8. Display the status of the IP card to verify that it is out-of-service maintenance-disabled (OOS-MT-DSBLD).

    Enter this command.

    rept-stat-card:loc=1201

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-01 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    CARD   VERSION      TYPE      GPL        PST            SST        AST
    1201   133-003-000  E5ENET    IPSG       OOS-MT-DSBLD   Manual    -----
      ALARM STATUS       =  No Alarms.
      BLIXP   GPL version = 133-003-000
      IMT BUS A           = Conn
      IMT BUS B           = Conn
      CURRENT TEMPERATURE   =  32C ( 90F)     [ALARM TEMP:  60C (140F)]
      PEAK TEMPERATURE:     =  39C (103F)     [06-05-02 13:40]
      SIGNALING LINK STATUS
          SLK    PST                LS            CLLI
          A      IS-NR              nc001         -----------
    
    Command Completed
    

    If the defrouter parameter will be specified in 11, continue the procedure with 11.

    If the defrouter parameter will not be specified in 11, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the sctpcsum parameter value for the card will not be changed, continue the procedure with 11.
    • If the sctpcsum parameter value for the card will be changed, continue the procedure with 10.
  9. Verify that the IP address of either Ethernet A or B (the address whose network portion matches the network portion of the defrouter parameter value to be used in 11) is in the IP link table by entering the rtrv-ip-lnk command with the card location specified in this procedure.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ip-lnk:loc=1201

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    LOC   PORT IPADDR          SUBMASK         DUPLEX  SPEED MACTYPE AUTO MCAST
    1201  A    192.1.1.10      255.255.255.0   ----    ---   DIX     YES  NO
    1201  B    --------------- --------------- ----    ---   DIX     YES  NO
    

    If the network portion of the IP address specified by the defrouter value does not match the network portions of either IP address displayed in this step, perform one of these actions:

    • Choose another value for the defrouter parameter, making sure that the network portion of the new IP address matches the network portion of one of the IP addresses displayed in this step.
    • Perform the Configuring an IP Link procedure and change one of the IP addresses shown in this step so that the network portion of the new IP address changed in the Configuring an IP Link procedure matches the network portion of the IP address value for the defrouter parameter.
    After this step has been completed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the sctpcsum parameter value for the card will not be changed, continue the procedure with 11.
    • If the sctpcsum parameter value for the card will be changed, continue the procedure with 11.
  10. To change the sctpcsum parameter value for the IP card, the sctpcsum parameter value in the rtrv-sg-opts output must be percard. Verify the sctpcsum parameter value by entering the rtrv-sg-opts command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-13 09:19:43 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    SRKQ:           1500
    SNMPCONT:       tekelec
    GETCOMM:        public
    SETCOMM:        private
    TRAPCOMM:       public
    SCTPCSUM:       adler32
    IPGWABATE:      NO
    UAMEASUSEDFTAS: NO
    

    If the sctpcsum parameter value in the rtrv-sg-opts output is percard, continue the procedure with 11.

    If the sctpcsum parameter value in the rtrv-sg-opts output is adler 32 or crc32c, perform the one of these procedures to change the sctpcsum parameter value to percard, depending on the ADAPTER value of the association.

    After the SCTP checksum algorithm has been changed, continue the procedure with 11.

  11. Change the IP stack parameters associated with an IP card in the database using the chg-ip-card command.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-ip-card:loc=1201:srchordr=local:dnsa=192.1.1.40:domain=nc.tekelec.com :sctpcsum=adler32

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:20:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-IP-CARD: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  12. Verify the new IP parameters associated with the IP card that was changed in 11 by entering the rtrv-ip-card command with the card location specified in 11.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ip-card:loc=1201

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-06-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 39.0.0
       LOC 1201
         SRCHORDR  LOCAL
         DNSA      192.1.1.40
         DNSB      ---------------
         DEFROUTER ---------------
         DOMAIN    NC. TEKELEC. COM
         SCTPCSUM  adler32
         BPIPADDR  ---------------
         BPSUBMASK ---------------
    

    Note:

    If 7 was not performed, continue the procedure with 15.
  13. Allow the IP card that was inhibited in 7 by using the alw-card command.

    For example, enter this command.

    alw-card:loc=1201

    This message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:22:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Card has been allowed.
    
  14. Verify the in-service normal (IS-NR) status of the IP card using the rept-stat-card command.

    For example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-card:loc=1201

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-01 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    CARD   VERSION      TYPE      GPL        PST            SST        AST
    1201   133-003-000  E5ENET    IPSG       IS-NR          Active     -----
      ALARM STATUS       =  No Alarms.
      BLIXP   GPL version = 133-003-000
      IMT BUS A           = Conn
      IMT BUS B           = Conn
      CURRENT TEMPERATURE   =  32C ( 90F)     [ALARM TEMP:  60C (140F)]
      PEAK TEMPERATURE:     =  39C (103F)     [06-05-02 13:40]
      SIGNALING LINK STATUS
          SLK    PST                LS            CLLI
          A      IS-NR              nc001         -----------
    
    Command Completed.
    
  15. Activate the signaling link from 4 using the act-slk command.

    Note:

    If 4 was not performed, continue the procedure with 17.

    For example, enter this command.

    act-slk:loc=1201:link=a

    The link changes its state from OOS-MT-DSBLD (out-of-service maintenance-disabled) to IS-NR (in-service normal).

    The output confirms the activation.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 11:11:28 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Activate Link message sent to card
    
  16. Verify the in-service normal (IS-NR) status of the signaling link using the rept-stat-slk command.

    For example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-slk:loc=1201:link=a

    This message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SLK      LSN         CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    1201,A   nc001       -----------  IS-NR
            Avail     ----
    Command Completed.
    
  17. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.
    These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-6 Configuring an IP Card



Sheet 1 of 4



Sheet 2 of 4



Sheet 3 of 4



Sheet 4 of 4

6.8 Adding an IP Route

This procedure is used to add an IP route to the database using the ent-ip-rte command.

The ent-ip-rte command uses these parameters.

:loc – The location of the IP card that the IP route will be assigned to.

:dest – The IP address of the remote host or network.

:submask – The subnet mask of the destination IP address.

:gtwy – The IP address of the gateway or router that will send the IP data to its final destination.

There can be a maximum of 64 IP routes assigned to an IP card.

The EAGLE can contain a maximum of 2048 IP routes.

Ethernet Interfaces A and B on the IP card specified by the loc parameter can be used.

The network portion of the IP address value of the gtwy parameter must be the same as the network portion of the IP addresses shown for either the A or B interfaces in the rtrv-ip-card output.

The value of the dest and gtwy parameters cannot be 127.x.x.x (the loopback address), 0.0.0.0, or the IP addresses of the A or B interfaces on the IP card, and cannot be assigned to another IP card.

If the dest parameter value represents a host IP address, the value for the submask parameter must be 255.255.255.255. Otherwise, the submask parameter value is identifies the network/host ID portions that must be entered when the dest parameter value represents a network address.

The submask is applied to the IP address which is being routed to see if it yields a route match. For example, if IP address 192.1.1.2 is being routed and the IP routing table contains these entries.

Table 6-4 Sample IP Routing Table

IP address Submask Gateway

191.1.0.0

255.255.0.0

192.168.110.250

192.0.0.0

255.0.0.0

192.168.110.251

IP routing occurs as follows:

  1. The subnet mask of route 1 (255.255.0.0) is applied to the IP address being routed (192.1.1.2) with the resulting IP address of 192.1.0.0. IP address 192.1.0.0 does not match IP address 191.1.0.0 in the IP routing table, so the next route is chosen.

  2. The subnet mask of route 2 (255.0.0.0) is applied to the IP address being routed (192.1.1.2) with the resulting IP address of 192.0.0.0 which matches the second route in the IP routing table, so this route is selected for routing this datagram.

See Table 6-5 for the valid input values for the submask and dest parameter combinations.

Table 6-5 Valid Subnet Mask Parameter Values

Network Class IP Network Address Range Valid Subnet Mask Values

A

1.0.0.0 to 127.0.0.0

255.0.0.0 (the default value for a class A IP address)

255.192.0.0

255.224.0.0

255.240.0.0

255.248.0.0

255.252.0.0

255.254.0.0

255.255.128.1

A+B

128.1.0.0 to 191.255.0.0

255.255.0.0 (the default value for a class B IP address)

255.255.192.0

255.255.224.0

255.255.240.0

255.255.248.0

255.255.252.0

255.255.254.0

255.255.255.128

A+B+C

192.0.0.0 to 223.255.255.0

255.255.255.0 (the default value for a class C IP address)

255.255.255.192

255.255.255.224

255.255.255.240

255.255.255.248

255.255.255.252

If a Class B IP address is specified for the dest parameter of the ent-ip-rte command, the subnet address that results from the dest and submask parameter values cannot be the same as the subnet address that results from the pvn and pvnmask, fcna and fcnamask, or fcnb and fcnbmask parameter values of the chg-netopts command. The pvn and pvnmask, fcna and fcnamask, or fcnb and fcnbmask parameter values can be verified by entering the rtrv-netopts command. Choose dest and submask parameter values for the IP route whose resulting subnet address is not be the same as the subnet address resulting from the pvn and pvnmask, fcna and fcnamask, or fcnb and fcnbmask parameter values of the chg-netopts command.

  1. Display the IP routes in the database with the rtrv-ip-rte command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    LOC   DEST             SUBMASK          GTWY
    1301  128.252.10.5     255.255.255.255  140.188.13.33
    1301  128.252.0.0      255.255.0.0      140.188.13.34
    1301  150.10.1.1       255.255.255.255  140.190.15.3
    1303  192.168.10.1     255.255.255.255  150.190.15.23
    1303  192.168.0.0      255.255.255.0    150.190.15.24
    
    IP Route table is  (5 of 2048) 0.24% full
    
  2. Display the IP cards in the database with the rtrv-ip-card command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-08-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 39.0.0
       LOC 1212
         SRCHORDR  LOCAL
         DNSA      150.1.1.1
         DNSB      ---------------
         DEFROUTER 150.1.1.100
         DOMAIN    NC. TEKELEC. COM
         SCTPCSUM  crc32c
         BPIPADDR  ---------------
         BPSUBMASK ---------------
       LOC 1301
         SRCHORDR  SRVRONLY
         DNSA      140.188.13.10
         DNSB      140.190.15.28
         DEFROUTER ---------------
         DOMAIN    NC. TEKELEC. COM
         SCTPCSUM  crc32c
         BPIPADDR  ---------------
         BPSUBMASK ---------------
       LOC 1303
         SRCHORDR  LOCAL
         DNSA      150.190.15.1
         DNSB      ---------------
         DEFROUTER 150.190.15.25
         DOMAIN    NC. TEKELEC. COM
         SCTPCSUM  crc32c
         BPIPADDR  ---------------
         BPSUBMASK ---------------
    

    If the required IP card is not shown in the rtrv-ip-card output, perform the Adding an IPSG Card procedure to add the card to the database.

    Perform the Configuring an IP Link procedure and make sure that the network portion of the IP addresses assigned for the A or B interfaces of the IP card is the same as the network portion of the IP address that will be assigned to the gtwy parameter of the IP route

    Note:

    If a Class A or C IP address (see Table 6-5) will be specified for thedest parameter in 4, continue the procedure with 4.
  3. The subnet address that results from the dest and submask parameter values of the ent-ip-rte command cannot be the same as the subnet address that results from the pvn and pvnmask, fcna and fcnamask, or fcnb and fcnbmask parameter values of the chg-netopts command.

    Display the pvn, pvnmask, fcna, fcnamask, fcnb, and fcnbmask parameter values of the chg-netopts command by entering the rtrv-netoptscommand.

    If error message E3967 Cmd Rej: E5IS must be on is displayed after the rtrv-netopts command is executed, the pvn, pvnmask, fcna, fcnamask, fcnb, and fcnbmask parameters are not configured. Continue the procedure with 4.

    This is an example of the possible output if the E5IS feature is on.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-02-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 40.1.0
    NETWORK OPTIONS
    ------------------
    PVN        = 128.20.30.40
    PVNMASK    = 255.255.192.0
    FCNA       = 170.120.50.0
    FCNAMASK   = 255.255.240.0
    FCNB       = 170.121.50.0
    FCNBMASK   = 255.255.254.0
    

    Choose dest and submask parameter values for the IP route whose resulting subnet address is not be the same as the subnet address resulting from the pvn and pvnmask, fcna and fcnamask, or fcnb and fcnbmask parameter values of the chg-netopts command. Continue the procedure with 4.

  4. Add the IP route to the database using the ent-ip-rte command.

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-ip-rte:loc=1212:dest=132.10.175.20:submask=255.255.255.255 :gtwy=150.1.1.50

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-12 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    ENT-IP-RTE: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  5. Verify the changes using the rtrv-ip-rte command with the card location specified with the ent-ip-rte command in 4.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-ip-rte:loc=1212

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    LOC   DEST             SUBMASK          GTWY
    1212  132.10.175.20    255.255.255.255  150.1.1.50
    IP Route table is  (6 of 2048) 0.29% full
    
  6. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.
    These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-7 Adding an IP Route



Sheet 1 of 2



Sheet 2 of 2

6.9 Adding an IPSG M2PA Association

This procedure is used to configure IPSG M2PA associations using the ent-assoc command. The combination of a local host, local SCTP port, remote host and remote SCTP port defines an association. IPSG M2PA associations are assigned to E5-ENET cards running the IPSG application (IPSG cards).

The ent-assoc command uses these parameters to add an IPSG M2PA association to the database.

:aname – The name assigned to the association. Valid association names can contain up to 15 alphanumeric characters where the first character is a letter and the remaining characters are alphanumeric characters. The aname parameter value is not case-sensitive.

:lhost – Local Hostname. The logical name assigned to the local host device.

:lport – The SCTP port number for the local host.

:rhost – Remote Hostname. The logical name assigned to the remote host device.

:rport – The SCTP port number for the remote host.

:adapter – The adapter layer for this association, m2pa. The adapter parameter is optional. The default value for the adapter parameter is m2pa.

:alhost – The alternate local host name.

:m2patset – The M2PA timer set assigned to the association. The m2patset parameter can be specified only with the adapter=m2pa parameter. If the adapter=m2pa parameter is specified, and the m2patset parameter is not specified with the ent-assoc command, the default value for the m2patset parameter (1 - M2PA timer set 1) is assigned to the association.

Associations contain fields whose values are not assigned using the ent-assoc command. When an association is added to the database, these fields receive their default values. If a different value is desired, the chg-assoc command must be used. To change these values perform the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure.

These fields and their default values are shown in Table 6-6.

Table 6-6 IPSG M2PA Association Fields and Default Values

open=no

rmax=800

cwmin=3000

alw=no

uaps=10

istrms=2

rmode=lin

rtimes=10

ostrms=2

rmin=120

ver=rfc bufsize=200 rtxthr=0 rhostval=relaxed

The link parameter cannot be specified for an IPSG M2PA association.

An IPSG M2PA association can contain an alternate remote host. The alternate remote host is provisioned with the rhost and rhostype=alternate parameters of the chg-assoc command. A primary remote host can be provisioned on this procedure by specifying the rhost parameter with the ent-assoc command. To provision an alternate remote host for an IPSG M2PA association, perform Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association.

The size of the buffers on the IPSG cards is 3200 KB. The size of the buffers assigned to each association that is assigned to the IPSG card cannot exceed the maximum buffer size for the IPSG card. When a new association is added, the default buffer size for the association is assigned to the association. If adding the new association causes the total buffer size for all the associations on the IPSG card to exceed the maximum buffer size for that IPSG card, the ent-assoc command will be rejected. If the you wish to add the association and the maximum buffer size for the IPSG card will be exceeded, the buffer size of the other associations assigned to the IPSG card must be decreased by performing the Changing the Buffer Size of an IPSG Association procedure. The available size of the buffers on the IPSG card can be verified by entering this command.

rtrv-assoc:lhost=<local host name assigned to the association>

The alhost parameter can also be used with the rtrv-assoc command to display the available size of the buffers on the IPSG card.

The aname parameter can be used with the rtrv-assoc command to display the available size of the buffers on the IPSG card and the size of the buffer assigned to the association.

The value of the lhost, rhost, or alhost parameters is a text string of up to 60 characters, with the first character being a letter. The command line on the terminal can contain up to 150 characters. If the host names are too long to fit on the ent-assoc command line, perform the chg-assoc command with the parameters and values necessary to complete the entry of the M2PA association.

The EAGLE can contain a maximum of 4000 connections (association to application server assignments).

A maximum of 32 IPSG M2PA associations can be assigned to an IPSG card.

The B Ethernet interface of the IPSG card can be used.

To activate the association after the association is assigned to a signaling link, the association must contain values for the lhost, lport, rhost, rport parameters.

Uni-homed endpoints are associations configured with the lhost parameter only. The lhost parameter value represents an IP address that corresponds to either the A or B network interface of the IPSG card. Multi-homed endpoints are associations configured with both the lhost and alhost parameters. The lhost parameter value represents an IP address corresponding to one of the network interfaces (A or B) of the IP card while the alhost parameter value represents an IP address corresponding to the other network interface of the same IPSG card.

An alternate remote host can be configured for multi-homed associations using the rhost and rhosttype parameters of the chg-assoc command. The rhost parameter value with the rhostype=primary parameter represents an IP address that corresponds to one of the network interfaces at the remote end while the rhost parameter value with the rhostype=alternate parameter represents an IP address that corresponds to the other network interface at the remote end.

Canceling the RTRV-ASSOC Command

Because the rtrv-assoc command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the associations in the database using the rtrv-assoc command. This is an example of possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    swbel32         1201 A     A    M3UA    1030  2345  YES  YES
    a2              1305 A     A    SUA     1030  2345  YES  YES
    a3              1307 A     A    SUA     1030  2346  YES  YES
    assoc3          1203 A     A1   M2PA    2048  1030  NO   NO
    
    Perform one of these actions.
    • If the desired IP link (shown by the entries in the CARD LOC and IPLNK PORT columns for an association whose ADAPTER value is M2PA) is shown in the rtrv-assoc output, continue the procedure with 2.
    • If the desired IP link is not shown in the rtrv-assoc output, continue the procedure with 4.
  2. Display the card that the new M2PA association will be assigned to by entering the rtrv-card command with the card location displayed in 1. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-card:loc=1203

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL     LSET NAME   LINK SLC LSET NAME   LINK SLC
    1203   ENET      IPSG     m2pa1       A1   0
    

    If the value in the TYPE column is IPSG, continue the procedure with 3.

    If the value in the TYPE column is either IPLIM or IPLIMI, the host assigned to this card cannot be used in this procedure. If you wish to use this card to configure an M2PA association, perform the Adding an M2PA Association procedure.

    If you do not wish to use this card to configure an IPSG M2PA association, perform one of these actions.
    • Choose another card from the rtrv-assoc output in 1 and repeat this step.
    • Continue the procedure with 4 to choose another IPSG card and IP link for the new IPSG M2PA association.
  3. Display the associations assigned to the card that the new association will be assigned to by entering the rtrv-assoc command with the card location specified in 2. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:loc=1203

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
                    CARD  IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC   PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    assoc3          1203  A     A1   M2PA    2048  1030  NO   NO
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (4 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (200 KB of 800 KB) on LOC = 1203
    

    An IPSG card can contain a maximum of 32 IPSG M2PA or M3UA associations when running on the E5-ENET/E5--ENET-B card or DEIR card. An IPSG application running on the SLIC card can contain a maximum of 128 associations.. If 32 associations are displayed in the rtrv-assoc output, the new IPSG M2PA association cannot be added to this card. Choose another IPSG card and repeat this procedure from 1.

    If less than 32 associations are shown in the rtrv-assoc output, continue the procedure with 6.

  4. Display the IP links in the database by entering the rtrv-ip-lnk command. The following is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 08-12-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 40.0.0
    LOC   PORT IPADDR          SUBMASK         DUPLEX  SPEED MACTYPE AUTO MCAST
    1201  A    192.1.1.10      255.255.255.128 HALF    10    802.3   NO   NO
    1201  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    1203  A    192.1.1.12      255.255.255.0   ----    ---   DIX     YES  NO
    1203  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    1205  A    192.1.1.14      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    1205  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2101  A    192.1.1.20      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2101  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2103  A    192.1.1.22      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2103  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2105  A    192.1.1.24      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2105  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2205  A    192.1.1.30      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2205  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2207  A    192.1.1.32      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2207  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2213  A    192.1.1.50      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2213  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2301  A    192.1.1.52      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2301  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    
    IP-LNK   table is (20 of 2048) 1% full.
    

    If the required IP link is not in the database, add the IP link using the Configuring an IP Link procedure.

  5. Verify that the local host name to be assigned to the association is in the database by using the rtrv-ip-host:display=all command. The following is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 13-06-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 45.0.0
    
    LOCAL IPADDR    LOCAL HOST
    192.1.1.10      IPNODE1-1201
    192.1.1.12      IPNODE1-1203
    192.1.1.14      IPNODE1-1205
    192.1.1.20      IPNODE2-1201
    192.1.1.22      IPNODE2-1203
    192.1.1.24      IPNODE2-1205
    192.1.1.30      KC-HLR1
    192.1.1.32      KC-HLR2
    192.1.1.50      DN-MSC1
    192.1.1.52      DN-MSC2
    
    REMOTE IPADDR   REMOTE HOST
    150.1.1.5       NCDEPTECONOMIC_DEVELOPMENT. SOUTHEASTERN_COORIDOR_ASHVL. GOV
    
    IP Host table is (11 of 4096) .26% full
    

    The IP address of the IP link should be assigned to the local host name that will be assigned to the association.

    The values of the lhost and alhost parameters must be in the LOCAL HOST column in the rtrv-ip-host output.

    If the required hostname is not in the database, add the IP host name using the Adding an IP Host procedure.

  6. Verify the values of the M2PA timer set you wish to assign to the association by entering the rtrv-m2pa-tset command with the ver=rfc parameter.

    When an IPSG M2PA association is provisioned in this procedure, the RFC M2PA version is assigned to the IPSG M2PA association by default.

    The M2PA version of the association determines the version of the M2PA timer set that is assigned to the association. For example, if M2PA timer set 3 is assigned to the IPSG M2PA association, and the association is an RFC IPSG M2PA association, the RFC version of M2PA timer set 3 is used with the association. If M2PA timer set 7 is assigned to the IPSG M2PA association, and the association is a Draft 6 IPSG M2PA association, the Draft 6 version of M2PA timer set 7 is used with the association.

    If you wish to assign the Draft 6 M2PA version to this association and use the Draft 6 M2PA timer sets, perform the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure after this procedure is completed to change the M2PA version of this association.

    Note:

    If them2patset parameter will not be specified with theent-assoc command, theM2PA timer set 1 will be assigned to the association.

    To display the M2PA Draft 6 timer values, enter this command.

    rtrv-m2pa-tset:ver=d6

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
    M2PA Draft 6 Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   ------ 5000  20000 500  5000  4000 1000  100000 150  500
    2    7500   ------ 1500  2000  500  9000  1250 300   150000 175  600
    3    100000 ------ 2000  3000  500  4000  1500 500   170000 200  800
    4    200000 ------ 20000 4000  500  6000  2000 700   480000 225  900
    5    250000 ------ 30000 30000 500  100   2250 400   400000 400  8000
    6    50000  ------ 50000 60000 500  500   4500 800   300000 300  7000
    7    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    80000  ------ 1500  15000 500  8000  2750 1100  350000 350  5000
    9    27500  ------ 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   90000  ------ 2500  50000 500  7500  5000 1750  440000 450  3000
    11   20000  ------ 4500  5500  500  6500  5500 1600  250000 475  4500
    12   30000  ------ 7500  7000  500  750   4250 1800  275000 275  3500
    13   40000  ------ 35000 9000  500  1250  3500 1900  500    325  9000
    14   70000  ------ 45000 11000 500  1500  1750 900   1000   125  6000
    15   9000   ------ 25000 40000 500  2500  3250 600   5000   425  5500
    16   75000  ------ 15000 25000 500  4500  1600 1400  6000   240  9500
    17   350000 ------ 60000 70000 600  10000 6000 2000  500000 500  10000
    18   150000 ------ 55000 35000 500  3500  5750 1500  125000 440  750
    19   175000 ------ 12500 45000 500  1100  2600 1300  7000   340  850
    20   1000   ------ 1000  1000  400  80    1000 200   100    100  100
    

    To display the M2PARFC values, enter this command.

    rtrv-m2pa-tset:ver=rfc

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
    M2PA RFC Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   75000  5000  20000 500  5000  4000 1000  100000 150  500
    2    7500   8000   1500  2000  500  9000  1250 300   150000 175  600
    3    100000 10000  2000  3000  500  4000  1500 500   170000 200  800
    4    200000 6000   20000 4000  500  6000  2000 700   480000 225  900
    5    250000 140000 30000 30000 500  100   2250 400   400000 400  8000
    6    50000  100000 50000 60000 500  500   4500 800   300000 300  7000
    7    300000 20000  2000  10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    80000  130000 1500  15000 500  8000  2750 1100  350000 350  5000
    9    27500  120000 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   90000  9000   2500  50000 500  7500  5000 1750  440000 450  3000
    11   20000  60000  4500  5500  500  6500  5500 1600  250000 475  4500
    12   30000  50000  7500  7000  500  750   4250 1800  275000 275  3500
    13   40000  90000  35000 9000  500  1250  3500 1900  500    325  9000
    14   70000  45000  45000 11000 500  1500  1750 900   1000   125  6000
    15   9000   30000  25000 40000 500  2500  3250 600   5000   425  5500
    16   75000  15000  15000 25000 500  4500  1600 1400  6000   240  9500
    17   350000 150000 60000 70000 600  10000 6000 2000  500000 500  10000
    18   150000 20000  55000 35000 500  3500  5750 1500  125000 440  750
    19   175000 12500  12500 45000 500  1100  2600 1300  7000   340  850
    20   1000   5000   1000  1000  400  80    1000 200   100    100  100
    

    If the ver parameter is not specified when entering the rtrv-m2pa-tset command, both the Draft 6 and RFC values are displayed. This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
    M2PA Draft 6 Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   ------ 5000  20000 500  5000  4000 1000  100000 150  500
    2    7500   ------ 1500  2000  500  9000  1250 300   150000 175  600
    3    100000 ------ 2000  3000  500  4000  1500 500   170000 200  800
    4    200000 ------ 20000 4000  500  6000  2000 700   480000 225  900
    5    250000 ------ 30000 30000 500  100   2250 400   400000 400  8000
    6    50000  ------ 50000 60000 500  500   4500 800   300000 300  7000
    7    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    80000  ------ 1500  15000 500  8000  2750 1100  350000 350  5000
    9    27500  ------ 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   90000  ------ 2500  50000 500  7500  5000 1750  440000 450  3000
    11   20000  ------ 4500  5500  500  6500  5500 1600  250000 475  4500
    12   30000  ------ 7500  7000  500  750   4250 1800  275000 275  3500
    13   40000  ------ 35000 9000  500  1250  3500 1900  500    325  9000
    14   70000  ------ 45000 11000 500  1500  1750 900   1000   125  6000
    15   9000   ------ 25000 40000 500  2500  3250 600   5000   425  5500
    16   75000  ------ 15000 25000 500  4500  1600 1400  6000   240  9500
    17   350000 ------ 60000 70000 600  10000 6000 2000  500000 500  10000
    18   150000 ------ 55000 35000 500  3500  5750 1500  125000 440  750
    19   175000 ------ 12500 45000 500  1100  2600 1300  7000   340  850
    20   1000   ------ 1000  1000  400  80    1000 200   100    100  100
    
    M2PA RFC Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   75000  5000  20000 500  5000  4000 1000  100000 150  500
    2    7500   8000   1500  2000  500  9000  1250 300   150000 175  600
    3    100000 10000  2000  3000  500  4000  1500 500   170000 200  800
    4    200000 6000   20000 4000  500  6000  2000 700   480000 225  900
    5    250000 140000 30000 30000 500  100   2250 400   400000 400  8000
    6    50000  100000 50000 60000 500  500   4500 800   300000 300  7000
    7    300000 20000  2000  10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    80000  130000 1500  15000 500  8000  2750 1100  350000 350  5000
    9    27500  120000 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   90000  9000   2500  50000 500  7500  5000 1750  440000 450  3000
    11   20000  60000  4500  5500  500  6500  5500 1600  250000 475  4500
    12   30000  50000  7500  7000  500  750   4250 1800  275000 275  3500
    13   40000  90000  35000 9000  500  1250  3500 1900  500    325  9000
    14   70000  45000  45000 11000 500  1500  1750 900   1000   125  6000
    15   9000   30000  25000 40000 500  2500  3250 600   5000   425  5500
    16   75000  15000  15000 25000 500  4500  1600 1400  6000   240  9500
    17   350000 150000 60000 70000 600  10000 6000 2000  500000 500  10000
    18   150000 20000  55000 35000 500  3500  5750 1500  125000 440  750
    19   175000 12500  12500 45000 500  1100  2600 1300  7000   340  850
    20   1000   5000   1000  1000  400  80    1000 200   100    100  100
    

    If the M2PA timer set you wish to assign to the association does not contain the desired values, go to the Changing an M2PA Timer Set procedure and changed the desired timer values.

    Caution:

    Changing an M2PA timer set may affect the performance of any associations using the timer set being changed.
  7. Verify the available buffer size for the IPSG card that will contain the association being added in this procedure by entering the rtrv-assoc command with the local host name assigned to the association being added. For this example, enter this command.

    Note:

    If a new host was added in 5, continue the procedure with 8.

    rtrv-assoc:lhost="IPNODE2-1203"

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    assoc3          1203 A     A1   M2PA    2048  1030  NO   NO 
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (8 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (200 KB of 1600 KB) on LOC = 1203
    

    If adding the new association causes the total buffer size for all the associations on the IP card to exceed the maximum buffer size for that IP card, the ent-assoc command will be rejected.

    The default buffer value for an IPSG M2PA association is 200.

    If the you wish to add the association and the maximum buffer size for the IP card will be exceeded, the buffer size of the other associations assigned to the IP card must be decreased by performing the Changing the Buffer Size of an IPSG Association procedure.

  8. Add the associations using the ent-assoc command. For this example, enter this command.

    ent-assoc:aname=assoc2:lhost=gw107.nc.tekelec.com:lport=2000: rhost=gw100.nc.tekelec.com:rport=1030:adapter=m2pa

    These are the rules that apply to adding IPSG M2PA associations.
    1. The EAGLE can contain a maximum of 4000 connections (association – application server assignments).
    2. The default value for the adapter parameter is m2pa.
    3. A maximum of 32 IPSG M2PA or M3UA associations can be assigned to the IPSG card running on the E5-ENET/E5--ENET-B card or DEIR card. An IPSG application running on the SLIC card can contain a maximum of 128 associations.
    4. The value of the lhost, rhost, or alhost parameters is a text string of up to 60 characters, with the first character being a letter. The command line on the terminal can contain up to 150 characters. If the host names are too long to fit on the ent-assoc command line, perform the chg-assoc command with the parameters and values necessary to complete the entry of the IPSG M2PA association.
    5. To activate the association after the association is assigned to a signaling link, the association must contain values for the lhost, rhost, lport, and rport parameters.
    6. If the lhost and alhost parameters are specified, the lhost parameter value represents the IP address corresponding to one of the network interfaces (A or B) on the IP card while the alhost parameter value represents the IP address corresponding to the other network interface of the same IP card.
    7. The m2patset parameter can be specified only with the adapter=m2pa parameter.
    8. The m2patset parameter value defaults to M2PA timer set 1 (m2patset=1) if the m2patset parameter is not specified.
    9. When the adapter=m2pa parameter is specified, the RFC M2PA version is assigned to the M2PA association by default. If you wish to assign the Draft 6 M2PA version to this association, perform the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure after this procedure is completed to change the M2PA version of this association.

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    ENT-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  9. Verify the changes using the rtrv-assoc command specifying the association name specified in 8. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc2

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    ANAME assoc2
          LOC      1203          IPLNK PORT A           LINK     --
          ADAPTER  M2PA          VER        M2PA RFC
          LHOST    gw105.nc.tekelec.com
          ALHOST   ---
          RHOST    gw100.nc.tekelec.com
          ARHOST   ---
          LPORT    1030          RPORT      1030
          ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS     2           BUFSIZE  200
          RMODE    LIN           RMIN       120         RMAX     800
          RTIMES   10            CWMIN      3000        UAPS     10
          OPEN     NO            ALW        YES         RTXTHR   0
          RHOSTVAL RELAXED       M2PATSET   1
    
    IP Appl Sock table is (5 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (400 KB of 1600 KB) on LOC = 1203
    
  10. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-8 Adding an IPSG M2PA Association



Sheet 1 of 4



Sheet 2 of 4



Sheet 3 of 4



Sheet 4 of 4

6.10 Adding an IPSG M3UA Association

This procedure is used to configure IPSG M3UA associations using the ent-assoc command. The combination of a local host, local SCTP port, remote host and remote SCTP port defines an association. IPSG M3UA associations are assigned to E5-ENET cards running the IPSG application (IPSG cards).

The ent-assoc command uses these parameters to add an IPSG M3UA association to the database.

:aname – The name assigned to the association. Valid association names can contain up to 15 alphanumeric characters where the first character is a letter and the remaining characters are alphanumeric characters. The aname parameter value is not case-sensitive.

:lhost – Local Hostname. The logical name assigned to the local host device.

:lport – The SCTP port number for the local host.

:rhost – Remote Hostname. The logical name assigned to the remote host device.

:rport – The SCTP port number for the remote host.

:adapter – The adapter layer for this association, m3ua. The adapter parameter is required for adding an IPSG M3UA association. The default value for the adapter parameter is m2pa.

:alhost – The alternate local host name.

The link parameter cannot be specified for an IPSG M3UA association.

The adapter=m2pa and m2patset parameters can be used only when configuring M2PA associations. Perform the Adding an M2PA Association or Adding an IPSG M2PA Association procedures to configure M2PA associations.

Associations contain fields whose values are not assigned using the ent-assoc command. When an association is added to the database, these fields receive their default values. If a different value is desired, the chg-assoc command must be used. To change these values perform the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure.

These fields and their default values are shown in Table 6-7.

Table 6-7 IPSG M3UA Association Fields and Default Values

open=no

rmax=800

cwmin=3000

alw=no

uaps=10

istrms=2

rmode=lin

rtimes=10

ostrms=2

rmin=120

bufsize=200 rtxthr=0 rhostval=relaxed  

An IPSG M3UA association can contain an alternate remote host. The alternate remote host is provisioned with the rhost and rhostype=alternate parameters of the chg-assoc command. A primary remote host can be provisioned on this procedure by specifying the rhost parameter with the ent-assoc command. To provision an alternate remote host for an IPSG M3UA association, perform Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association.

The size of the buffers on the IPSG cards is 3200 KB. The size of the buffers assigned to each association that is assigned to the IPSG card cannot exceed the maximum buffer size for the IPSG card. When a new association is added, the default buffer size for the association is assigned to the association. If adding the new association causes the total buffer size for all the associations on the IPSG card to exceed the maximum buffer size for that IPSG card, the ent-assoc command will be rejected. If the you wish to add the association and the maximum buffer size for the IPSG card will be exceeded, the buffer size of the other associations assigned to the IPSG card must be decreased by performing the Changing the Buffer Size of an IPSG Association procedure. The available size of the buffers on the IPSG card can be verified by entering this command.

rtrv-assoc:lhost=<local host name assigned to the association being changed>

The alhost parameter can also be used with the rtrv-assoc command to display the available size of the buffers on the IP card.

The aname parameter can be used with the rtrv-assoc command to display the available size of the buffers on the IP card and the size of the buffer assigned to the association.

The value of the lhost, rhost, or alhost parameters is a text string of up to 60 characters, with the first character being a letter. The command line on the terminal can contain up to 150 characters. If the host names are too long to fit on the ent-assoc command line, perform the chg-assoc command with the parameters and values necessary to complete the entry of the M3UA association.

The EAGLE can contain a maximum of 4000 connections (association to application server assignments).

The B Ethernet interface of the IPSG card can be used.

To activate the association after the association is assigned to a signaling link, the association must contain values for the lhost, lport, rhost, rport parameters.

Uni-homed endpoints are associations configured with the lhost parameter only. The lhost parameter value represents an IP address that corresponds to either the A or B network interface of the IPSG card. Multi-homed endpoints are associations configured with both the lhost and alhost parameters. The lhost parameter value represents an IP address corresponding to one of the network interfaces (A or B) of the IPSG card while the alhost parameter value represents an IP address corresponding to the other network interface of the same IPSG card.

An alternate remote host can be configured for multi-homed associations using the rhost and rhosttype parameters of the chg-assoc command. The rhost parameter value with the rhostype=primary parameter represents an IP address that corresponds to one of the network interfaces at the remote end while the rhost parameter value with the rhostype=alternate parameter represents an IP address that corresponds to the other network interface at the remote end.

Canceling the RTRV-ASSOC Command

Because the rtrv-assoc command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the associations in the database using the rtrv-assoc command. This is an example of possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    swbel32         1201 A     A    M3UA    1030  2345  YES  YES
    a2              1305 A     A    SUA     1030  2345  YES  YES
    a3              1307 A     A    SUA     1030  2346  YES  YES
    assoc3          1203 A     A1   M2PA    2048  1030  NO   NO
    
    Perform one of these actions.
    • If the desired IP link (shown by the entries in the CARD LOC and IPLNK PORT columns for an association whose ADAPTER value is M3UA) is shown in the rtrv-assoc output, continue the procedure with 2.
    • If the desired IP link is not shown in the rtrv-assoc output, continue the procedure with 4.
  2. Display the card that the new M3UA association will be assigned to by entering the rtrv-card command with the card location displayed in 1. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-card:loc=1201

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL     LSET NAME   LINK SLC LSET NAME   LINK SLC
    1201   ENET      IPSG     m3ua1       A    0
    

    If the value in the TYPE column is IPSG, continue the procedure with 3.

    If the value in the TYPE column is either SS7IPGW or IPGWI, the host assigned to this card cannot be used in this procedure. If you wish to use this card to configure an M3UA association, perform the Adding an M3UA or SUA Association procedure.

    If you do not wish to use this card to configure an M3UA association, perform one of these actions.
    • Choose another card from the rtrv-assoc output in 1 and repeat this step.
    • Continue the procedure with 4 to choose another IPSG card and IP link for the new IPSG M3UA association.
  3. Display the associations assigned to the card that the new association will be assigned to by entering the rtrv-assoc command with the card location specified in 2. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:loc=1203

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
                    CARD  IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC   PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    swbel32         1201  A     A    M3UA    1030  2345  YES  YES
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (4 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (200 KB of 800 KB) on LOC = 1203
    

    An IPSG card can contain a maximum of 32 IPSG M2PA or M3UA associations when running on the E5-ENET/E5--ENET-B card or DEIR card. An IPSG application running on the SLIC card can contain a maximum of 128 associations.. If 32 associations are displayed in the rtrv-assoc output, the new IPSG M3UA association cannot be added to this card. Choose another IPSG card and repeat this procedure from 1.

    If less than 32 associations are shown in the rtrv-assoc output, continue the procedure with 6.

  4. Display the IP links in the database by entering the rtrv-ip-lnk command. The following is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 08-12-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 40.0.0
    LOC   PORT IPADDR          SUBMASK         DUPLEX  SPEED MACTYPE AUTO MCAST
    1201  A    192.1.1.10      255.255.255.128 HALF    10    802.3   NO   NO
    1201  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    1203  A    192.1.1.12      255.255.255.0   ----    ---   DIX     YES  NO
    1203  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    1205  A    192.1.1.14      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    1205  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2101  A    192.1.1.20      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2101  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2103  A    192.1.1.22      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2103  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2105  A    192.1.1.24      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2105  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2205  A    192.1.1.30      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2205  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2207  A    192.1.1.32      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2207  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2213  A    192.1.1.50      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2213  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2301  A    192.1.1.52      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2301  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    
    IP-LNK   table (20 of 2048) 1% full.
    

    If the required IP link is not in the database, add the IP link using the Configuring an IP Link procedure.

  5. Verify that the local host name to be assigned to the association is in the database by using the rtrv-ip-host:display=all command. The following is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 13-06-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 45.0.0
    
    LOCAL IPADDR    LOCAL HOST
    192.1.1.10      IPNODE1-1201
    192.1.1.12      IPNODE1-1203
    192.1.1.14      IPNODE1-1205
    192.1.1.20      IPNODE2-1201
    192.1.1.22      IPNODE2-1203
    192.1.1.24      IPNODE2-1205
    192.1.1.30      KC-HLR1
    192.1.1.32      KC-HLR2
    192.1.1.50      DN-MSC1
    192.1.1.52      DN-MSC2
    
    REMOTE IPADDR   REMOTE HOST
    150.1.1.5       NCDEPTECONOMIC_DEVELOPMENT. SOUTHEASTERN_COORIDOR_ASHVL. GOV
    
    IP Host table is (11 of 4096) .26% full
    

    The IP address of the IP link should be assigned to the local host name that will be assigned to the association.

    The values of the lhost and alhost parameters must be in the LOCAL HOST column in the rtrv-ip-host output.

    If the required hostname is not in the database, add the IP host name using the Adding an IP Host procedure.

  6. Verify the available buffer size for the IP card that will contain the association being added in this procedure by entering the rtrv-assoc command with the local host name assigned to the association being added. For this example, enter this command.

    Note:

    If a newIP host was added in 5, continue the procedure with 7.

    rtrv-assoc:lhost="IPNODE2-1305"

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    a2              1305 A     A    SUA     1030  2345  YES  YES 
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (8 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (16 KB of 800 KB) on LOC = 1305
    

    If adding the new association causes the total buffer size for all the associations on the IP card to exceed the maximum buffer size for that IP card, the ent-assoc command will be rejected.

    The default buffer value for an M3UA or SUA association is 16.

    If the you wish to add the association and the maximum buffer size for the IP card will be exceeded, the buffer size of the other associations assigned to the IP card must be decreased by performing the Changing the Buffer Size of an IPSG Association procedure.

  7. Add the associations using the ent-assoc command. For this example, enter these commands.

    ent-assoc:aname=assoc1:lhost=gw105.nc.tekelec.com:lport=1030: rhost=gw100.nc.tekelec.com:rport=1030:adapter=m3ua

    These are the rules that apply to adding IPSG M3UA associations.
    1. The EAGLE can contain a maximum of 4000 connections (association – application server assignments).
    2. A maximum of 32 IPSG M2PA or M3UA associations can be assigned to the IPSG card running on the E5-ENET/E5--ENET-B card or DEIR card. An IPSG application running on the SLIC card can contain a maximum of 128 associations.
    3. The value of the lhost, rhost, or alhost parameters is a text string of up to 60 characters, with the first character being a letter. The command line on the terminal can contain up to 150 characters. If the host names are too long to fit on the ent-assoc command line, perform the chg-assoc command with the parameters and values necessary to complete the entry of the IPSG M3UA association.
    4. To activate the association after the association is assigned to a signaling link, the association must contain values for the lhost, rhost, lport, and rport parameters.
    5. If the lhost and alhost parameters are specified, the lhost parameter value represents the IP address corresponding to one of the network interfaces (A or B) on the IP card while the alhost parameter value represents the IP address corresponding to the other network interface of the same IP card.

    When each of these commands have successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    ENT-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  8. Verify the changes using the rtrv-assoc command specifying the association name specified in 7. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc1

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    ANAME assoc1
          LOC      1305          IPLNK PORT  A          LINK  A
          ADAPTER  M3UA          VER         M3UA RFC
          LHOST    gw105.nc.tekelec.com
          ALHOST   ---
          RHOST    gw100.nc.tekelec.com
          ARHOST   ---
          LPORT    1030          RPORT       1030
          ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS      2          BUFSIZE  16
          RMODE    LIN           RMIN        120        RMAX     800
          RTIMES   10            CWMIN       3000       UAPS     10
          OPEN     YES           ALW         YES        RTXTHR   0
          RHOSTVAL RELAXED
    
    IP Appl Sock table is (5 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (16 KB of 800 KB) on LOC = 1305
    
  9. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-9 Adding an IPSG M3UA Association



Sheet 1 of 2



Sheet 2 of 2

6.11 Adding an IPSG M2PA Signaling Link

This procedure is used to add an IPSG M2PA signaling link to the database using the ent-slk command. An IPSG M2PA signaling link is a signaling link that is assigned to an IPSG card and that contains an IPSG linkset and IPSG association whose ADAPTER value is M2PA. The ent-slk command uses these parameters to add an IPSG M2PA signaling link.

:loc – The card location of the IPSG card that the IPSG M2PA signaling link will be assigned to. The cards specified by this parameter are E5-ENET cards running the IPSG application.

:link – The signaling link on the card specified in the loc parameter.

:lsn – The name of the linkset that will contain the signaling link.

:slc – The signaling link code. The SLC must be unique within the linkset. It must be the same at both the EAGLE location and the distant node.

:aname – The name of the IPSG M2PA association that will be assigned to the IPSG M2PA signaling link.

The ent-slk command contains other optional parameters that are not used to configure an IPGWx signaling link. These parameters are discussed in more detail in Commands User's Guide or in these sections.

These items must be configured in the database before an IPSG M2PA signaling link can be added:

  • Shelf – perform the "Adding a Shelf" procedure in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide.
  • IPSG Card – perform the Adding an IPSG Card procedure.
  • Destination Point Code – perform the “Adding a Destination Point Code” procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide.
  • IPSG M2PA Linkset – perform the Adding an IPSG M2PA Linkset procedure.
  • IPSG M2PA Association - perform the Adding an IPSG M2PA Association procedure.

Verify that the link has been physically installed (all cable connections have been made).

To configure the EAGLE to perform circular routing detection test on the signaling links, “Configuring Circular Route Detection” procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide.

Note:

Circular route detection is not supported in ITU networks.

To provision a EAGLE with more than 1200 signaling links, the EAGLE must have certain levels of hardware installed. See the EAGLE section for more information on these hardware requirements.

The EAGLE can contain a mixture of low-speed, E1, T1, ATM high-speed, and IP signaling links. The Determining the Number of High-Speed and Low-Speed Signaling Links section describes how to determine the quantities of the different types of signaling links the EAGLE can have.

When the IPSG M2PA signaling link is added, the RSVDSLKTPS value that is assigned to the linkset will be assigned to the signaling link. The sum of the TPS used by all the signaling links that are assigned to the IPSG card cannot exceed MaxTPS. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. The TPS used by the IPSG card and the TPS used by each signaling link that is assigned to the IPSG card is shown by entering the rtrv-slk command with the location of the IPSG card. If the MaxTPS limit for the IPSG card will be exceeded by adding the IPSG M2PA signaling link, one of these actions must be performed.
  • Another IPSG card must be used for the IPSG M2PA signaling link.
  • The RSVDSLKTPS values for the linksets shown in the rtrv-slk output for the IPSG card must be reduced enough to allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added.
If adding the IPSG M2PA signaling link will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode" feature in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1,000,000 (1M). If the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M, or the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 and will not be increased, and adding the IPSG M2PA signaling link will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, the IPSG M2PA signaling link cannot be added unless the amount of available TPS is reduced enough to allow the IPSG M2PA signaling link to be added. The available TPS can be reduced by performing one or more of these actions.
  • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed.
  • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed.
  • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed.
  • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed.

Canceling the REPT-STAT-SLK, RTRV-LS, and RTRV-SLK Commands

Because the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, and rtrv-slk commands used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, and rtrv-slk commands can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, and rtrv-slk commands can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, or rtrv-slk commands were entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, or rtrv-slk commands were entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, or rtrv-slk commands were entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, or rtrv-slk commands was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the maximum number of signaling links the EAGLE can have and the number of signaling links that are currently provisioned by entering the rtrv-tbl-capacity command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.1.0
    
    SLK      table is (        5 of      1200)   1% full
    

    Note:

    Thertrv-tbl-capacity command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by thertrv-tbl-capacity command, refer to thertrv-tbl-capacitycommand description inCommands User's Guide.

    If the addition of the new signaling link will not exceed the maximum number of signaling links the EAGLE can have, continue the procedure with 2.

    If the addition of the new signaling link will exceed the maximum number of signaling links the EAGLE can have, and the maximum number of signaling links is less than 2800, perform the Enabling the Large System # Links Controlled Feature procedure to enable the desired quantity of signaling links. After the new quantity of signaling links has been enabled, continue the procedure with 2.

    If the addition of the new signaling link will exceed the maximum number of signaling links the EAGLE can have (in this example, the maximum number of signaling links is 1200), and the maximum number of signaling links is 2800, this procedure cannot be performed. The EAGLE cannot contain more than 2800 signaling links.

  2. Display the current signaling link configuration using the rtrv-slk command.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    rtrv-slk
    Command entered at terminal #4.
                                      L2T               PCR  PCR
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET  BPS    ECM   N1   N2
    1312 A    lsnds0     0   LIMDS0   1    56000  BASIC ---- ------
    
                                      LP         ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  LL
    1305 A    lsnds0     1   LIMATM   1   1.544M LINE     5     0    0
    
                                      LP         ATM                    E1ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  CRC4 SI SN
    1306 A    lsnituatm  0   LIME1ATM 21  2.048M LINE     5     0    ON   3  0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1303 A    ipsglsn    0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa1       600
    1303 A1   ipsglsn    1   IPSG     ipsgm2pa2       600
    1303 B1   ipsglsn    2   IPSG     ipsgm2pa3       600
    1303 A2   ipsglsn    3   IPSG     ipsgm2pa4       600
    1303 A3   ipsglsn    4   IPSG     ipsgm2pa5       600
    1303 B3   ipsglsn2   0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa6       1000
    1307 A    ipsglsn    5   IPSG     m2pa2           600
    2204 B    lsnlp2     0   IPSG     m2pa            500
    
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     IPLIML2
    1301 A    lsniplim   0   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 A1   lsniplim   1   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 B1   lsniplim   2   IPLIM    M2PA
    
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE
    1201 A    ipgwx2     2   SS7IPGW
    1202 A    ipgwx2     3   SS7IPGW
    1203 A    ipgwx2     4   SS7IPGW
    1204 A    ipgwx2     5   SS7IPGW
    1205 A    ipgwx2     6   SS7IPGW
    1206 A    ipgwx2     7   SS7IPGW
    1101 A    ipgwx1     0   SS7IPGW
    1102 A    ipgwx1     1   SS7IPGW
    1103 A    ipgwx1     2   SS7IPGW
    1104 A    ipgwx1     3   SS7IPGW
    1105 A    ipgwx1     4   SS7IPGW
    1106 A    ipgwx1     5   SS7IPGW
    1107 A    ipgwx1     6   SS7IPGW
    1108 A    ipgwx1     7   SS7IPGW
    1111 A    ipgwx2     0   SS7IPGW
    1112 A    ipgwx2     1   SS7IPGW
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    
  3. Display the cards in the database using the rtrv-card command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 13-06-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 45.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL     LSET NAME   LINK SLC LSET NAME   LINK SLC
    1101   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    0
    1102   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    1
    1103   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    2
    1104   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    3
    1105   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    4
    1106   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    5
    1107   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    6
    1108   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    7
    1111   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    0
    1112   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    1
    1113   E5MCAP    OAMHC
    1114   E5TDM-A
    1115   E5MCAP      OAMHC
    1116   E5TDM-B
    1117   E5MDAL
    1201   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    2
    1202   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    3
    1203   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    4
    1204   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    5
    1205   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    6
    1206   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    7
    1301   DCM       IPLIM    lsniplim    A    0   lsniplim    A1   1
                              lsniplim    B1   2
    1303   ENET      IPSG     ipsglsn     A    0   ipsglsn     A1   1
                              ipsglsn     B1   2   ipsglsn     A2   3
                              ipsglsn     A3   4   ipsglsn2    B3   0
    1305   LIMATM    ATMANSI  lsnds0      A    1
    1306   LIME1ATM  ATMITU   lsnituatm   A    0
    1307   ENET      IPSG     ipsglsn     A    5
    1311   DCM       IPLIM
    1312   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI  lsnds0      A    0
    

    If the required IPSG card is not in the database, perform the Adding an IPSG Card procedure and add the IPSG card to the database. After the IPSG card has been added, continue the procedure with 5.

    If the required IPSG card is in the database, continue the procedure with 4.

  4. Display the signaling links assigned to the IPSG card by entering the rtrv-slk command with the card location of the IPSG card. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-slk:loc=2204

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    2204 B    lsnlp2      0   IPSG     m2pa            500
    
    IPTPS for LOC = 2204 is ( 500 of 5000) 10%
    

    An IPSG card can contain a maximum of 32 (128 for SLIC) IPSG signaling links. If 32 signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, the new signaling link cannot be added to this card. Choose another IPSG card and repeat this procedure from 3.

    If fewer than 32 signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If the IPTPS value shown in the rtrv-slk output is less than the MaxTPS (see Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values, continue the procedure with 5.
    • If the IPTPS value shown in the rtrv-slk output is the MaxTPS, the new signaling link cannot be added to this card. Choose another IPSG card and repeat this procedure from 3.
  5. Display the IPSG and IPGWx linksets by entering the rept-stat-iptps command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    IP TPS USAGE REPORT
    
               THRESH  CONFIG/  CONFIG/         TPS   PEAK      PEAKTIMESTAMP
                          RSVD      MAX
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    LSN
    ipgwx1       100%     ----    32000  TX:   3700   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   3650   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipgwx2       100%     ----    16000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09 
                                        RCV:   4850   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09
    ipgwx3       100%     ----    32000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipsglsn      100%      600    24000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19    
    ipsglsn2     100%      600     4000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19
    isipgw       100%      500     4000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19   
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Command Completed.
    

    If the desired linkset is shown in the rept-stat-iptps output, continue the procedure with 6.

    If the desired linkset is not shown in the rept-stat-iptps output, add the linkset by performing the Adding an IPSG M2PA Linkset procedure. Continue the procedure with one of these actions.
    • If a new IPSG card was added in 3, continue the procedure with 7.
    • If the signaling link will be assigned to an existing IPSG card, the RSVDSLKTPS value that is assigned to the linkset will be assigned to the signaling link. The sum of the TPS used by all the signaling links that are assigned to the IPSG card cannot exceed the MaxTPS. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. The TPS used by the IPSG card and the TPS used by each signaling link that is assigned to the IPSG card is shown by entering the rtrv-slk command with the location of the IPSG card. If the MaxTPS limit for the IPSG card will be exceeded by adding the IPSG M2PA signaling link, one of these actions must be performed.
      • Another IPSG card must be used for the IPSG M2PA signaling link. Repeat this procedure from 3.
      • The RSVDSLKTPS values for the linksets shown in the rtrv-slk output for the IPSG card, shown in 4, must be reduced enough to allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added. Perform these procedures as necessary to change the RSVDSLKTPS values for the linksets. After the linksets have been changed, continue the procedure with 7.
  6. Display the linkset that the signaling link is being assigned to using the rtrv-ls command, specifying the name of the linkset that the signaling link is being assigned to.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=lsipgw

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN          APCN   (SS7)  SCRN  SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lsipgw       2968          none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off ---   off
    
                  SPCN          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    ---
    
               SLSRSB RANDSLS ITUTFR
               1      off     off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m2pa       500         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%         100%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1317 A    0   IPSG     m2pa2
     
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    If the IPSG value of the linkset is no, choose another linkset and repeat this procedure from 5.

    If the IPSG value of the linkset is yes and the ADAPTER value is m3ua, choose another linkset and repeat this procedure from 5.

    If the IPSG value of the linkset is yes, and the ADAPTER value is m2pa, continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If a new IPSG card was added in 3, continue the procedure with 7.
    • If the signaling link will be assigned to an existing IPSG card, the RSVDSLKTPS value that is assigned to the linkset will be assigned to the signaling link. The sum of the TPS used by all the signaling links that are assigned to the IPSG card cannot exceed the MaxTPS. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. The TPS used by the IPSG card and the TPS used by each signaling link that is assigned to the IPSG card is shown by entering the rtrv-slk command with the location of the IPSG card. If the MaxTPS limit for the IPSG card will be exceeded by adding the IPSG M2PA signaling link, one of these actions must be performed.
      • Another IPSG card must be used for the IPSG M2PA signaling link. Repeat this procedure from 3.
      • The RSVDSLKTPS values for the linksets shown in the rtrv-slk output for the IPSG card, shown in 4, must be reduced enough to allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added. Perform these procedures as necessary to change the RSVDSLKTPS values for the linksets. After the linksets have been changed, continue the procedure with 7.
  7. Display the total provisioned system TPS by entering the rtrv-tps command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 16:20:46 GMT  EAGLE 42.0.0
    
    CARD     NUM    NUM      RSVD       MAX
    TYPE   CARDS  LINKS       TPS       TPS
    -----  -----  -----  --------  --------
    IPGW      17     16     48000     80000
    IPSG       4      8      4700     12000
    IPLIM      2      4      8000      8000
    ATM        2      2      3668      3668
    
    Total provisioned System TPS (103668 of 500000) 21%
    
    Command Completed.
    

    An IPSG M2PA signaling link uses can use as much as the MaxTPS (see Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values, as provisioned by the rsvdslktps parameter of the linkset that the IPSG M2PA signaling link will be added to. If adding the new IPSG M2PA signaling link will not exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, continue the procedure with 11.

    If adding the new IPSG M2PA signaling link will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 shown, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode Feature" procedure in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1M. After the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature has been enabled and turned on, continue the procedure with 11.

    If the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M, or the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 and will not be increased, and adding the IPSG M2PA signaling link will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, the IPSG M2PA signaling link cannot be added unless the amount of available TPS is reduced enough to allow the IPSG M2PA signaling link to be added. The available TPS can be increased by performing one or more of these actions.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed or the MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed.

      If linksets are displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output in 5, continue the procedure with 10.

      If linksets are not displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output in 5, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

      Note:

      If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M2PA signaling link to be added, the IPSG M2PA signaling link cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
      • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
      • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
  8. Display the ATM high-speed signaling links by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=saal

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                      LP         ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  LL
    1303 A    lsnds0     1   LIMATM   1   1.544M LINE     5     0    0
    
                                      LP         ATM                    E1ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  CRC4 SI SN
    1306 A    lsnituatm  0   LIME1ATM 21  2.048M LINE     5     0    ON   3  0
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    

    If ATM high-speed signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, perform the "Removing an SS7 Signaling Link" procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide to remove some of the ATM high-speed signaling links.

    If ATM high-speed signaling links are not displayed in the rtrv-slk output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M2PA signaling link to be added, the IPSG M2PA signaling link cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed or the MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed.

      If linksets are displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output in 5, continue the procedure with 10.

      If linksets are not displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output in 5, an IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M2PA signaling link to be added, continue the procedure with 11.

  9. Display the signaling links that are assigned to IPLIMx cards by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=iplim

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1301 A    lsniplim   0   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 A1   lsniplim   1   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 B1   lsniplim   2   IPLIM    M2PA
    1317 A    lsniplimi  0   IPLIMI   M2PA
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    

    If IPLIMx cards containing signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, perform the Removing an IPLIMx Card procedure to remove an IPLIMx card and its associated signaling links.

    If IPLIMx cards containing signaling links are not displayed in the rtrv-slk output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M2PA signaling link to be added, the IPSG M2PA signaling link cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed or the MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed.

      If linksets are displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output in 5, continue the procedure with 10.

      If linksets are not displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output in 5, some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M2PA signaling link to be added, continue the procedure with 11.

  10. Display the attributes of the linksets shown in 5 by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset shown in 5.

    For this example enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx1        001-001-002   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  4          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 32000   100%      80%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE
               1101 A    0   SS7IPGW
               1102 A    1   SS7IPGW
               1103 A    2   SS7IPGW
               1104 A    3   SS7IPGW
               1105 A    4   SS7IPGW
               1106 A    5   SS7IPGW
               1107 A    6   SS7IPGW
               1108 A    7   SS7IPGW
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx2        001-001-003   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  4          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 16000   100%      80%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE
               1111 A    0   SS7IPGW
               1112 A    1   SS7IPGW
               1201 A    2   SS7IPGW
               1202 A    3   SS7IPGW
               1203 A    4   SS7IPGW
               1204 A    5   SS7IPGW
               1205 A    6   SS7IPGW
               1206 A    7   SS7IPGW
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx3

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx3        001-001-004   none 1   1   no  A   0    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 32000   100%      80%
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsglsn

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsglsn       003-003-003   none 1   1   no  A   6    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  3          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA                no
    
               ADAPTER    SLKTPS  LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM  RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF
               m2pa       600     100%      80%        none       no
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 A    0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa1
               1303 A1   1   IPSG     ipsgm2pa2
               1303 B1   2   IPSG     ipsgm2pa3
               1303 A2   3   IPSG     ipsgm2pa4
               1303 A3   4   IPSG     ipsgm2pa5
               1307 A    5   IPSG     m2pa2
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsglsn2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsglsn2      005-005-005   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA                no
    
               ADAPTER    SLKTPS  LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM  RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF
               m2pa       1000    100%      80%        none       no
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 B3   0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa6
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    
    Perform one or both of these actions as necessary.
    • Perform the Configuring an IPGWx Linkset procedure to change the IPTPS value for any linksets shown in the rtrv-ls output whose IPGWAPC value is yes.
    • Perform the Changing an IPSG M2PA Linkset procedure (for linkset whose IPSG value is yes and ADAPTER value is M2PA) or the Changing an IPSG M3UA Linkset procedure (for linkset whose IPSG value is yes and ADAPTER value is M3UA) to change the MAXSLKTPS value (and RSVDSLKTPS value if necessary) for any linksets shown in the rtrv-ls output.
    Perform one or both of these actions to increase the available TPS if needed.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M2PA signaling link to be added, continue the procedure with 11.

  11. Display the associations that are assigned to the card that will be assigned to the signaling link by entering rtrv-assoc command with the location of the card. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:loc=2204

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-22 19:24:18 EST  38.0.0
    
                    CARD  IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC   PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    m2pa2           2204  A     B    M2PA    3001  3000  NO   YES
    m2pa3           2204  A     --   M2PA    3002  3000  YES  YES
    m2pa4           2204  A     --   M2PA    3003  3000  YES  YES
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (1400 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 2204
    

    Associations that can be assigned to an IPSG M2PA signaling link cannot be assigned to a signaling link shown by dashes in the LINK column, and the ADAPTER value of the association must be M2PA. If the associations displayed in this step do not meet these requirements, add the IPSG M2PA association by performing the Adding an IPSG M2PA Association procedure. After the association has been added, continue the procedure with 12.

    If the associations displayed in this step meet these requirements, continue the procedure with 12.

  12. Add the signaling link to the database using the ent-slk command.
    Table 6-8 shows the parameters and values that can be specified with the ent-slk command.

    Table 6-8 IPSG M2PA Signaling Link Parameter Combinations

    IPSG M2PA Signaling Link
    Mandatory Parameters
    :loc = location of the IPSG card
    :link = a - a15, b - b15
    :lsn = linkset name
    :slc = 0 - 15
    :aname = the name of the IPSG M2PA association

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-slk:loc=2204:link=a10:lsn=lsipgw:slc=1:aname=m2pa3

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 08:29:03 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    ENT-SLK: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    Note:

    If adding the new signaling link will result in more than 700 signaling links in the database and the OAMHCMEAS value in thertrv-measopts output ison, the scheduled UI measurement reports will be disabled.
  13. Verify the changes using the rtrv-slk command with the card location and link parameter values specified in 12. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-slk:loc=2204:link=a10

    This is an example of the possible output.

    rlghncxa03w 06-10-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    2204 A10  lsipgw      1   IPSG     m2pa3           500
    
  14. If any cards contain the first signaling link on a card, those cards must be brought into service with the rst-card command, specifying the location of the card. For this example, enter this command.

    rst-card:loc=2205

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-23 13:05:05 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Card has been allowed.
    
  15. Activate all signaling links on the cards using the act-slk command, specifying the card location and link parameter value of each signaling link. For this example, enter this command.

    act-slk:loc=2204:link=a10

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 08:31:24 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Activate Link message sent to card
    
  16. Check the status of the signaling links added in 12 using the rept-stat-slk command with the card location and link parameter values specified in 12.The state of each signaling link should be in service normal (IS-NR) after the link has completed alignment (shown in the PST field). For this example, enter these commands.

    rept-stat-slk:loc=2204:link=a10

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-23 13:06:25 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    SLK      LSN       CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    2204,A10 lsipgw    ----------- IS-NR        Avail     ----
      ALARM STATUS       = 
      UNAVAIL REASON     = 
    
  17. Change the open parameter value of the association that was assigned to the signaling link by entering the chg-assoc command with the open=yes parameter and the name of the association that was association. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=m2pa3:open=yes

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 08:29:03 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  18. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-10 Adding an IPSG M2PA Signaling Link



Sheet 1 of 6



Sheet 2 of 6



Sheet 3 of 6



Sheet 4 of 6



Sheet 5 of 6



Sheet 6 of 6

6.12 Adding an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link

This procedure is used to add an IPSG M3UA signaling link to the database using the ent-slk command. An IPSG M3UA signaling link is a signaling link that is assigned to an IPSG card and that contains an IPSG linkset and IPSG association whose ADAPTER value is M3UA. The ent-slk command uses these parameters to add an IPSG M3UA signaling link.

:loc – The card location of the IPSG card that the IPSG M3UA signaling link will be assigned to. The cards specified by this parameter are E5-ENETcards running the IPSG application.

:link – The signaling link on the card specified in the loc parameter.

:lsn – The name of the linkset that will contain the signaling link.

:slc – The signaling link code. The SLC must be unique within the linkset. It must be the same at both the EAGLE location and the distant node.

:aname – The name of the IPSG M3UA association that will be assigned to the IPSG M3UA signaling link.

The ent-slk command contains other optional parameters that are not used to configure an IPGWx signaling link. These parameters are discussed in more detail in Commands User's Guide or in these sections.

These items must be configured in the database before an IPSG M3UA signaling link can be added:

  • Shelf – perform the "Adding a Shelf" procedure in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide.
  • IPSG Card – perform the Adding an IPSG Card procedure.
  • Destination Point Code – perform the “Adding a Destination Point Code” procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide.
  • IPSG M3UA Linkset – perform the Adding an IPSG M3UA Linkset procedure.
  • IPSG M3UA Association - perform the Adding an IPSG M3UA Association procedure.

Verify that the link has been physically installed (all cable connections have been made).

To configure the EAGLE to perform circular routing detection test on the signaling links, “Configuring Circular Route Detection” procedure in the Database Administration - SS7.

Note:

Circular route detection is not supported in ITU networks.

To provision a EAGLE with more than 1200 signaling links, the EAGLE must have certain levels of hardware installed. See the Requirements for EAGLEs Containing more than 1200 Signaling Links section for more information on these hardware requirements.

The EAGLE can contain a mixture of low-speed, E1, T1, ATM high-speed, and IP signaling links. The Determining the Number of High-Speed and Low-Speed Signaling Links section describes how to determine the quantities of the different types of signaling links the EAGLE can have.

  • HC-MIM
  • E5-E1/T1
  • E5-ATM
  • E5-SM4G
  • E5-ENET
  • E5-based control cards
  • E5-STC card for the EAGLE Integrated Monitoring Support feature
When the IPSG M3UA signaling link is added, the RSVDSLKTPS value that is assigned to the linkset will be assigned to the signaling link. The sum of the TPS used by all the signaling links that are assigned to the IPSG card cannot exceed the MaxTPS. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. The TPS used by the IPSG card and the TPS used by each signaling link that is assigned to the IPSG card is shown by entering the rtrv-slk command with the location of the IPSG card. If the MaxTPS limit for the IPSG card will be exceeded by adding the IPSG M3UA signaling link, one of these actions must be performed.
  • Another IPSG card must be used for the IPSG M3UA signaling link.
  • The RSVDSLKTPS values for the linksets shown in the rtrv-slk output for the IPSG card must be reduced enough to allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be added.
If adding the IPSG M3UA signaling link will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode" feature in Database Administration - System Management to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1,000,000 (1M). If the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M, or the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 and will not be increased, and adding the IPSG M3UA signaling link will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, the IPSG M3UA signaling link cannot be added unless the amount of available TPS is reduced enough to allow the IPSG M3UA signaling link to be added. The available TPS can be reduced by performing one or more of these actions.
  • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed.
  • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed.
  • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed.
  • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed.

Canceling the REPT-STAT-SLK, RTRV-LS, and RTRV-SLK Commands

Because the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, and rtrv-slk commands used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, and rtrv-slk commands can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, and rtrv-slk commands can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, or rtrv-slk commands were entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, or rtrv-slk commands were entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, or rtrv-slk commands were entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rept-stat-slk, rtrv-ls, or rtrv-slk commands was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the maximum number of signaling links the EAGLE can have and the number of signaling links that are currently provisioned by entering the rtrv-tbl-capacity command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.1.0
    
    SLK      table is (        5 of      1200)   1% full
    

    Note:

    Thertrv-tbl-capacity command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by thertrv-tbl-capacity command, refer to thertrv-tbl-capacitycommand description in theCommands User's Guide.

    If the addition of the new signaling link will not exceed the maximum number of signaling links the EAGLE can have, continue the procedure with 2.

    If the addition of the new signaling link will exceed the maximum number of signaling links the EAGLE can have, and the maximum number of signaling links is less than 2800, perform the Enabling the Large System # Links Controlled Feature procedure to enable the desired quantity of signaling links. After the new quantity of signaling links has been enabled, continue the procedure with 2.

    If the addition of the new signaling link will exceed the maximum number of signaling links the EAGLE can have (in this example, the maximum number of signaling links is 1200), and the maximum number of signaling links is 2800, this procedure cannot be performed. The EAGLE cannot contain more than 2800 signaling links.

  2. Display the current signaling link configuration using the rtrv-slk command.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    rtrv-slk
    Command entered at terminal #4.
                                      L2T               PCR  PCR
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET  BPS    ECM   N1   N2
    1312 A    lsnds0     0   LIMDS0   1    56000  BASIC ---- ------
    
                                      LP         ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  LL
    1305 A    lsnds0     1   LIMATM   1   1.544M LINE     5     0    0
    
                                      LP         ATM                    E1ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  CRC4 SI SN
    1306 A    lsnituatm  0   LIME1ATM 21  2.048M LINE     5     0    ON   3  0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1303 A    ipsglsn    0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa1       600
    1303 A1   ipsglsn    1   IPSG     ipsgm2pa2       600
    1303 B1   ipsglsn    2   IPSG     ipsgm2pa3       600
    1303 A2   ipsglsn    3   IPSG     ipsgm2pa4       600
    1303 A3   ipsglsn    4   IPSG     ipsgm2pa5       600
    1303 B3   ipsglsn2   0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa6       1000
    1307 A    ipsglsn    5   IPSG     m2pa2           600
    2204 B    lsnlp2     0   IPSG     m3ua            500
    
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     IPLIML2
    1301 A    lsniplim   0   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 A1   lsniplim   1   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 B1   lsniplim   2   IPLIM    M2PA
    
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE
    1201 A    ipgwx2     2   SS7IPGW
    1202 A    ipgwx2     3   SS7IPGW
    1203 A    ipgwx2     4   SS7IPGW
    1204 A    ipgwx2     5   SS7IPGW
    1205 A    ipgwx2     6   SS7IPGW
    1206 A    ipgwx2     7   SS7IPGW
    1101 A    ipgwx1     0   SS7IPGW
    1102 A    ipgwx1     1   SS7IPGW
    1103 A    ipgwx1     2   SS7IPGW
    1104 A    ipgwx1     3   SS7IPGW
    1105 A    ipgwx1     4   SS7IPGW
    1106 A    ipgwx1     5   SS7IPGW
    1107 A    ipgwx1     6   SS7IPGW
    1108 A    ipgwx1     7   SS7IPGW
    1111 A    ipgwx2     0   SS7IPGW
    1112 A    ipgwx2     1   SS7IPGW
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    
  3. Display the cards in the database using the rtrv-card command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 13-06-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 45.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL     LSET NAME   LINK SLC LSET NAME   LINK SLC
    1101   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    0
    1102   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    1
    1103   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    2
    1104   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    3
    1105   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    4
    1106   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    5
    1107   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    6
    1108   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx1      A    7
    1111   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    0
    1112   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    1
    1113   E5MCAP    OAMHC
    1114   E5TDM-A
    1115   E5MCAP    OAMHC
    1116   E5TDM-B
    1117   E5MDAL
    1201   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    2
    1202   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    3
    1203   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    4
    1204   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    5
    1205   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    6
    1206   DCM       SS7IPGW  ipgwx2      A    7
    1301   DCM       IPLIM    lsniplim    A    0   lsniplim    A1   1
                              lsniplim    B1   2
    1303   ENET      IPSG     ipsglsn     A    0   ipsglsn     A1   1
                              ipsglsn     B1   2   ipsglsn     A2   3
                              ipsglsn     A3   4   ipsglsn2    B3   0
    1305   LIMATM    ATMANSI  lsnds0      A    1
    1306   LIME1ATM  ATMITU   lsnituatm   A    0
    1307   ENET      IPSG     ipsglsn     A    5
    1311   DCM       IPLIM
    1312   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI  lsnds0      A    0
    

    If the required IPSG card is not in the database, perform the Adding an IPSG Card procedure and add the IPSG card to the database. After the IPSG card has been added, continue the procedure with 5.

    If the required IPSG card is in the database, continue the procedure with 4.

  4. Display the signaling links assigned to the IPSG card by entering the rtrv-slk command with the card location of the IPSG card. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-slk:loc=2204

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    2204 B    lsnlp2      0   IPSG     m3ua            500
    
    IPTPS for LOC = 2204 is ( 500 of 5000) 10%
    

    An IPSG card can contain a maximum of 32 (128 for SLIC) IPSG signaling links. If 32 signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, the new signaling link cannot be added to this card. Choose another IPSG card and repeat this procedure from 3.

    If fewer than 32 signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If the IPTPS value shown in the rtrv-slk output is less than the MaxTPS (see Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values), continue the procedure with 5.
    • If the IPTPS value shown in the rtrv-slk output is the MaxTPS, the new signaling link cannot be added to this card. Choose another IPSG card and repeat this procedure from 3.
  5. Display the IPSG and IPGWx linksets by entering the rept-stat-iptps command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    IP TPS USAGE REPORT
    
               THRESH  CONFIG/  CONFIG/         TPS   PEAK      PEAKTIMESTAMP
                          RSVD      MAX
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    LSN
    ipgwx1       100%     ----    32000  TX:   3700   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   3650   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipgwx2       100%     ----    16000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09 
                                        RCV:   4850   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09
    ipgwx3       100%     ----    32000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipsglsn      100%      600    24000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19    
    ipsglsn2     100%      600     4000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19
    isipgw       100%      500     4000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19   
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Command Completed.
    

    If the desired linkset is shown in the rept-stat-iptps output, continue the procedure with 6.

    If the desired linkset is not shown in the rept-stat-iptps output, add the linkset by performing the Adding an IPSG M2PA Linkset procedure. Continue the procedure with one of these actions.
    • If a new IPSG card was added in 3, continue the procedure with 7.
    • If the signaling link will be assigned to an existing IPSG card, the RSVDSLKTPS value that is assigned to the linkset will be assigned to the signaling link. The sum of the TPS used by all the signaling links that are assigned to the IPSG card cannot exceed the MaxTPS. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. The TPS used by the IPSG card and the TPS used by each signaling link that is assigned to the IPSG card is shown by entering the rtrv-slk command with the location of the IPSG card. If the MaxTPS limit for the IPSG card will be exceeded by adding the IPSG M2PA signaling link, one of these actions must be performed.
      • Another IPSG card must be used for the IPSG M2PA signaling link. Repeat this procedure from 3.
      • The RSVDSLKTPS values for the linksets shown in the rtrv-slk output for the IPSG card, shown in 4, must be reduced enough to allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added. Perform these procedures as necessary to change the RSVDSLKTPS values for the linksets. After the linksets have been changed, continue the procedure with 7.
  6. Display the linkset that the signaling link will be assigned to using the rtrv-ls command, specifying the name of the linkset that the signaling link is being assigned to.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=lsipgw

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN          APCA   (SS7)  SCRN  SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lsipgw       010-010-101   none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off ---   off
    
                  SPCN          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  ---        ---    ---
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m3ua       500         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 80%         80%
    
               RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF     NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
               none       yes         1          1           1
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1317 A    0   IPSG     m3ua20
     
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    If the IPSG value of the linkset is no, choose another linkset and repeat this procedure from 5.

    If the IPSG value of the linkset is yes and the ADAPTER value is m2pa, choose another linkset and repeat this procedure from 5.

    If the IPSG value of the linkset is yes, and the ADAPTER value is m3ua, continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If a new IPSG card was added in 3, continue the procedure with 7.
    • If the signaling link will be assigned to an existing IPSG card, the RSVDSLKTPS value that is assigned to the linkset will be assigned to the signaling link. The sum of the TPS used by all the signaling links that are assigned to the IPSG card cannot exceed MaxTPS. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. The TPS used by the IPSG card and the TPS used by each signaling link that is assigned to the IPSG card is shown by entering the rtrv-slk command with the location of the IPSG card. If the MaxTPS limit for the IPSG card will be exceeded by adding the IPSG M2PA signaling link, one of these actions must be performed.
      • Another IPSG card must be used for the IPSG M2PA signaling link. Repeat this procedure from 3.
      • The RSVDSLKTPS values for the linksets shown in the rtrv-slk output for the IPSG card, shown in 4, must be reduced enough to allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be added. Perform these procedures as necessary to change the RSVDSLKTPS values for the linksets. After the linksets have been changed, continue the procedure with 7.
  7. Display the total provisioned system TPS by entering the rtrv-tps command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 16:20:46 GMT  EAGLE 42.0.0
    
    CARD     NUM    NUM      RSVD       MAX
    TYPE   CARDS  LINKS       TPS       TPS
    -----  -----  -----  --------  --------
    IPGW      17     16     48000     80000
    IPSG       4      8      4700     12000
    IPLIM      2      4      8000      8000
    ATM        2      2      3668      3668
    
    Total provisioned System TPS (103668 of 500000) 21%
    
    Command Completed.
    

    An IPSG M3UA signaling link uses can use as much as the MaxTPS RSVDSLKTPS (see Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values), as provisioned by the rsvdslktps parameter of the linkset that the IPSG M3UA signaling link will be added to. If adding the new IPSG M3UA signaling link will not exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, continue the procedure with 11.

    If adding the new IPSG M3UA signaling link will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 shown, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode Feature" procedure in the Database Administration - System Management to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1M. After the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature has been enabled and turned on, continue the procedure with 11.

    If the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M, or the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 and will not be increased, and adding the IPSG M3UA signaling link will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, the IPSG M3UA signaling link cannot be added unless the amount of available TPS is reduced enough to allow the IPSG M3UA signaling link to be added. The available TPS can be increased by performing one or more of these actions.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed or the MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed.

      If linksets are displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output in 5, continue the procedure with 10.

      If linksets are not displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output in 5, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

      Note:

      If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M3UA signaling link to be added, the IPSG M3UA signaling link cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
      • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
      • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
  8. Display the ATM high-speed signaling links by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=saal

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                      LP         ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  LL
    1303 A    lsnds0     1   LIMATM   1   1.544M LINE     5     0    0
    
                                      LP         ATM                    E1ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  CRC4 SI SN
    1306 A    lsnituatm  0   LIME1ATM 21  2.048M LINE     5     0    ON   3  0
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    

    If ATM high-speed signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, perform the "Removing an SS7 Signaling Link" procedure in Database Administration - SS7 to remove some of the ATM high-speed signaling links.

    If ATM high-speed signaling links are not displayed in the rtrv-slk output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M3UA signaling link to be added, the IPSG M3UA signaling link cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed or the MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed.

      If linksets are displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output in 5, continue the procedure with 10.

      If linksets are not displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output in 5, an IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M3UA signaling link to be added, continue the procedure with 11.

  9. Display the signaling links that are assigned to IPLIMx cards by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=iplim

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1301 A    lsniplim   0   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 A1   lsniplim   1   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 B1   lsniplim   2   IPLIM    M2PA
    1317 A    lsniplimi  0   IPLIMI   M2PA
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    

    If IPLIMx cards containing signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, perform the Removing an IPLIMx Card procedure to remove an IPLIMx card and its associated signaling links.

    If IPLIMx cards containing signaling links are not displayed in the rtrv-slk output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M3UA signaling link to be added, the IPSG M3UA signaling link cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed or the MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed.

      If linksets are displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output in 5, continue the procedure with 10.

      If linksets are not displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output in 5, some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M3UA signaling link to be added, continue the procedure with 11.

  10. Display the attributes of the linksets shown in 5 by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset shown in 5.

    For this example enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx1        001-001-002   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  4          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 32000   100%      80%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE
               1101 A    0   SS7IPGW
               1102 A    1   SS7IPGW
               1103 A    2   SS7IPGW
               1104 A    3   SS7IPGW
               1105 A    4   SS7IPGW
               1106 A    5   SS7IPGW
               1107 A    6   SS7IPGW
               1108 A    7   SS7IPGW
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx2        001-001-003   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  4          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 16000   100%      80%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE
               1111 A    0   SS7IPGW
               1112 A    1   SS7IPGW
               1201 A    2   SS7IPGW
               1202 A    3   SS7IPGW
               1203 A    4   SS7IPGW
               1204 A    5   SS7IPGW
               1205 A    6   SS7IPGW
               1206 A    7   SS7IPGW
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx3

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx3        001-001-004   none 1   1   no  A   0    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 32000   100%      80%
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsglsn

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsglsn       003-003-003   none 1   1   no  A   6    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  3          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA                no
    
               ADAPTER    SLKTPS  LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM  RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF
               m2pa       600     100%      80%        none       no
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 A    0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa1
               1303 A1   1   IPSG     ipsgm2pa2
               1303 B1   2   IPSG     ipsgm2pa3
               1303 A2   3   IPSG     ipsgm2pa4
               1303 A3   4   IPSG     ipsgm2pa5
               1307 A    5   IPSG     m2pa2
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsglsn2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsglsn2      005-005-005   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA                no
    
               ADAPTER    SLKTPS  LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM  RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF
               m2pa       1000    100%      80%        none       no
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 B3   0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa6
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    
    Perform one or both of these actions as necessary.
    • Perform the Configuring an IPGWx Linkset procedure to change the IPTPS value for any linksets shown in the rtrv-ls output whose IPGWAPC value is yes.
    • Perform the Changing an IPSG M2PA Linkset procedure (for linkset whose IPSG value is yes and ADAPTER value is M2PA) or the Changing an IPSG M3UA Linkset procedure (for linkset whose IPSG value is yes and ADAPTER value is M3UA) to change the MAXSLKTPS value (and RSVDSLKTPS value if necessary) for any linksets shown in the rtrv-ls output.
    Perform one or both of these actions to increase the available TPS if needed.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M3UA signaling link to be added, continue the procedure with 11.

  11. Display the associations that are assigned to the card that will be assigned to the signaling link by entering rtrv-assoc command with the location of the card. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:loc=2204

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
                    CARD  IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC   PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    m3ua2           2204  A     B    M3UA    3001  3000  NO   YES
    m3ua3           2204  A     --   M3UA    3002  3000  YES  YES
    m3ua4           2204  A     **   M3UA    3003  3000  YES  YES
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (1400 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 2204
    

    To assign an association to an IPSG M3UA signaling link, the ADAPTER value for that association must be M3UA. If the ADAPTER value for the associations displayed in this step is not M3UA, add the IPSG M3UA association by performing the Adding an IPSG M3UA Association procedure. After the association has been added, continue the procedure with 15.

    If the ADAPTER value of the associations displayed in this step is M3UA, and the association is not assigned to a signaling link (shown by dashes in the LINK column), continue the procedure with 15.

    If the ADAPTER value of the associations displayed in this step is M3UA, and the association is assigned to a signaling link, continue the procedure with 12.

  12. Display the signaling links that the association is assigned to by entering the rtrv-slk command with the name of the association that will be added to the signaling link. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-slk:aname=m3ua4

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    2204 A    m3ua1       0   IPSG     m3ua4           300
    2204 A2   m3ua2       0   IPSG     m3ua4           300
    2204 A12  m3ua3       1   IPSG     m3ua4           300
    

    An IPSG M3UA association can be assigned to a maximum of 16 IPSG M3UA signaling links. If 16 signaling links are shown in this step, choose another IPSG card and repeat this procedure from 3.

    If 15 or less signaling links are shown in this step, continue the procedure from 13.

  13. Display all the linksets that contain the signaling links shown in 12by entering the rtrv-ls command with the linkset name shown in 12. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=m3ua1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    m3ua1         002-002-003   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  ---        ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m3ua       300         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%        80%
    
               RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF     NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
               25         yes         1          1           1
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               2204 A    0   IPSG     m3ua4
    
    
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=m3ua2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    m3ua2         002-002-004   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  ---        ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m3ua       300         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%        80%
    
               RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF     NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
               50         yes         1          1           1
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               2204 A2   0   IPSG     m3ua4
    
    
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=m3ua3

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    m3ua3         002-002-005   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  ---        ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m3ua       300         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%        80%
    
               RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF     NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
               75         yes         1          1           1
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               2204 A12  0   IPSG     m3ua4
    
    
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    
  14. Display the linkset that will be assigned to the new signaling link by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=lsipgw

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN          APCA   (SS7)  SCRN  SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lsipgw       010-010-101   none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off ---   off
    
                  SPCN          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  ---        ---    ---
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m3ua       500         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%        80%
    
               RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF     NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
               none       yes         1          1           1
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1317 A    0   IPSG     m3ua20
     
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    To assign an IPSG M3UA association to more than one signaling link, the linksets that contain the signaling links must contain unique routing context (RCONTEXT) values. If the linkset displayed in this step contains a unique routing context value, compared to the routing context values shown in 13, continue the procedure with 15.

    If the linkset displayed in this step does not contain a unique routing context value, perform the Changing an IPSG M3UA Linkset procedure to change the routing context value in this linkset that is unique, compared to the routing context values shown in 13. After the Changing an IPSG M3UA Linkset procedure has been performed, continue the procedure with 15.

  15. Add the signaling link to the database using the ent-slk command.
    Table 6-9 shows the parameters and values that can be specified with the ent-slk command.

    Table 6-9 IPSG M3UA Signaling Link Parameter Combinations

    IPSG M3UA Signaling Link
    Mandatory Parameters
    :loc = location of the IPSG card
    :link = a - a15, b - b15
    :lsn = linkset name
    :slc = 0 - 15
    :aname = the name of the IPSG M3UA association

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-slk:loc=2204:link=a10:lsn=lsipgw:slc=1:aname=m3ua4

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 08:29:03 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    ENT-SLK: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    Note:

    If adding the new signaling link will result in more than 700 signaling links in the database and the OAMHCMEAS value in thertrv-measopts output ison, the scheduled UI measurement reports will be disabled.
  16. Verify the changes using the rtrv-slk command with the card location and link parameter values specified in 15. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-slk:loc=2204:link=a10

    This is an example of the possible output.

    rlghncxa03w 06-10-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    2204 A10  lsipgw      1   IPSG     m3ua4           500
    
  17. If any cards contain the first signaling link on a card, those cards must be brought into service with the rst-card command, specifying the location of the card. For this example, enter this command.

    rst-card:loc=2205

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-23 13:05:05 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Card has been allowed.
    
  18. Activate all signaling links on the cards using the act-slk command, specifying the card location and link parameter value of each signaling link. For this example, enter this command.

    act-slk:loc=2204:link=a10

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 08:31:24 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Activate Link message sent to card
    
  19. Check the status of the signaling links added in 15 using the rept-stat-slk command with the card location and link parameter values specified in 15.The state of each signaling link should be in service normal (IS-NR) after the link has completed alignment (shown in the PST field). For this example, enter these commands.

    rept-stat-slk:loc=2204:link=a10

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-23 13:06:25 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    SLK      LSN       CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    2204,A10 lsipgw    ----------- IS-NR        Avail     ----
      ALARM STATUS       = 
      UNAVAIL REASON     = 
    

    If the OPEN value of the association that was assigned to the signaling link is yes, continue the procedure with 21.

    If the OPEN value of the association that was assigned to the signaling link is nos, continue the procedure with 20.

  20. Change the open parameter value of the association that was assigned to the signaling link by entering the chg-assoc command with the open=yes parameter and the name of the association that was association. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=m3ua4:open=yes

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 08:29:03 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  21. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-11 Adding an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link



Sheet 1 of 7



Sheet 2 of 7



Sheet 3 of 7



Sheet 4 of 7



Sheet 5 of 7



Sheet 6 of 7



Sheet 7 of 7

6.13 Adding a Network Appearance

The network appearance field identifies the SS7 network context for the message, for the purpose of logically separating the signaling traffic between the SGP (signaling gateway process) and the ASP (application server process) over a common SCTP (stream control transmission protocol) association. This field is contained in the DATA, DUNA, DAVA, DRST, DAUD, SCON, and DUPU messages.

The network appearance is provisioned in the database using the ent-na command with these parameters.

:na – the 32-bit value of the network appearance, from 0 to 4294967295.

:type – the network type of the network appearance, ansi (ANSI), itui (ITU-I), itun (14-bit ITU-N), itun24 (24-bit ITU-N), ituis (ITU-I Spare), ituns (14-bit ITU-N Spare).

:gc – the specific ITU-N group code associated with the network appearance.

The gc parameter can be specified only with the type=itun or type=ituns parameters.

The gc parameter must be specified with the type=itun or type=ituns parameters if the ITU Duplicate Point Code feature is on. If the ITU Duplicate Point Code feature is off, the gc parameter cannot be specified.

The gc parameter value must be shown in the rtrv-spc or rtrv-sid outputs.

The ituis or ituns parameters can be specified only if the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature is enabled.

  1. Display the network appearances in the database with the rtrv-na command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    TYPE  GC           NA
    ANSI  --          100
    ITUN  FR   4000000000
    ITUN  GE   1000000000
    

    Note:

    If thegc parameter is not being specified in this procedure, continue the procedure with4.
  2. Display the self-identification of the EAGLE using the rtrv-sid command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    PCA              PCI             PCN           CLLI            PCTYPE
    001-001-001      1-200-6         13482         rlghncxa03w     OTHER
    
    CPCA
    002-002-002       002-002-003       002-002-004      002-002-005
    002-002-006       002-002-007       002-002-008      002-002-009
    004-002-001       004-003-003       144-212-003
    
    CPCA (LNP)
    005-005-002      005-005-004      005-005-005
    
    CPCI
    1-001-1           1-001-2           1-001-3          1-001-4
    
    CPCN
    02091             02092             02094             02097
    02191             02192             11177
    

    If the desired group code is shown in the rtrv-sid output, continue the procedure with 4.

  3. Display the secondary point codes in the database with the rtrv-spc command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SPC (Secondary Point Codes)
    
    SPCA
    001-010-010
    002-010-010
    003-010-010
    
    SPC-I
    1-253-5
    2-254-6
    3-255-7
    
    SPC-N
    10-01-11-1-fr
    13-02-12-0-ge
    13-02-12-0-uk
    
    SPC-N24
    none
    
    Secondary Point Code table is (9 of 40) 23% full
    

    If the desired group code is not shown in the rtrv-spc or rtrv-sid outputs, go to the “Adding a Secondary Point Code” procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide to turn the ITU Duplicate Point Code feature on, and add a secondary point code to the database with the desired group code value.

    If the ituis or ituns parameters will not be specified in this procedure, continue the procedure with 5.

    If the ituis or ituns parameters will be specified in this procedure, and ITU-I spare or 14-bit ITU-N spare network appearances are shown in the rtrv-na output in 1, or ITU-I spare or 14-bit ITU-N spare point codes are shown in the rtrv-sid output in 2, continue the procedure with 5.

  4. Display the status of the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature by entering the rtrv-ctrl-feat command with the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature part number. Enter this command.

    rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893013601

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Spare Point Code Support  893013601  on      ----
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature is not enabled, perform the “Activating the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature” procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide and enable and turn on the ITU National and International Spare Point Code Support feature.

  5. Add the network appearance to the database with the ent-na command.

    If the gc parameter is specified with the ent-na command, the gc parameter value must be shown in the rtrv-sid output in 2, or assigned to an ITU-N point code (SPC-N) shown in the rtrv-spc output in 3. For this example, enter these commands.

    ent-na:na=1000:type=itui

    ent-na:na=3:type=itun24

    ent-na:na=150000:type=itun:gc=uk

    ent-na:na=2000:type=ituis

    ent-na:na=5000:type=ituns:gc=sp

    When each of these commands have successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    ENT-NA:  MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  6. Verify the changes using the rtrv-na command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    TYPE    GC           NA
    ANSI    --          100
    ITUI    --         1000
    ITUN    uk       150000
    ITUN    fr   4000000000
    ITUN    ge   1000000000
    ITUN24  --            3
    ITUIS   --         2000
    ITUNS   sp         5000
    
  7. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.
    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-12 Adding a Network Appearance



Sheet 1 of 3



Sheet 2 of 3



Sheet 3 of 3

6.14 Activating the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling Feature

This procedure is used to enable and turn on the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature using the feature’s part number and a feature access key.

The feature access key for the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature is based on the feature’s part number and the serial number of the EAGLE, making the feature access key site-specific.

The enable-ctrl-feat command enables the controlled feature by inputting the controlled feature’s access key and the controlled feature’s part number with these parameters:

Note:

As of Release 46.3, the fak parameter is no longer required. This parameter is only used for backward compatibility.

:fak – The feature access key provided by Oracle. The feature access key contains 13 alphanumeric characters and is not case sensitive.

:partnum – The Oracle-issued part number of the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature, 893018401.

The enable-ctrl-feat command requires that the database contain a valid serial number for the EAGLE, and that this serial number is locked. This can be verified with the rtrv-serial-num command. The EAGLE is shipped with a serial number in the database, but the serial number is not locked. The serial number can be changed, if necessary, and locked once the EAGLE is on-site, by using the ent-serial-num command. The ent-serial-num command uses these parameters.

:serial – The serial number assigned to the EAGLE. The serial number is not case sensitive.

:lock – Specifies whether or not the serial number is locked. This parameter has only one value, yes, which locks the serial number. Once the serial number is locked, it cannot be changed.

Note:

To enter and lock the EAGLE’s serial number, the ent-serial-num command must be entered twice, once to add the correct serial number to the database with the serial parameter, then again with the serial and the lock=yes parameters to lock the serial number. You should verify that the serial number in the database is correct before locking the serial number. The serial number can be found on a label affixed to the control shelf (shelf 1100).

This feature cannot be temporarily enabled (with the temporary feature access key).

Once this feature has been enabled, the feature must be turned on with the chg-ctrl-feat command. The chg-ctrl-feat command uses these parameters:

:partnum – The Oracle-issued part number of the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature, 893018401.

:status=on – used to turn the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature on.

Once the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature has been turned on, it be can be turned off. For more information about turning the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature off, go to the Turning Off the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling Feature procedure.

The status of the features in the EAGLE is shown with the rtrv-ctrl-feat command.

The Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature allows the EAGLE to process messages with a service indicator value of 6 to 15 and with a service information field (SIF) that is larger than 272 bytes. The large messages are processed only on E5-ENET cards. There are certain software components that if enabled or provisioned, that will not process large messages even if the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature is enabled and turned on. UIMs are displayed when most of these circumstances occur. These UIMs are:

  • UIM 1333 – Displayed when a large message is received on an M3UA association and the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature is not enabled or is enabled and turned off. The large message is discarded.
  • UIM 1350 – Displayed when a M2PA IP connection receives message with an SIF greater than 272 bytes and the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature is not enabled or is enabled and turned off. The large message is discarded.
  • UIM 1352 – Displayed when a message with an SIF greater than 272 bytes is received; the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature is enabled and turned on; there are routes available for the destination point code; but the selected outbound card does not support large messages.
  • UIM 1353 – Displayed when a large message passes a gateway screening screenset that redirects messages for the Database Transport Access (DTA) feature. Large messages are not redirected for the DTA feature.

For more information on these UIMs, refer to Unsolicited Alarm and Information Messages Reference.

Note:

Large messages are not monitored by the EAGLE 5 Integrated Monitoring Support feature and are not sent to the IMF. A UIM is not generated.
  1. Display the status of the controlled features by entering the rtrv-ctrl-feat command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Command Class Management  893005801  on      ----
    LNP Short Message Service 893006601  on      ----
    Intermed GTT Load Sharing 893006901  on      ----
    XGTT Table Expansion      893006101  on      400000
    XMAP Table Expansion      893007710  off     ----
    Large System # Links      893005910  on      2000
    Routesets                 893006401  on      6000
    HC-MIM SLK Capacity       893012707  on      64
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature is enabled and turned on, no further action is necessary. This procedure does not need to be performed.

    If the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature is enabled and but not turned on, continue this procedure with 7.

    If the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature is not enabled, continue this procedure with 2.

    Note:

    If thertrv-ctrl-feat output in 1 shows any controlled features, continue this procedure with 6. If the rtrv-ctrl-feat output shows only the HC-MIM SLK Capacity feature with a quantity of 64, 2 through 5 must be performed.
  2. Display the serial number in the database with the rtrv-serial-num command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    System serial number = nt00001231
    
    System serial number is not locked.
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Command Completed
    

    Note:

    If the serial number is correct and locked, continue the procedure with 6. If the serial number is correct but not locked, continue the procedure with 5. If the serial number is not correct, but is locked, this feature cannot be enabled and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed. Contact the Customer Care Center to get an incorrect and locked serial number changed. Refer to unresolvable-reference.html#GUID-1825DD07-2A6B-4648-859A-1258A0F9AC40for the contact information. The serial number can be found on a label affixed to the control shelf (shelf 1100).
  3. Enter the correct serial number into the database using the ent-serial-num command with the serial parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-serial-num:serial=<EAGLE’s correct serial number>

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    ENT-SERIAL-NUM:  MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  4. Verify that the serial number entered into ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html was entered correctly using the rtrv-serial-num command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    System serial number = nt00001231
    
    System serial number is not locked.
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Command Completed
    

    If the serial number was not entered correctly, repeat ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html and ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html and re-enter the correct serial number.

  5. Lock the serial number in the database by entering the ent-serial-num command with the serial number shown in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html, if the serial number shown in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html is correct, or with the serial number shown in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html, if the serial number was changed in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html, and with the lock=yes parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    ent-serial-num:serial=<EAGLE’s serial number>:lock=yes

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    ENT-SERIAL-NUM:  MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  6. Enable the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature with the enable-ctrl-feat command specifying the part number for the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature and the feature access key. Enter this command.

    enable-ctrl-feat:partnum=893018401:fak=<Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature access key>

    Note:

    A temporary feature access key cannot be specified to enable this feature.

    Note:

    The values for the feature access key (thefak parameter) are provided by Oracle. If you do not have the feature access key for the feature you wish to enable, contact your Sales Representative or Account Representative.

    When the enable-crtl-feat command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    ENABLE-CTRL-FEAT: MASP B - COMPLTD
    
  7. Turn the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature on with the chg-ctrl-feat command specifying the part number for the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature and the status=on parameter. Enter this command.

    chg-ctrl-feat:partnum=893018401:status=on

    When the chg-crtl-feat command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    rlghncxa03w 07-05-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    CHG-CTRL-FEAT: MASP B - COMPLTD
  8. Verify the changes by entering the rtrv-ctrl-featcommand with the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature part number. Enter this command.

    rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893018401

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-04-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Large MSU for IP Sig      893018401  on      ----
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity     Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    
  9. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-13 Activating the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling Feature



Sheet 1 of 4



Sheet 2 of 4



Sheet 3 of 4



Sheet 4 of 4

6.15 Removing IPSG Components

This section describes how to remove the following components from the database.

6.16 Removing an IPSG Card

Use this procedure to remove an IPSG card, a card running the ipsg application, from the database using the dlt-card command.

The card cannot be removed if it does not exist in the database. Before removing the card from the database, the signaling links assigned to the card must be removed.

Caution:

If the IPGWx card is the last IP card in service, removing this card from the database will cause traffic to be lost.
  1. Display the cards in the database using the rtrv-card command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-04-13 17:00:02 GMT  EAGLE5 41.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL      LSET NAME     LINK SLC LSET NAME     LINK SLC
    1101   DSM       VSCCP     
    1102   TSM       GLS           
    1113   GSPM      EOAM
    1114   TDM-A
    1115   GSPM      EOAM
    1116   TDM-B
    1117   MDAL
    1201   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   lsn1          A    0   lsn2          B    1
    1203   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   lsn2          A    0   lsn1          B    1
    1204   LIMATM    ATMANSI   atmgwy        A    0   
    1205   ENET      IPSG      ipsgnode1     A    0   ipsgnode1     B    1
    1207   ENET      IPSG      ipsgnode2     A    0   
    1303   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode1       A    0   ipnode3       B    0
    1305   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode4       A    0
    

    Select a card whose application is IPSG.

  2. Display the linksets that are assigned to the IPSG card by entering the rtrv-ls command with the names of the linksets that are assigned to the IPSG card, shown in the rtrv-card output in 1.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsgnode1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-13 17:00:02 GMT  38.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsgnode1     001-001-003   none 1   1   no  A   2    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          no     no
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    SLKTPS  LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM  RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF
               m2pa       1015    100%      80%        none       no
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1205 A    0   IPSG     m2pa1
               1205 B    1   IPSG     m2pa1
    
    
    Link set table is (11 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsgnode2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-13 17:17:00 GMT  38.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsgnode2     003-003-004   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  ---        no     no
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    SLKTPS  LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM  RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF
               m3ua       2000    100%      80%        none       yes
    
               NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
               1          1           1
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1207 A    0   IPSG     m3ua1
    
    
    Link set table is (11 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    If the ADAPTER value assigned to the linkset is m2pa, perform the Removing an IPSG M2PA Signaling Link procedure to remove the M2PA signaling links assigned to the card.

    If the ADAPTER value assigned to the linkset is m3ua, perform the Removing an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link procedure to remove the M3UA signaling links assigned to the card.

    After the signaling links have been removed from the database, continue the procedure with 3.

  3. Remove the card from the database using the dlt-card command.
    The dlt-card command has only one parameter, loc, which is the location of the card. For this example, enter these commands.

    dlt-card:loc=1205

    dlt-card:loc=1207

    When these commands have successfully completed, this message appears.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-13 17:00:02 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    DLT-CARD: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  4. Verify the changes using the rtrv-card command and specifying the card that was removed in 3.
    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-card:loc=1205

    rtrv-card:loc=1207

    When these commands have successfully completed, this message appears.

    
    E2144 Cmd Rej: Location invalid for hardware configuration
    
  5. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.
    These messages appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-14 Removing an IPSG Card



6.17 Removing an IPSG Linkset

This procedure is used to remove a IPSG linkset from the database using the dlt-ls command. An IPSG linkset is a linkset whose ipsg parameter value is yes.

The dlt-ls command has only one parameter, lsn, which is the name of the linkset to be removed from the database.

The linkset to be removed must exist in the database.

To remove a linkset, all links associated with the linkset must be removed.

The linkset to be removed cannot be referenced by a routeset.

If the Flexible Linkset Optional Based Routing feature is enabled and turned on, and the linkset is referenced by a GTT selector, the linkset cannot be removed.

A proxy linkset whose APC is assigned to more than one proxy linkset cannot be removed if the linkset contains the proxy point code (shown in the PPCA/PPCI/PPCN/PPCN24 field in the rtrv-ls:apc/apca/apci/apcn/apcn24=<APC of the linkset> output) that is also assigned to the APC of the linkset. The proxy point code assigned to the APC of the linkset is shown in the rtrv-dstn:dpc/dpca/dpci/dpcn/dpcn24=<APC of the linkset> output. The linksets that do not contain the proxy point code that is assigned to the APC of the linkset must be removed before the linkset containing proxy point code that is assigned to the APC of the linkset can be removed.

Canceling the RTRV-LS Command

Because the rtrv-ls command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-ls command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-ls command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-ls command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-ls command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-ls command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-ls command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the IPSG linksets by entering the rept-stat-iptps command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    IP TPS USAGE REPORT
    
               THRESH  CONFIG/  CONFIG/         TPS   PEAK      PEAKTIMESTAMP
                          RSVD      MAX
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    LSN
    is1          100%     500     2000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                       RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19   
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Command Completed.
    
  2. Display the linkset that will be removed by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset shown in 1. This is an example of the possible output.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ls1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    tekelecstp 18-01-22 05:31:51 EST  EAGLE 46.6.0.0.0-71.21.0
    
                                         L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
        LSN          APCA   (SS7)  SCRN  SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
        ls1          003-003-003   gws1  1   1   no  A   15   on  on  on  yes   off
    
                      SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
                   ---------------- -----------  7          no     no 
    
                   RANDSLS
                   off
    
                   IPSG  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
                   no    CdPA               no
       
                                          LP         ATM
                   LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  LL
                   1102 A    2   LIMATM   1   1.544M EXTERNAL 5     0    0
    
                   LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     IPLIML2
                   1201 A    5   IPLIM    M2PA
                   
                                          L2T               PCR  PCR   E1   E1
                   LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     SET  BPS    ECM   N1   N2    LOC  PORT TS
                   1205 A    6   LIME1    1    56000  BASIC ---  ----- 1205 1    1
    
                                          L2T               PCR  PCR   T1   T1
                   LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     SET  BPS    ECM   N1   N2    LOC  PORT TS
                   1206 A    10  LIMT1    1    56000  BASIC ---  ----- 1206 1    1
    
        Link set table is (7 of 1024) 1% full. 
    
    

    If the IPSG value of the linkset is no, perform the "Removing a Linkset Containing SS7 Signaling Links" procedure to remove the linkset.

    If the IPSG value of the linkset is yes, perform one of these actions.
    • If the linkset being removed is a proxy linkset (LST=PRX), and more than one linkset is shown in the rtrv-ls output that contains the APC of the linkset being removed, continue the procedure with 3.
    • If the linkset being removed is not a proxy linkset, or is a proxy linkset whose APC is not used by more than one linkset, continue the procedure with 5.
  3. Display the linksets that contain the APC of the linkset being removed by entering the rtrv-ls command with the APC of the linkset. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:apca=150-001-002

    This is an example of the possible output.

    rlghncxa03w 07-08-23 11:09:57 EST  37.0.0
    
    APCA   =    150-001-002
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           PPCA          SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lsn150        150-001-001   none 1   1   no  PRX 1    off off off no    off
    lsn151        150-001-004   none 1   1   no  PRX 1    off off off no    off
    
    
    Link set table is (14 of 1024) 1% full.
  4. Display the attributes of the APC of the linkset being removed by entering the rtrv-dstn command with the APC of the linkset. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-dstn:dpca=150-001-002

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-15 09:22:39 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
       DPCA          CLLI        BEI ELEI   ALIASI           ALIASN/N24    DMN
       150-001-002   ----------- no  --- --------------   --------------   SS7
    
       PPCA         NCAI PRX     RCAUSE NPRST SPLITIAM HMSMSC HMSCP SCCPMSGCNV
       150-001-001  ---- no      50     on    20       no     no    none
    
    Destination table is (14 of 2000) 1% full
    Alias table is (0 of 12000) 0% full
    PPC table is (2 of 10) 20% full
    

    A proxy linkset whose APC is assigned to more than one proxy linkset cannot be removed if the linkset contains the proxy point code (shown in the PPCA/PPCI/PPCN/PPCN24 field in 3) that is also assigned to the APC of the linkset (shown in 4 ). The linksets that do not contain the proxy point code that is assigned to the APC of the linkset must be removed before the linkset containing proxy point code that is assigned to the APC of the linkset can be removed.

  5. Display the routes in the database by using the rtrv-rte command, specifying the name of the linkset you wish to remove. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-rte:lsn=ls1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    LSN           DPC           
    RC
    ls1           240-012-004   10
    

    If any routes reference the linkset to be removed, remove these routes by performing the "Removing a Route" procedure in the Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide.

  6. Remove all links in the linkset by performing one of these procedures.

    If the ADAPTER value of the linkset is M2PA, shown in the rtrv-ls output in 2, perform the Removing an IPSG M2PA Signaling Link procedure.

    If the ADAPTER value of the linkset is M3UA, shown in the rtrv-ls output in 2, perform the Removing an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link procedure.

  7. Display any entires in the route exception table whose linkset name is the name of the linkset being removed in this procedure. Enter the rtrv-rtx command with the lsn parameter. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-rtx:lsn=ls1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 37.0.0
    
        DPCA          RTX-CRITERIA              LSN        RC    APC
    
        240-012-006   OPCA
                      008-008-008               ls1        40    240-012-004
    
        DESTINATION ENTRIES ALLOCATED:   2000
            FULL DPC(s):                   15
            EXCEPTION DPC(s):               5
            NETWORK DPC(s):                 0
            CLUSTER DPC(s):                 1
            TOTAL DPC(s):                  21
            CAPACITY (% FULL):              1%
        ALIASES ALLOCATED:               12000
            ALIASES USED:                   0
            CAPACITY (% FULL):              0%
        X-LIST ENTRIES ALLOCATED:         500
    

    If the linkset being removed in this procedure is not assigned to a route exception table entry, no entries are displayed in the rtrv-rtx output, but a summary of the point code quanties is displayed.

    If the name of the linkset being removed in this procedure shown in the LSN column in this step, perform one of these procedures:

    1. Change the name of the linkset in the entries displayed in this step by performing the "Changing a Route Exception Entry" procedure in the Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide.
    2. Remove all the entries displayed in this step by performing the "Removing a Route Exception Entry" procedure in the Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide.
  8. Verify whether or not the Flexible Linkset Optional Based Routing feature is enabled and turned on by entering this command.

    rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893027701

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity
    Flex Lset Optnl Based Rtg 893027701 on     ----
    
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum   Status Quantity   Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If the Flexible Linkset Optional Based Routing feature is enabled and turned on, continue the procedure with 9.

    If the Flexible Linkset Optional Based Routing feature is not enabled or not turned on, continue the procedure with 10.

  9. Display the GTT selectors that contain the linkset that is being removed by entering the rtrv-gttsel command with the name of the linkset. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-gttsel:lsn=ls1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
    
    GTI                   CG                   CDPA             CGPA
    ANSI TT  NP      NAI  SSN SELID LSN        GTTSET           GTTSET
    2    180 --      ---  any none  ls1        -----    (---  ) cdgta4   (cdgta)
    
    GTI                   CG                   CDPA             CGPA
    INTL TT  NP      NAI  SSN SELID LSN        GTTSET           GTTSET
    
    
    
    GTI                   CG                   CDPA             CGPA
    NATL TT  NP      NAI  SSN SELID LSN        GTTSET           GTTSET
    
    
    GTI                   CG                   CDPA             CGPA
    N24  TT  NP      NAI  SSN SELID LSN        GTTSET           GTTSET
    

    If GTT selectors are shown in the rtrv-gttsel output, perform the "Removing a GTT Selector" procedure in the Database Administration - GTT User's Guide to remove all entries shown in this step. After the GTT selectors have been removed, continue the procedure with 10.

    If GTT selectors are not shown in the rtrv-gttsel output, continue the procedure with 10.

  10. Remove the linkset using the dlt-ls command. For this example, enter this command.

    dlt-ls:lsn=ls1

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 07-05-17 16:03:12 GMT  EAGLE5 37.0.0
    Link set table is ( 23 of 1024)  2% full
    DLT-LS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  11. Verify the changes using the rtrv-ls command with the linkset name used in 10.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ls1

    If the removal of the linkset was successful, the following message is displayed.

    
    E2346 Cmd Rej: Linkset not defined
    

    Continue the procedure with 12 if the linkset that was removed in 10 has any of these attributes:

    • The linkset was not a proxy linkset.
    • The linkset was a proxy linkset whose APC was assigned to only the proxy linkset that was removed in 10.
    • The linkset was a proxy linkset and:
      • The APC of this linkset is assigned to more than one linkset.
      • The linkset did not contain the proxy point code that was assigned to the APC of the linkset.
      • The linkset that contains the proxy point code that is assigned to the APC of the linkset will not be removed from the database.

    If you wish to remove the proxy linkset that contains the proxy point code that is also assigned to the APC of the linkset, and the database contains other linksets that are assigned to this APC, these other linksets must be removed before the proxy linkset that contains the proxy point code that is also assigned to the APC of the linkset can be removed. Repeat this procedure from 4 to remove these linksets. After these linksets have been removed, perform this procedure again from 4 to remove the proxy linkset that contains the proxy point code that is also assigned to the APC of the linkset.

  12. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-15 Removing an IPSG Linkset



Sheet 1 of 7



Sheet 2 of 7



Sheet 3 of 7



Sheet 4 of 7



Sheet 5 of 7



Sheet 6 of 7



Sheet 7 of 7

6.18 Removing an IP Host Assigned to an IPSG Card

This procedure removes an IP host that is assigned to an IPSG card using the dlt-ip-host command.

The dlt-ip-host command uses the following parameter.

:host – Hostname. The hostname to be removed. This parameter identifies the logical name assigned to a device with an IP address.

No associations can reference the host name being removed in this procedure.

The associations referencing the host name can be removed by performing the Removing an IPSG Association procedure or the host name in these associations can be changed by performing the Changing the Host Values of an IPSG Association procedure. The host name assigned to associations is displayed in the rtrv-assoc outputs.

  1. Display the current IP host information in the database by entering the rtrv-ip-host:display=all command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 13-06-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 45.0.0
    
    LOCAL IPADDR    LOCAL HOST
    192.1.1.10      IPNODE1-1201
    192.1.1.12      IPNODE1-1203
    192.1.1.14      IPNODE1-1205
    192.1.1.20      IPNODE2-1201
    192.1.1.22      IPNODE2-1203
    192.1.1.24      IPNODE2-1205
    192.1.1.30      KC-HLR1
    192.1.1.32      KC-HLR2
    192.1.1.50      DN-MSC1
    192.1.1.52      DN-MSC2
    192.3.3.33      GW100. NC. TEKELEC. COM
    
    REMOTE IPADDR   REMOTE HOST
    150.1.1.5       NCDEPTECONOMIC_DEVELOPMENT. SOUTHEASTERN_COORIDOR_ASHVL. GOV
    
    IP Host table is (12 of 4096) .29% full
    

    If the IP host that is being removed is a remote host, continue the procedure with 5.

    If the IP host that is being removed is a local host, continue the procedure with 2.

  2. Display the current link parameters associated with the IP card in the database by entering the rtrv-ip-lnk command. The following is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 08-12-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 40.0.0
    LOC   PORT IPADDR          SUBMASK         DUPLEX  SPEED MACTYPE AUTO MCAST
    1303  A    192.1.1.10      255.255.255.128 HALF    10    802.3   NO   NO
    1303  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    1305  A    192.1.1.12      255.255.255.0   ----    ---   DIX     YES  NO
    1305  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    1313  A    192.1.1.14      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    1313  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2101  A    192.1.1.20      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2101  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2103  A    192.1.1.22      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2103  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2105  A    192.1.1.24      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2105  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2205  A    192.1.1.30      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2205  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2207  A    192.1.1.32      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2207  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2213  A    192.1.1.50      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2213  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2301  A    192.1.1.52      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2301  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2305  A    192.3.3.33      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2305  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    
    IP-LNK   table is (22 of 2048) 1% full.
    
  3. Display the cards in the database using the rtrv-card command. This is an example of the possible output.
    rlghncxa03w 13-05-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 45.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL      LSET NAME     LINK SLC LSET NAME     LINK SLC
    1101   DSM       VSCCP     
    1102   TSM       GLS       
    1113   E5MCAP    EOAM
    1114   E5TDM-A
    1115   E5MCAP    EOAM
    1116   E5TDM-B
    1117   E5MDAL
    1201   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp2           A    0   sp1           B    0
    1203   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp3           A    0   
    1204   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp3           A    1   
    1206   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   nsp3          A    1   nsp4          B    1 
    1301   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp6           A    1   sp7           B    0
    1302   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp7           A    1   sp5           B    1
    1303   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode1       A    0   ipnode3       B    1
    1305   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode4       A    0      
    1313   DCM       SS7IPGW   ipgtwy1       A    0   
    2101   ENET      IPSG      ipgtwy2       A    0   
    2103   DCM       SS7IPGW   ipgtwy3       A    0   
    2105   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode1       A1   1   ipnode5       B    2   
    2205   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode3       A2   0   ipnode6       B1   2   
    2207   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode5       A    0   ipnode4       B3   1   
    2213   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode5       A3   1   ipnode3       B2   2   
    2301   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode6       A    0   ipnode1       B    2   
    2305   ENET      IPSG      ipnode6       A1   1   ipnode1       B1   3   

    Select an IP host whose IP address is assigned to a card running the IPSG application.

  4. Display the associations referencing the host name being removed in this procedure by entering the rtrv-assoc command with the local host name.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-assoc:lhost=gw100.nc.tekelec.com

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    a2              2305 A     A    M2PA    7205  7001  NO   NO
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (4 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (200 KB of 1600 KB) on LOC = 2305
    

    rtrv-assoc:lhost=ipnode2-1201

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
                    CARD  IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC   PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    m3ua1           2101  A     A    M3UA    2000  2000  NO   NO
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (4 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (16 KB of 800 KB) on LOC = 2101
    

    If no associations referencing the host name being removed in this procedure are shown in this step, continue the procedure with 5.

    Any associations referencing the host name must either be removed or the host name assigned to the association must be changed.

    To remove the associations, perform the Removing an IPSG Association procedure.

    Continue the procedure with 5 after the associations have been removed.

    To change the host name assigned to the associations, perform the Changing the Host Values of an IPSG Association procedure.

    Continue the procedure with 5 after the host name assigned to the associations have been changed.

  5. Delete IP host information from the database by entering the dlt-ip-host command.

    For example, enter these commands.

    dlt-ip-host:host=gw100.nc.tekelec.com

    dlt-ip-host:host="ipnode2-1201"

    When these commands have successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:19:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    DLT-IP-HOST: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  6. Verify the changes by entering the rtrv-ip-host command with the host name specified in 5.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-ip-host:host=gw100.nc.tekelec.com

    rtrv-ip-host:host="ipnode2-1201"

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 13-06-28 21:20:37 GMT EAGLE5 45.0.0
    
    No matching entries found.
    
    IP Host table is (10 of 4096) .24% full
    
  7. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.
    These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-16 Removing an IP Host Assigned to an IPSG Card



Sheet 1 of 2



Sheet 2 of 2

6.19 Removing an IP Route

This procedure is used to remove an IP route from the database using the dlt-ip-rte command.

The dlt-ip-rte command uses these parameters.

:loc – The location of the IP card containing the IP route being removed.

:dest – The IP address of the remote host or network assigned to the IP route being removed.

:force – To remove the IP route, the IP card that the route is assigned to must be out of service, or the force=yes parameter must be specified with the dlt-ip-rte command. The force=yes parameter allows the IP route to be removed if the IP card is in service.

Caution:

Removing an IP route while the IP card is still in service can result in losing the ability to route outbound IP traffic on the IP card. This can cause both TCP and SCTP sessions on the IP card to be lost.
  1. Display the IP routes in the database with the rtrv-ip-rte command.
    This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    LOC   DEST             SUBMASK          GTWY
    1212  132.10.175.20    255.255.0.0      150.1.1.50
    1301  128.252.10.5     255.255.255.255  140.188.13.33
    1301  128.252.0.0      255.255.0.0      140.188.13.34
    1301  150.10.1.1       255.255.255.255  140.190.15.3
    1303  192.168.10.1     255.255.255.255  150.190.15.23
    1303  192.168.0.0      255.255.255.0    150.190.15.24
    
    IP Route table is  (6 of 2048) 0.29% full
    
  2. Verify the state of the IP card containing the IP route being removed by entering the rept-stat-card command and specifying the card location of the IP card.
    The IP card should be in the out-of-service maintenance-disabled (OOS-MT-DSBLD) in order to remove the IP route. If the IP card’s state is out-of-service maintenance-disabled, the entry OOS-MT-DSBLD is shown in the PST column of the rept-stat-card output. For this example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-card:loc=1301

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-01 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    CARD   VERSION      TYPE      GPL        PST            SST        AST
    1301   133-003-000  E5ENET    IPSG       IS-NR          Active     -----
      ALARM STATUS       =  No Alarms.
      BLIXP   GPL version = 133-003-000
      IMT BUS A           = Conn
      IMT BUS B           = Conn
      CURRENT TEMPERATURE   =  32C ( 90F)     [ALARM TEMP:  60C (140F)]
      PEAK TEMPERATURE:     =  39C (103F)     [06-05-02 13:40]
      SIGNALING LINK STATUS
          SLK    PST                LS            CLLI
          A      IS-NR              nc001         -----------
    
    Command Completed.
    

    Note:

    If the output of 2 shows that the IP card’s state is not OOS-MT-DSBLD, and you do not wish to change the state of the IP card, continue the procedure with 4.
  3. Change the IP card’s state to OOS-MT-DSBLD using the inh-card command and specifying the card location of the IP card.
    For this example, enter these commands.

    inh-card:loc=1301

    When this command has successfully completed, this message appears.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-12 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Card has been inhibited.
    
  4. Remove the IP route from the database using the dlt-ip-rte command.
    If the state of the IP card is not OOS-MT-DSBLD, the force=yes parameter must be specified with the dlt-ip-rte command. For this example, enter this command.

    dlt-ip-rte:loc=1301:dest=128.252.0.0

    Caution:

    Removing an IP route while the IP card is still in service can result in losing the ability to route outbound IP traffic on the IP card. This can cause both TCP and SCTP sessions on the IP card to be lost.

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-12 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    DLT-IP-RTE: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  5. Verify the changes using the rtrv-ip-rte command.
    This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    LOC   DEST             SUBMASK          GTWY
    1212  132.10.175.20    255.255.0.0      150.1.1.50
    1301  128.252.10.5     255.255.255.255  140.188.13.33
    1301  150.10.1.1       255.255.255.255  140.190.15.3
    1303  192.168.10.1     255.255.255.255  150.190.15.23
    1303  192.168.0.0      255.255.0.0      150.190.15.24
    
    IP Route table is  (5 of 2048) 0.24% full
    
  6. Place the IP card back into service by using the alw-card command.

    Note:

    If the IP card containing the IP route that was removed from the database does not contain other IP routes, continue the procedure with 7.

    For example, enter this command.

    alw-card:loc=1301

    This message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:22:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Card has been allowed.
    
  7. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.
    These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-17 Removing an IP Route



6.20 Removing an IPSG Association

This procedure is used to remove an IPSG association from the database using the dlt-assoc command. An IPSG association is an M2PA or M3UA association that is assigned to an IPSG card.

The dlt-assoc command uses one parameter, aname, the name of the association being removed from the database. The association being removed must be in the database.

The open parameter must be set to no before the association can be removed. Use the chg-assoc command to change the value of the open parameter.

The adapter value assigned to the association being removed in this procedure must be either m2pa or m3ua. The application assigned to the card that is hosting the association must be IPSG.

If the adapter value of the association is m2pa and the application assigned to the card is either IPLIM or IPLIMI (an IPLIMx card), perform the Removing an M2PA Association to remove an M2PA association assigned to an IPLIMx card.

If the adapter value of the association is m3ua and the application assigned to the card is either SS7IPGW or IPGWI (an IPGWx card), perform the Removing a M3UA or SUA Association to remove an M3UA association assigned to an IPGWx card.

Canceling the RTRV-ASSOC Command

Because the rtrv-assoc command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the associations in the database using the rtrv-assoc command.

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    swbel32         1201 A     A    M3UA    1030  2345  YES  YES
    a2              1305 A     A    SUA     1030  2345  YES  YES
    a3              1307 A     A    SUA     1030  2346  YES  YES
    assoc1          1203 A     A1   M2PA    2048  1030  NO   NO
    

    Select an association whose ADAPTER value is either M3UA or M2PA.

  2. Enter the rtrv-card command with the location of the card that is hosting the association that will be removed in this procedure. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-card:loc=1201

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-03-06 15:17:20 EST EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL     LSET NAME   LINK SLC LSET NAME   LINK SLC
    1201   ENET      IPSG     lsn2        A    0
    

    rtrv-card:loc=1203

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-03-06 15:17:20 EST EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL     LSET NAME   LINK SLC LSET NAME   LINK SLC
    1203   ENET      IPSG     lsn1        A1   0
    

    If the application assigned to the card is IPSG, shown in the APPL column, and signaling links are not assigned to the card, continue the procedure with 3.

    If the application assigned to the card is IPSG, shown in the APPL column, and signaling links are assigned to the card, perform one of these procedures depending on the ADAPTER value that is assigned to the association that will be removed.

    After the signaling links have been removed from the card, continue the procedure with 3.

    If the application assigned to the card is IPLIM or IPLIMI, perform the Removing an M2PA Association procedure.

    If the application assigned to the card is SS7IPGW or IPGWI, perform the Removing a M3UA or SUA Association procedure.

  3. Change the value of the open parameter to no by specifying the chg-assoc command with the open=no parameter.

    Note:

    If the value of the open parameter for the association being removed from the database (shown in 1) is no, continue this procedure with 4.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc1:open=no

    chg-assoc:aname=swbel32:open=no

    When the chg-assoc command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  4. Remove the association from the database using the dlt-assoc command.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    dlt-assoc:aname=assoc1

    dlt-assoc:aname=swbel32

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    DLT-ASSOC:  MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  5. Verify the changes using the rtrv-assoc command with the name of the association specified in 4.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc1

    rtrv-assoc:aname=swbel32

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    No matching entries found
    
    IP Appl Sock table is (2 of 4000) 1% full
    
  6. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-18 Removing an IPSG Association



Sheet 1 of 2



Sheet 2 of 2

6.21 Removing an IPSG M2PA Signaling Link

This procedure is used to remove an IPSG M2PA signaling link from the database using the dlt-slk command. The dlt-slk command uses these parameters.

:loc  – The card location of the IPSG card that the IPSG M2PA signaling link is assigned to.

:link – The signaling link on the card specified in the loc parameter.

:force – This parameter must be used to remove the last link in a linkset without having to remove all of the routes that referenced the linkset.

The tfatcabmlq parameter (TFA/TCA Broadcast Minimum Link Quantity), assigned to linksets, shows the minimum number of links in the given linkset (or in the combined link set in which it resides) that must be available for traffic. When the number of signaling links in the specified linkset is equal to or greater than the value of the tfatcabmlq parameter, the status of the routes that use the specified linkset is set to allowed and can carry traffic. Otherwise, these routes are restricted. The value of the tfatcabmlq parameter cannot exceed the total number of signaling links contained in the linkset.

If the linkset type of the linkset that contains the signaling link that is being removed is either A, B, D, E, or PRX, the signaling link can be removed regardless of the tfatcabmlq parameter value of the linkset and regardless of the LSRESTRICT option value. When a signaling link in one of these types of linksets is removed, the tfatcabmlq parameter value of the linkset is decreased automatically.

If the linkset type of the linkset that contains the signaling link that is being removed is C, the signaling link can be removed only:
  • If the LSRESTRICT option is off. The LSRESTRICT option value is shown in the rtrv-ss7opts output.
  • If the LSRESTRICT option is on and the number of signaling links assigned to the linkset will be equal to or greater than the value of the tfatcabmlq parameter value of the linkset after the signaling link is removed.

    The tfatcabmlq parameter value of the linkset is shown in the TFATCABMLQ column of the rtrv-ls:lsn=<linkset name> output. The tfatcabmlq parameter value can be a fixed value (1 to 16) or 0. If the tfatcabmlq parameter value of the linkset is a fixed value, the number of signaling links that are in the linkset after the signaling link is removed must be equal to or greater than the tfatcabmlq parameter value of the linkset.

    If the tfatcabmlq parameter value is 0, the signaling link can be removed. When the tfatcabmlq parameter value is 0, the value displayed in the TFATCABMLQ column of the rtrv-ls output is 1/2 of the number of signaling links contained in the linkset. If the number of signaling links in the linkset is an odd number, the tfatcabmlq parameter value is rounded up to the next whole number. As the signaling links are removed, the tfatcabmlq parameter value of the linkset is decreased automatically.

Canceling the RTRV-SLK Command

Because the rtrv-slk command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-slk command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-slk command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-slk command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-slk command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-slk command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-slk command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the IPSG signaling links by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=ipsg

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    2202 A    lsnlp1      0   IPSG     assoc2          500
    2205 A    lsnip1      1   IPSG     assoc3          500
    2204 A    ls04        0   IPSG     assoc1          500
    2213 A    lsnip5      0   IPSG     assoc4          750
    2215 A    lsnlp2      1   IPSG     assoc5          1000
    
  2. Display the associations assigned to the IPSG card containing the signaling link that will be removed by entering the rtrv-assoc command and specifying the card location of the IPSG card. For this example, enter this command.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:loc=2204

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    assoc1          2204 A     A    M2PA    1030  1030  YES  YES
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (4 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (16 KB of 3200 KB) on LOC = 2204
    

    If the ADAPTER value of the associations shown in this step is M2PA, continue the procedure with 3.

    If the ADAPTER value for the associations is M3UA, perform one of these actions.
    • If you wish to remove the signaling link assigned to this card, perform the Removing an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link.
    • If you do not wish to remove the signaling link assigned to this card, select another card from 1 and repeat this step.
  3. Display the linkset that contains the signaling link that is being removed by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset shown in the LSN column of the rtrv-slk output.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ls04

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ls04          002-009-003   scr2 1   1   no  a   1    on  off on  no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          no     no
           
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m2pa       1000        4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%         100%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               2204 A    0   IPSG     m2pa2
    
    Link set table is ( 20 of 1024)  2% full
    
    If the linkset type of the linkset is A, B, D, E, or PRX, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the OPEN or ALW values for the associations is YES, continue the procedure with 6.
    • If the OPEN and ALW values for the associations is NO, continue the procedure with 7.

    If the linkset type of the linkset is C, continue the procedure with 4.

  4. Display the LSRESTRICT option value by entering the rtrv-ss7opts command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-30 15:09:00 GMT  42.0.0
    
    SS7 OPTIONS
    -----------------------
    LSRESTRICT     on
    

    Note:

    Thertrv-feat command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by thertrv-feat command, refer to the rtrv-feat command description inCommands User's Guide.

    The signaling link cannot be removed, if the LSRESTRICT option is on and the number of signaling links assigned to the linkset will be less than the value of the tfatcabmlq parameter value of the linkset if the signaling link is removed.

    If the LSRESTRICT option is on and the number of signaling links assigned to the linkset will be less than the value of the tfatcabmlq parameter value of the linkset if the signaling link is removed, the signaling link cannot be removed unless the tfatcabmlq parameter value of the linkset is changed to 0. Continue the procedure with 5.

    If the LSRESTRICT option is on and the number of signaling links assigned to the linkset will be equal to or greater than the value of the tfatcabmlq parameter value of the linkset if the signaling link is removed, the "Configuring the Restricted Linkset Option" procedure has been performed, or if the LSRESTRICT value is off, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the OPEN or ALW values for the associations is YES, continue the procedure with 6.
    • If the OPEN and ALW values for the associations is NO, continue the procedure with 7.
  5. Change the tfatcabmlq parameter value of the linkset to 0 by entering the chg-ls command with the name of the linkset that contains the signaling link that is being removed and the tfatcabmlq parameters. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-ls:lsn=ls17:tfatcabmlq=0

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-07 08:41:12 GMT  EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
    Link set table is (20 of 1024) 2% full.
    
    CHG-LS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the OPEN or ALW values for the associations is YES, continue the procedure with 6.
    • If the OPEN and ALW values for the associations is NO, continue the procedure with 7.
  6. Change the value of the open and alw parameters to no by specifying the chg-assoc command with the open=no and alw=no parameters, as necessary.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc1:open=no:alw=no

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  7. Deactivate the link to be removed using the dact-slk command, using the output from 1 to obtain the card location and link parameter value of the signaling link to be removed.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    dact-slk:loc=2204:link=a

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 08:41:12 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Deactivate Link message sent to card
    
  8. Verify that the link is out of service - maintenance disabled (OOS-MT-DSBLD) using the rept-stat-slk command with the card location and link parameter values specified in 7.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-slk:loc=2204:link=a

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-23 13:06:25 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SLK      LSN       CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    2204,A   ls04      ls04clli    OOS-MT       Unavail   ----
      ALARM STATUS       = *   0235 REPT-LNK-MGTINH: local inhibited
      UNAVAIL REASON     = LI
    
  9. If the signaling link to be removed is the last signaling link on a card, the card must be inhibited before the signaling link is removed.

    Note:

    If the signaling link being removed is not the last signaling link on the card, continue the procedure with 11.

    Enter the rmv-card command and specify the location of the card to be inhibited. The card location is shown in the output of rept-stat-slk command executed in 8.

    In the example used for this procedure, the signaling link is the last signaling link on the card and must be inhibited. Enter this command.

    rmv-card:loc=2204

    When each of these command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 08:41:12 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Card has been inhibited.
    
  10. Verify that the card has been inhibited by entering the rept-stat-card command with the card location specified in 9. For this example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-card:loc=2204

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-01 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    CARD   VERSION      TYPE      GPL        PST            SST        AST
    2204   133-003-000  E5ENET    IPSG       OOS-MT-DSBLD   Isolated   -----
      ALARM STATUS       =  No Alarms.
      BLIXP   GPL version = 133-003-000
      IMT BUS A           = Disc
      IMT BUS B           = Disc
      CURRENT TEMPERATURE   =  32C ( 90F)     [ALARM TEMP:  60C (140F)]
      PEAK TEMPERATURE:     =  39C (103F)     [06-05-02 13:40]
      SIGNALING LINK STATUS
          SLK    PST                LS            CLLI
          A      OOS-MT             lsnlp2        -----------
    
    Command Completed.
    
  11. Display the linkset that contains the signaling link that is being removed by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset shown in the LSN column in 10. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ls04

    This is an example of the possible output.

    rlghncxa03w 08-05-27 16:43:42 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ls04          001-001-003   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          no     no
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    SLKTPS  LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM  RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF
               m2pa       500     100%      80%        none       no
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1102 A    2   IPSG     assoc1
    
    
    Link set table is (22 of 1024) 2% full.
    
  12. Remove the signaling link from the EAGLE using the dlt-slk command.

    If there is only one signaling link in the linkset, shown in 11, the force=yes parameter must be specified to remove the signaling link.

    In the example used in this procedure, the signaling link is the last signaling link in the linkset. Enter this command.

    dlt-slk:loc=2204:link=a:force=yes

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 08:41:17 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    DLT-SLK: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    Note:

    If removing the signaling link will result in 700 or less signaling links in the database and theOAMHCMEAS value in thertrv-measopts output is on, the scheduled UI measurement reports will be enabled.
  13. Verify the changes using the rtrv-slk command with the card location and link values specified in 12. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-slk:loc=2204:link=a

    When the rtrv-slk command has completed, the specified signaling link is not shown in the rtrv-slk output, as shown in this example.

    
        rlghncxa03w 09-09-18 13:43:31 GMT EAGLE5 41.1.0
    E2373 Cmd Rej: Link is unequipped in the database
    
  14. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-19 Removing an IPSG M2PA Signaling Link



Sheet 1 of 2



Sheet 2 of 2

6.22 Removing an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link

This procedure is used to remove an IPSG M3UA signaling link from the database using the dlt-slk command. The dlt-slk command uses these parameters.

:loc  – The card location of the IPSG card that the IPSG M3UA signaling link is assigned to.

:link – The signaling link on the card specified in the loc parameter.

:force – This parameter must be used to remove the last link in a linkset without having to remove all of the routes that referenced the linkset.

The IPSG M3UA signaling link cannot be removed if removing the IPSG M3UA signaling link will cause the number of IS-NR IPSG M3UA signaling links in the linkset to be less than the NUMSLKALW, NUMSLKRSTR, or NUMSLKPROH values shown in the rtrv-ls output. The NUMSLKALW, NUMSLKRSTR, and NUMSLKPROH values are defined as follows.
  • NUMSLKALW - specifies the number of IS-NR (in-service normal) signaling links in the IPSG M3UA linkset required to change the state of the linkset from the Restricted or Prohibited state to the Allowed state.
  • NUMSLKRSTR - specifies the number of signaling links in the IPSG M3UA linkset required to change the state of the linkset from the Allowed state to the Restricted state.
  • NUMSLKPROH - specifies the number of signaling links in the IPSG M3UA linkset required to change the state of the linkset from the Allowed or Restricted state to the Prohibited state.

For more information about the NUMSLKALW, NUMSLKRSTR, and NUMSLKPROH values, refer to the Configuring IPSG M3UA Linkset Options procedure.

If the NUMSLKALW, NUMSLKRSTR, and NUMSLKPROH values are 1 or 0, then the IPSG M3UA signaling link can be removed. The value 0 is shown in the rtrv-ls output as a number with an asterisk (*), for example, 2*.

Canceling the RTRV-SLK Command

Because the rtrv-slk command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-slk command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-slk command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-slk command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-slk command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-slk command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-slk command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the IPSG signaling links by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=ipsg

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    2202 A    lsnlp1      0   IPSG     assoc2          500
    2205 A    lsnip1      1   IPSG     assoc3          500
    2204 A    ls04        0   IPSG     assoc1          500
    2207 A    lsnlp3      0   IPSG     assoc11         850
    2211 A    lsnlp4      0   IPSG     assoc12         950
    2213 A    lsnip5      0   IPSG     assoc4          750
    2215 A    lsnlp2      1   IPSG     assoc5          1000
    
    
    
  2. Display the associations assigned to the IPSG card containing the signaling link that will be removed by entering the rtrv-assoc command and specifying the card location of the IPSG card. For this example, enter this command.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:loc=2207

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    assoc11         2207 A     A    M3UA    1030  1030  YES  YES
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (16 KB of 3200 KB) on LOC = 2207
    

    If the ADAPTER value of the associations shown in this step is M3UA, continue the procedure with 3.

    If the ADAPTER value for the associations is M2PA, perform one of these actions.
    • If you wish to remove the signaling link assigned to this card, perform the Removing an IPSG M2PA Signaling Link.
    • If you do not wish to remove the signaling link assigned to this card, select another card from 1 and repeat this step.
  3. Display the linkset that contains the signaling link that is being removed by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset shown in the LSN column in 1. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=lsnlp3

    This is an example of the possible output.

    rlghncxa03w 08-05-27 16:43:42 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lsnlp3        001-001-003   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  ---        ---    no
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    SLKTPS  LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM  RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF
               m3ua       500     100%      80%        none       yes
    
               NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
               1          1           1
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               2207 A    0   IPSG     assoc11
    
    Link set table is (22 of 1024) 2% full.
    

    The IPSG M3UA signaling link cannot be removed if removing the IPSG M3UA signaling link will cause the number of IS-NR IPSG M3UA signaling links in the linkset to be less than the NUMSLKALW, NUMSLKRSTR, andNUMSLKPROH values shown in the rtrv-ls output. If the NUMSLKALW, NUMSLKRSTR, andNUMSLKPROH values are 1 or 0, then the IPSG M3UA signaling link can be removed. The value 0 is shown in the rtrv-ls output as a number with an asterisk (*) is displayed in the rtrv-ls output, for example, 2*.

    If you do not wish to change the NUMSLKALW, NUMSLKRSTR, or NUMSLKPROH values, this signaling link cannot be removed and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.

    If you with to change the NUMSLKALW, NUMSLKRSTR, or NUMSLKPROH values, perform the Configuring IPSG M3UA Linkset Options procedure to change the required values. After the Configuring IPSG M3UA Linkset Options has been performed, continue the procedure with 4

  4. Any in-service IP connections on the signaling link being removed in this procedure must be placed out of service.

    Have the far-end node for the signaling link being removed place the M3UA associations in either the ASP-INACTIVE or ASP-DOWN state.

    • If the OPEN or ALW values for the associations is YES, continue the procedure with 5.
    • If the OPEN and ALW values for the associations is NO, continue the procedure with 6.
  5. Change the value of the open and alw parameters to no by specifying the chg-assoc command with the open=no and alw=no parameters, as necessary. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc11:open=no:alw=no

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  6. Deactivate the link to be removed using the dact-slk command, using the output from 1 to obtain the card location and link parameter value of the signaling link to be removed. For this example, enter these commands.

    dact-slk:loc=2207:link=a

    When each of these command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 08:41:12 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Deactivate Link message sent to card
    
  7. Verify that the link is out of service - maintenance disabled (OOS-MT-DSBLD) using the rept-stat-slk command with the card location and link parameter values specified in 6. For this example, enter these commands.

    rept-stat-slk:loc=2207:link=a

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-23 13:06:25 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SLK      LSN       CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    2207,A   lsnlp3    ls07clli    OOS-MT       Unavail   ----
      ALARM STATUS       = *   0235 REPT-LNK-MGTINH: local inhibited
      UNAVAIL REASON     = LI
    
  8. Place the card that contains the signaling link shown in 7 out of service by entering the rmv-card command specifying the card location shown in 7. For this example, enter this command.

    rmv-card:loc=2207

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 08:41:12 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Card has been inhibited.
    
  9. Verify that the card has been inhibited by entering the rept-stat-card command with the card location specified in 8. For this example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-card:loc=2207

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-01 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    CARD   VERSION      TYPE      GPL        PST            SST        AST
    2207   133-003-000  E5ENET    IPSG       OOS-MT-DSBLD   Isolated   -----
      ALARM STATUS       =  No Alarms.
      BLIXP   GPL version = 133-003-000
      IMT BUS A           = Disc
      IMT BUS B           = Disc
      CURRENT TEMPERATURE   =  32C ( 90F)     [ALARM TEMP:  60C (140F)]
      PEAK TEMPERATURE:     =  39C (103F)     [06-05-02 13:40]
      SIGNALING LINK STATUS
          SLK    PST                LS            CLLI
          A      OOS-MT             lsnlp2        -----------
    
    Command Completed.
    
  10. Remove the signaling link from the EAGLE using the dlt-slk command. If there is only one signaling link in the linkset, the force=yes parameter must be specified to remove the signaling link.

    In the example used in this procedure, the signaling link is the last signaling link in the linkset. Enter this command.

    dlt-slk:loc=2207:link=a:force=yes

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 08:41:17 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    DLT-SLK: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    Note:

    If removing the signaling link will result in 700 or less signaling links in the database and theOAMHCMEAS value in thertrv-measopts output is on, the scheduled UI measurement reports will be enabled.
  11. Verify the changes using the rtrv-slk command, with the card location and link values specified in 10. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-slk:loc=2207:link=a

    When the rtrv-slk command has completed, no entry is displayed showing that the signaling link has been removed.

    
        rlghncxa03w 09-09-18 13:43:31 GMT EAGLE5 41.1.0
    E2373 Cmd Rej: Link is unequipped in the database
    
  12. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-20 Removing an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link



Sheet 1 of 3



Sheet 2 of 3



Sheet 3 of 3

6.23 Removing a Network Appearance

This procedure removes the network appearance from the database using the dlt-na command with these parameters.

:na – the 32-bit value of the network appearance, from 0 to 4294967295.

:type – the network type of the network appearance, ansi (ANSI), itui (ITU-I), itun (14-bit ITU-N), itun24 (24-bit ITU-N), ituis (ITU-I Spare), ituns (14-bit ITU-N Spare).

:gc – the specific ITU-N group code associated with the network appearance.

Specifying the gc parameter removes the specific network appearance containing the na and gc parameter values.

Specifying the type=itun or type=ituns parameter without the gc parameter removes all 14-bit ITU-N or 14-bit ITU-N spare network appearances containing the specified na parameter value.

  1. Display the network appearances in the database with the rtrv-na command.
    This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    TYPE    GC           NA
    ANSI    --          100
    ITUI    --         1000
    ITUN    uk       150000
    ITUN    fr   4000000000
    ITUN    ge   1000000000
    ITUN24  --            3
    ITUIS   --         2000
    ITUNS   sp         5000
    
  2. Remove the network appearance from the database with the dlt-na command.
    For this example, enter these commands.

    dlt-na:na=100:type=ansi

    dlt-na:na=4000000000:type=itun:gc=fr

    When each of these commands have successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    DLT-NA:  MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  3. Verify the changes using the rtrv-na command.
    This is an example of possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    TYPE    GC           NA
    ITUI    --         1000
    ITUN    uk       150000
    ITUN    ge   1000000000
    ITUN24  --            3
    ITUIS   --         2000
    ITUNS   sp         5000
    
  4. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.
    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-21 Removing a Network Appearance



6.24 Changing IPSG Components

This section describes how to change the attributes of the following components in the database.

6.25 Changing an IPLIMx Card to an IPSG Card

This procedure is used to change an IPLIMx card to an IPSG card. The linksets, signaling links, and M2PA associations that are assigned to the IPLIMx card are changed to IPSG M2PA linksets, IPSG M2PA signaling links, and IPSG M2PA associations. To change an IPLIMx card to an IPSG card, the chg-card command is used with these parameters.

:loc – The card location of the IPLIMx card.

:nappl – The new application that is assigned to the card, ipsg.

The IPLIMx card must be an E5-ENET card that is running either the IPLIM or IPLIMI applications. IPLIMx signaling links must be assigned to the card. M2PA associations must be assigned to the signaling links. Before the chg-card command can be executed, the IPLIMx card and its signaling links must be taken out of service.

If adding the IPLIMx signaling link will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode" feature in Database Administration - System Management to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1,000,000 (1M). If the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M, or the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 and will not be increased, and adding the IPLIMx signaling link will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, the IPLIMx signaling link cannot be added unless the amount of available TPS is reduced enough to allow the IPLIMx signaling link to be added. The available TPS can be reduced by performing one or more of these actions.

  1. Display the cards in the database by entering the rtrv-card command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 13-06-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 45.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL      LSET NAME     LINK SLC LSET NAME     LINK SLC
    1101   DSM       VSCCP     
    1102   TSM       GLS       
    1113   E5MCAP    EOAM
    1114   E5TDM-A
    1115   E5MCAP    EOAM
    1116   E5TDM-B
    1117   E5MDAL
    1201   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp2           A    0   sp1           B    0
    1203   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp3           A    0   
    1204   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp3           A    1   
    1206   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   nsp3          A    1   nsp4          B    1   
    1301   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp6           A    1   sp7           B    0
    1302   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   sp7           A    1   sp5           B    1
    1303   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode1       A    0   ipnode3       B    0
    1305   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode4       A    0   
    2101   ENET      IPSG
    2103   ENET      IPSG
    2105   ENET      IPSG
    2107   ENET      IPSG
    2201   DCM       IPLIM
    2203   DCM       IPLIM
    2207   DCM       IPLIM
    2211   DCM       SS7IPGW
    2213   DCM       SS7IPGW
    2215   DCM       IPGWI
    2217   DCM       IPGWI
    2301   DCM       SS7IPGW
    2303   DCM       SS7IPGW
    2305   DCM       IPGWI
    2307   DCM       IPGWI
    2311   DCM       IPLIMI
    2313   DCM       IPLIMI
    

    If no card that are assigned to the IPLIM or IPLIMI applications are shown in the rtrv-card output, this procedure cannot be performed.

    If cards that are assigned to the IPLIM or IPLIMI applications are shown in the rtrv-card output, continue the procedure with 2.

  2. Display the attributes of the IPLIMx card that will be changed by entering the rept-stat-card command with the card location of the IPLIMx card. For this example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-card:loc=1303

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    CARD   VERSION      TYPE      GPL        PST            SST        AST
    1303   133-003-000  ENET      IPLIM      IS-NR          Active     -----
      ALARM STATUS       =  No Alarms.
      BLIXP   GPL version = 133-003-000
      IMT BUS A           = Conn
      IMT BUS B           = Conn
      CURRENT TEMPERATURE   =  32C ( 90F)     [ALARM TEMP:  60C (140F)]
      PEAK TEMPERATURE:     =  39C (103F)     [06-05-02 13:40]
      SIGNALING LINK STATUS
          SLK    PST                LS            CLLI
          A      IS-NR              ipnode1       -----------
          B      IS-NR              ipnode3       -----------
    
    Command Completed.
    

    If the TYPE value for the card is not ENET, this card is not an E5-ENET card. Choose another card from the rtrv-card output in 1 and repeat this step.

    If the TYPE value for the card is ENET, this card is an E5-ENET card.

    If signaling links are not assigned to the card, this procedure cannot be performed. To make this card an IPSG card, perform the Removing an IPLIMx Card to remove the card from the database. After the card has been removed from the database, perform the procedures in IPSG M2PA and M3UA Configuration Procedures to configure an IPSG card with IPSG M2PA signaling links.

    If signaling links are assigned to the card, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the state of all the signaling links that are assigned to the card is OOS-MT-DSBLD and the state of the card is OOS-MT-DSBLD, continue the procedure with 5.
    • If the state of all the signaling links that are assigned to the card is OOS-MT-DSBLD, but the state of the card is not OOS-MT-DSBLD, continue the procedure with 4.
    • If the state of any of the signaling links that are assigned to the card is not OOS-MT-DSBLD, continue the procedure with 3.
  3. Place the signaling links shown in 2 whose state is not OOS-MT-DSBLD out of service by entering the dact-slk command with the card location shown in the CARD column of the rept-stat-card output, and link value of the signaling link shown in the SLK column of the rept-stat-card output.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    dact-slk:loc=1303:link=a

    dact-slk:loc=1303:link=b

    When these commands have successfully completed, this message appears.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    Deactivate Link message sent to card.
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the state of the card is OOS-MT-DSBLD, continue the procedure with 5.
    • If the state of the card is not OOS-MT-DSBLD, continue the procedure with 4.
  4. Place the card out of service by entering the rmv-card command with the card location shown in the CARD column of the rept-stat-card output 2. For this example, enter this command.

    rmv-card:loc=1303

    When the command has successfully completed, this message appears.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    Card has been inhibited.
    
  5. Display the linksets that contain the signaling links shown in the rept-stat-card output in 2 by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset shown in the LS column in the rept-stat-card output. Repeat this step for each linkset shown in the rept-stat-card output.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipnode1

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipnode1       002-002-002   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          no     no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    no       CdPA                no
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     IPLIML2
               1303 A    0   IPLIM    M2PA
    
    Link set table is (25 of 1024) 2% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipnode3

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipnode3       002-002-003   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          no     no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    no       CdPA                no
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     IPLIML2
               1303 B    0   IPLIM    M2PA
    
    Link set table is (25 of 1024) 2% full.
    

    When the chg-card command is executed, the RSVDSLKTPS and MAXSLKTPS values of the linkset will be assigned based on the current IPSG value of the linkset.

    If the current IPSG value of the linkset is no, the RSVDSLKTPS value of the linkset will be 0 (zero) and the MAXSLKTPS value of the linkset will be 4000.

    If the current IPSG value of the linkset is yes, the RSVDSLKTPS and the MAXSLKTPS values will not be changed. The total TPS used by the signaling links in this linkset will be the number of signaling links in the linkset multiplied by the RSVDSLKTPS value of the linkset.

  6. Display the associations that are assigned to the card by entering the rtrv-assoc command with the card location of the card that is being changed.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:loc=1303

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
                    CARD  IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC   PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    iplim1          1303  A     A    M2PA    2000  2000  YES  YES
    iplim2          1303  A     B    M2PA    3000  2000  YES  YES
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc (  19 of 4000) 1%
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (400 KB of 3200 KB) on LOC = 1303
    

    If M2PA associations are not shown in the rtrv-assoc output, perform the Adding an M2PA Association procedure to add M2PA associations to the card.

    If M2PA associations are shown in the rtrv-assoc output, or after the M2PA associations have been added in this step, continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If the current IPSG value of all the linksets shown in 5 is no, continue the procedure with 7.
    • If the current IPSG value of all the linksets shown in 5 is yes, and the card's MaxTPS (see Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values) will not be exceeded when the chg-card command is executed, continue the procedure with 7.
    • If the current IPSG value of any of the linksets shown in 5 is yes, and the card's MaxTPS value will be exceeded when the chg-card command is executed, perform the Changing an IPSG M2PA Linkset procedure to change the RSVDSLKTPS value, and the MAXSLKTPS value if necessary, of each IPSG linkset shown in the rept-stat-card output in 2 as required. After the linksets have been changed, continue the procedure with 7.
  7. Display the total provisioned system TPS by entering the rtrv-tps command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 16:20:46 GMT  EAGLE 42.0.0
    
    CARD     NUM    NUM      RSVD       MAX
    TYPE   CARDS  LINKS       TPS       TPS
    -----  -----  -----  --------  --------
    IPGW      17     16     48000     80000
    IPSG       4      8      4700     12000
    IPLIM      2      4      8000      8000
    ATM        2      2      3668      3668
    
    Total provisioned System TPS (103668 of 500000) 21%
    
    Command Completed.
    

    If the RSVDSLKTPS or the MAXSLKTPS values of each linkset shown in 5 will not exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS value shown in the rtrv-tps output, continue the procedure with 8.

    If the RSVDSLKTPS or the MAXSLKTPS values of any linkset shown in 5 will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS value shown in the rtrv-tps output, continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If the maximum total provisioned system TPS value is 500,000, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode Feature" procedure in Database Administration - System Management to increase the maximum total provisioned system TPS value to 1M. After the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode Feature" procedure has been performed, continue the procedure with 8
    • If the maximum total provisioned system TPS value is 1M, perform the Changing an IPSG M2PA Linkset procedure as necessary to change the MAXSLKTPS value, and the RSVDSLKTPS value if necessary, of the linksets shown in 2 to allow the IPLIMx card to be changed to an IPSG card with this procedure. After the Changing an IPSG M2PA Linkset procedure has been performed, continue the procedure with 8.
  8. Change the IPLIMx card to an IPSG card by entering the chg-card command with the card location of the card being changed and the new card application, ipsg.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-card:loc=1303:nappl=ipsg

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 16:20:46 GMT  EAGLE 42.0.0
    CHG-CARD: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  9. Verify that the card has been changed by entering the rtrv-card command with the card location specified in 8.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-card:loc=1303

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 16:20:46 GMT  EAGLE 42.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL      LSET NAME     LINK SLC LSET NAME     LINK SLC
    1311   ENET      IPSG      ipnode1       A    0   ipnode3       B    0
    
  10. Display the linksets that were displayed in 5 by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of each linkset that was specified in 5.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipnode1

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipnode1       002-002-002   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA                no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m2pa       0           4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 80%         100%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 A    0   IPSG     iplim1
    
    Link set table is (25 of 1024) 2% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipnode3

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipnode3       002-002-003   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA                no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m2pa       0           4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 80%         100%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 B    0   IPSG     iplim2
    
    Link set table is (25 of 1024) 2% full.
    
    Continue the procedure by performing these steps or actions as needed.
    • If IPSG value of the linksets displayed in this step was no when this procedure was started, and you wish to change the RSVDSLKTPS value of any of the linksets, perform the Changing an IPSG M2PA Linkset procedure to change the RSVDSLKTPS value, and the MAXSLKTPS value if necessary, of each IPSG linkset.
    • If 4 was performed to the state of the IPLIMx card, continue the procedure with 11.
    • If 3 was performed to change the state of the signaling links in the linksets, continue the procedure with 12.
    • If IPSG value of the linksets displayed in this step was yes when this procedure was started, 4 was not performed to the state of the IPLIMx card, and 3 was not performed to change the state of the signaling links in the linksets, continue the procedure with 13.
  11. Put the card back into service by entering the rst-card command with the card location specified in 9.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rst-card:loc=1303

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    Card has been allowed.
    

    If 3 was not performed to change the state of the signaling links in the linksets, continue the procedure with 13.

    If 3 was performed to change the state of the signaling links in the linksets, continue the procedure with 12.

  12. Put the signaling links that were taken out of service in 3 back into service by entering the act-slk command with the card location and link values specified in 3. For this example, enter these commands.

    act-slk:loc=1303:link=a

    act-slk:loc=1303:link=b

    When these commands have successfully completed, this message appears.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    Activate Link message sent to card 
    
  13. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-22 Changing IPLIMx Card to IPSG Card



Sheet 1 of 4



Sheet 2 of 4



Sheet 3 of 4



Sheet 4 of 4

6.26 Configuring IP Options

Use this procedure to change the IP options defined by these parameters: getcomm, setcomm, snmpcont, srkq, trapcomm, ipgwabate, and uameasusedftas.

:getcomm – The community name used to validate SNMP Get and GetNext requests. This value applies to each IP card SNMP agent.

:setcomm – The community name used to validate SNMP Set requests. This value applies to each IP card SNMP agent.

:snmpcont – The system contact information for each IP card SNMP agent, used to define the sysContact object in the SNMP MIB II System Group.

:srkq – The static routing key quantity used to specify the maximum number of static routing key entries in the Routing Key table of each ss7ipgw and ipgwi card.

:trapcomm – The community name used when sending SNMP traps. This value applies to each IP card SNMP agent.

:ipgwabate – enables (ipgwabate=yes) or disables (ipgwabate=no) SS7 congestion abatement procedures for IPGWx signaling links (signaling links assigned to cards running the ss7ipgw or ipgwi applications). The default value for this parameter is no.

:uameasusedftas - specifies whether UA measurements are pegged against the default application server or against the application server shown by the routing context. The values for this parameter are yes and no. The system default value for this parameter is yes.
  • yes - UA measurement registers are pegged against the default application server.
  • no - UA measurements are pegged against the application server shown by the routing context.

The maximum value of the srkq parameter is 2500.

The value specified for the srkq parameter cannot be less than the current number of provisioned routing keys. The number of routing keys that are currently provisioned is shown in the rtrv-appl-rtkey or rtrv-tbl-capacity command outputs.

The values of the snmpcont, getcomm, setcomm, and trapcomm parameters are a string of up to 32 characters that is not case sensitive. If the character string contains characters other than alphanumeric characters, the character string must be enclosed in single quotes.

  1. Display the current IP options in the database by entering the rtrv-sg-opts command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    SRKQ:           250
    SNMPCONT:       john doe 555-123-4567
    GETCOMM:        public
    SETCOMM:        private
    TRAPCOMM:       public
    SCTPCSUM:       crc32c
    IPGWABATE:      NO
    UAMEASUSEDFTAS  YES
    

    If the srkq parameter value will not be changed, continue the procedure with 3.

    If the srkq parameter value will be changed, verify the number of routing keys that are currently provisioned by performing 2.

  2. Enter the rtrv-tbl-capacity command to verify the number of routing keys that are currently provisioned.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
    RTEKEY   table is (       53 of      2500)   2% full
    

    Note:

    The rtrv-tbl-capacity command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-tbl-capacity command, see the rtrv-tbl-capacity command description in the Commands Manual.

    The number of routing keys that are currently provisioned is shown in the RTEKEY row of the rtrv-tbl-capacity output. In this example, there are 53 routing keys provisioned in the database. The new srkq parameter value cannot be less than 53.

  3. Change the IP options in the database using the chg-sg-opts command.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-sg-opts:srkq=200:ipgwabate=yes:uameasusedftas=no

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:18:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CHG-SG-OPTS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  4. Verify the new IP options in the database by entering the rtrv-sg-opts command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:19:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    SRKQ:           200
    SNMPCONT:       john doe 555-123-4567
    GETCOMM:        public
    SETCOMM:        private
    TRAPCOMM:       public
    SCTPCSUM:       crc32c
    IPGWABATE:      YES
    UAMEASUSEDFTAS  NO
    
  5. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-23 Configuring IP Options



6.27 Configuring IPSG M3UA Linkset Options

This procedure is used to configure the options for an IPSG M3UA linkset with the chg-lsopts command and these parameters.

:lsn - The name of the IPSG M3UA linkset.

:numslkalw - This parameter specifies the number of IS-NR (in-service normal) signaling links in the IPSG M3UA linkset required to change the state of the linkset from the Restricted or Prohibited state to the Allowed state. When the number of IS-NR signaling links in the linkset changes from a value that is less than the numslkalw parameter value to a value that is equal or greater than the numslkalw value, the state of the linkset changes to the Allowed state. The value of this parameter is from 0 to 16. The value of this parameter cannot exceed the number of signaling links that are assigned to the linkset. The value 0 represents half the number of signaling links that are assigned to the linkset. If this parameter is not specified, the current value of this parameter is not changed. The system default value for this parameter is 1.

:numslkrstr - This parameter specifies the number of signaling links in the IPSG M3UA linkset required to change the state of the linkset from the Allowed state to the Restricted state. When the number of IS-NR signaling links in the linkset changes from a value that is equal to or greater than the numslkrstr parameter value to a value that is less than the numslkrstr parameter value and greater than the numslkproh parameter value, the state of the linkset changes from the Allowed state to the Restricted state. Changing the state of the linkset from the Prohibited state to the Restricted state is not supported. The value of this parameter is from 0 to 16. The value of this parameter cannot exceed the number of signaling links that are assigned to the linkset. The value 0 represents half the number of signaling links that are assigned to the linkset. If this parameter is not specified, the current value of this parameter is not changed. The system default value for this parameter is 1.

:numslkproh - This parameter specifies the number of signaling links in the IPSG M3UA linkset required to change the state of the linkset from the Allowed or Restricted state to the Prohibited state. When the number of IS-NR signaling links in the linkset changes from a value that is equal to or greater than the numslkproh parameter value to a value that is less than the numslkproh parameter value, the state of the linkset changes from the Allowed or Restricted state to the Prohibited state. The value of this parameter is from 0 to 16. The value of this parameter cannot exceed the number of signaling links that are assigned to the linkset. The value 0 represents half the number of signaling links that are assigned to the linkset. If this parameter is not specified, the current value of this parameter is not changed. The system default value for this parameter is 1.

An IPSG M3UA linkset is a linkset that contains these values: IPSG=yes, ADAPTER=m3ua.

If the IPSG M3UA linkset contains no signaling links, the value of the numslkalw, numslkrstr, or numslkproh parameters can only be changed to 0 or 1.

If 0 is specified as the value of the numslkalw, numslkrstr, or numslkproh parameters, a number with an asterisk (*) is shown as the value of the numslkalw, numslkrstr, or numslkproh parameter.

  1. Display the IPSG and IPGWx linksets that are provisioned in the database by entering the rept-stat-iptps command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    IP TPS USAGE REPORT
    
               THRESH  CONFIG/  CONFIG/         TPS   PEAK      PEAKTIMESTAMP
                          RSVD      MAX
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    LSN
    ipgwx1       100%     ----    32000  TX:   3700   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   3650   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipgwx2       100%     ----    16000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09 
                                        RCV:   4850   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09
    ipgwx3       100%     ----    32000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipsglsn      100%      600    24000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19    
    ipsglsn2     100%      600     4000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipsgm3ua     100%      100      500  TX:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19   
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Command Completed.
    

    If no linksets are shown in this step, this procedure cannot be performed.

    If linksets are shown in this step, continue the procedure with 2.

  2. Display one of the linksets shown in 1 by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of one of the linksets shown in 1. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsgm3ua

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
            tekelecstp 18-01-22 05:43:50 EST  EAGLE 46.6.0.0.0-71.21.00  
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
        LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
        ipsgm3ua      008-008-004   none 1   1   no  A   3    off off off no    off
    
                      SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
                   ---------------- -----------  ---        ---    no
    
                   RANDSLS
                   off
    
                   IPSG  GTTMODE          CGGTMOD
                   yes   CdPA             no
    
                   ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
                   m3ua       100         100
    
                   TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
                   rsvdslktps 80%         80%
    
                   RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF     NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
                   1234567890 yes         2*         1           1
    
                   LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
                   1102 A2   0   IPSG     ipsgm3ua1102
                   1202 A3   1   IPSG     ipsgm3ua1202
                   1302 A4   2   IPSG     ipsgm3ua1302
    
        Link set table is (1 of 1024) 1% full. 
    
    ;
    

    IPSG M3UA linksets are shown by the entry m3ua in the ADAPTER column of the rtrv-ls output. If the linkset is an IPSG M3UA linkset, continue the procedure with 3

    If the linkset is not an IPSG M3UA linkset, perform one of these actions.
    • Choose another linkset from 1 and repeat this step.
    • If you do not wish to choose another linkset, the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed. This procedure is finished.
  3. Change the IPSG M3UA linkset options by entering the chg-lsopts command.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-lsopts:lsn=ipsgm3ua:numslkalw=3:numslkrstr=2:numslkproh=2

    The value of the numslkalw, numslkrstr, or numslkproh parameters cannot exceed the number of signaling links that are assigned to the linkset.

    The value of the numslkrstr parameter must be less than or equal to the numslkalw parameter value.

    The value of the numslkproh parameter must be less than or equal to the numslkrstr parameter value.

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:18:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    CHG-LSOPTS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  4. Verify the changes by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset specified in 3. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsgm3ua

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
            tekelecstp 18-01-22 05:43:50 EST  EAGLE 46.6.0.0.0-71.21.00  
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
        LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
        ipsgm3ua      008-008-004   none 1   1   no  A   3    off off off no    off
    
                      SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
                   ---------------- -----------  ---        ---    no
    
                   RANDSLS
                   off
    
                   IPSG  GTTMODE          CGGTMOD
                   yes   CdPA             no
    
                   ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
                   m3ua       100         100
    
                   TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
                   rsvdslktps 80%         80%
    
                   RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF     NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
                   1234567890 yes         2*         1           1
    
                   LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
                   1102 A2   0   IPSG     ipsgm3ua1102
                   1202 A3   1   IPSG     ipsgm3ua1202
                   1302 A4   2   IPSG     ipsgm3ua1302
    
        Link set table is (1 of 1024) 1% full. 
    
    ;
    
  5. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-24 Configuring IPSG M3UA Linkset Options



6.28 Changing an IPSG M2PA Linkset

This procedure is used to change an IPSG M2PA linkset, a linkset that contains the IPSG value yes and whose ADAPTER value is m2pa, in the EAGLE using the chg-ls commands with these parameters.

:lsn – The name of the linkset that will be changed, shown in the rtrv-ls output.

:ipsg – This parameter specifies whether or not the linkset is an IPSG linkset. This parameter has two values, yes (if the linkset is an IPSG linkset) or no (if the linkset is not an IPSG linkset). For this procedure, the ipsg parameter value must be yes.

:maxslktps – The maximum number of transactions per second (TPS) for all signaling links that are assigned to the IPSG M2PA linkset. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values.

:rsvdslktps – The number of transactions per second (TPS) that is assigned to each IPSG signaling link that will be in the linkset. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. The slktps parameter can be used in place of the rsvdslktps parameter.

:tpsalmtype – The TPS threshold that will generate alarms. This parameter has two values.
  • rsvdslktps - The RSVDSLKTPS threshold generates alarms.
  • maxslktps - The MAXSLKTPS threshold generates alarms.

:adapter - This parameter specifies the adapter layer for the signaling links that will be assigned to the IPSG M2PA linkset. This parameter has two values, m2pa and m3ua. For an IPSG M2PA linkset, the adapter parameter value must be m2pa.

:lsusealm – The linkset’s TPS alarm threshold, from 10 to 100 percent of the linkset’s TPS. When this threshold is reached, a major alarm (UAM 0115) is generated. When the linkset’s TPS falls below this threshold, UAM 0115 is automatically cleared and UAM 0118 is generated.

:slkusealm – The signaling link TPS alarm threshold, from 10 to 100 percent of the signaling link’s fair share of the linkset’s TPS or from 10 to 100 percent of the IPSG card’s capacity. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. This threshold is reached when the signaling link’s actual usage exceeds the percentage of the signaling link’s fair share of the linkset’s TPS or the percentage of the IPSG card’s capacity.

A signaling link's fair share of linkset’s TPS is the linkset’s TPS divided by the number of in-service links in the linkset. For example, if the linkset TPS is 4000 and there are 4 signaling links in the linkset, all in-service, then the signaling link's fair-share would be 1000 TPS (4000/4=1000). Table 6-10 shows this calculation for a linkset with 1, 2, 3 and 4 in-service signaling links.

Table 6-10 Signaling Link Fair Share Example

Number of In-Service Signaling Links Linkset TPS Signaling Link Fair Share of the Linkset TPS

4

4000

1000

3

4000

1333

2

4000

2000

1

4000

4000

When this threshold is exceeded, a minor alarm (UAM 0116) is generated. When the amount of traffic on the signaling link falls below this threshold, UAM 0116 is automatically cleared and UAM 0119 is generated.

The signaling link TPS alarm shows that the linkset TPS is set too low for the linkset or that the IPSG card's capacity has been exceeded. Setting the signaling link TPS alarm threshold lower than the linkset TPS alarm threshold can give the user an earlier indication that the linkset TPS is inadequate or that traffic is not balanced across the links in the linkset.

Changing the MAXSLKTPS or RSVDSLKTPS values for the IPSG M2PA linkset cannot exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS shown in the rtrv-tps output. If changing the IPSG M2PA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode" feature in Database Administration - System Management to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1,000,000 (1M). If the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M or the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 and will not be increased, and changing the MAXSLKTPS or RSVDSLKTPS values for the IPSG M2PA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, the MAXSLKTPS or RSVDSLKTPS values for the IPSG M2PA linkset cannot be changed unless the amount of available TPS is reduced enough to allow the MAXSLKTPS or RSVDSLKTPS values for the IPSG M2PA linkset to be changed. The available TPS can be reduced by performing one or more of these actions.
  • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed.
  • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed.
  • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed.
  • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed.

This procedure can also be used to change an IPSG M3UA linkset or a non-IPSG linkset to an IPSG M2PA linkset.

Other Optional Parameters

There are other optional parameters for an IPSG M2PA that can be changed. These parameters are not required for IPSG M2PA linkset. These parameters are discussed in more detail in Commands User's Guide or in these sections.

Canceling the RTRV-LS Command

Because the rtrv-ls command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-ls command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-ls command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-ls command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-ls command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-ls command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-ls command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current linksets in the database using the rtrv-ls command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN          APCA   (SS7)  SCRN  SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    e1e2         001-207-000   none  1   1   no  B   6    off off off no    off
    e1m1s1       001-001-001   none  1   1   no  A   7    off off off no    off
    e1m1s2       001-001-002   none  1   1   no  A   7    off off off no    off
    ls1305       001-005-000   none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    ls1307       001-007-000   none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    lsgw1101     008-012-003   none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    lsgw1103     003-002-004   none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    lsgw1105     009-002-003   none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN          APCI   (SS7)  SCRN  SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    e1e2i        1-207-0       none  1   1   no  B   4    off off off ---   on
    ls1315       0-015-0       none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off ---   off
    ls1317       0-017-0       none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off ---   on
    e1m2s1       1-011-1       none  1   1   no  A   7    off off off ---   off
    e1m2s2       1-011-2       none  1   1   no  A   7    off off off ---   off
    
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    
  2. Display a linkset shown in 1 by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset shown in 1. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=lsgw1101

    This is an example of the possible output.

    If you do not wish to change this linkset, choose another linkset from 1 and repeat this step.

    If this linkset will be changed, perform one of these steps.
    • If the IPGWAPC value of the linkset is yesor if the IPGWAPC and IPSG values of the linkset are no, the linkset must be removed from the database and then an IPSG M2PA linkset must be added. Perform the "Removing a Linkset Containing SS7 Signaling Links" procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide to remove the linkset. After the linkset has been removed, perform the Adding an IPSG M2PA Linkset procedure to add the IPSG M2PA linkset. After the IPSG M2PA linkset has been added, perform the Adding an IPSG M2PA Signaling Link procedure to add IPSG M2PA signaling links to the new IPSG M2PA linkset. This procedure is finished.
    • If the IPSG value of the linkset is yes, continue the procedure with one of these steps.
      • If the ADAPTER value of the linkset is M3UA, perform the Adding an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link procedure to remove the IPSG M3UA signaling links from the linkset. After the IPSG M3UA linksets have been removed from the linkset, continue the procedure with 3.
      • If the ADAPTER value of the linkset is M2PA, continue the procedure with one of these steps.
        • If the RSVDSLKTPS value of the linkset will not be changed, continue the procedure with 5 .
        • If the RSVDSLKTPS value of the linkset will be changed, continue the procedure with 4.
  3. Change the ADAPTER value of the linkset to M2PA by entering the chg-ls command with the adapter=m2pa parameter and the name of the linkset that is being changed. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-ls:lsn=lssg1101:adapter=m2pa

    When the chg-ls command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-20 13:34:40 GMT  EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    
    CHG-LS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    After the ADAPTER value of the linkset has been changed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the RSVDSLKTPS value of the linkset will not be changed, continue the procedure with 5.
    • If the RSVDSLKTPS value of the linkset will be changed, continue the procedure with 4.
  4. The new RSVDSLKTPS value for the linkset cannot allow the sum of the TPS used by all the IPSG signaling links that are assigned to each IPSG card shown in the linkset to exceed the MaxTPS (see Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values) and cannot exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS.

    To verify the TPS for the IPSG cards containing the IPSG signaling links in the linkset, enter the rtrv-slk command with the card location of each signaling link that is assigned to the linkset. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-slk:loc=1101

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-24 14:02:40 EST  38.0.0
    rtrv-slk:loc=1101
    Command entered at terminal #4.
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1101 A2   lssg1101    0   IPSG     m2pa2           1000
    
    IPTPS for LOC = 1101 is (1000 of 5000) 20%
    

    rtrv-slk:loc=1105

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-24 14:02:40 EST  38.0.0
    rtrv-slk:loc=1101
    Command entered at terminal #4.
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1105 A7   lssg1101    0   IPSG     m2pa2           1000
    
    IPTPS for LOC = 1105 is (1000 of 5000) 20%
    

    If the new RSVDSLKTPS value for the linkset will allow the TPS for the IPSG cards containing the IPSG signaling links in the linkset to exceed the MaxTPS (See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values), choose an RSVDSLKTPS value that will not exceed the MaxTPS limit for the IPSG card.

  5. Display the total provisioned system TPS by entering the rtrv-tps command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 16:20:46 GMT  EAGLE 42.0.0
    
    CARD     NUM    NUM      RSVD       MAX
    TYPE   CARDS  LINKS       TPS       TPS
    -----  -----  -----  --------  --------
    IPGW      17     16     48000     80000
    IPSG       3      7      4200      8000
    IPLIM      2      4      8000      8000
    ATM        2      2      3668      3668
    
    Total provisioned System TPS (99668 of 500000) 20%
    
    Command Completed.
    

    An IPSG M2PA linkset uses MAXSLKTPS (see Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values), as provisioned by the maxslktps parameter. If adding the new IPSG M2PA linkset will not exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, continue the procedure with 11.

    If adding the new IPSG M2PA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 shown, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode Feature" procedure in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1M. After the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature has been enabled and turned on, continue the procedure with 11.

    If the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M, or the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 and will not be increased, and adding the IPSG M2PA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, the IPSG M2PA linkset cannot be added unless the amount of available TPS is reduced enough to allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be changed. The available TPS can be increased by performing one or more of these actions.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 6.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 7.
  6. Display the ATM high-speed signaling links by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=saal

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                      LP         ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  LL
    1303 A    lsnds0     1   LIMATM   1   1.544M LINE     5     0    0
    
                                      LP         ATM                    E1ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  CRC4 SI SN
    1306 A    lsnituatm  0   LIME1ATM 21  2.048M LINE     5     0    ON   3  0
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    

    If ATM high-speed signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, perform the "Removing an SS7 Signaling Link" procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide to remove some of the ATM high-speed signaling links.

    If ATM high-speed signaling links are not displayed in the rtrv-slk output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be changed, the IPSG M2PA linkset cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 7.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be changed, continue the procedure with 11.

  7. Display the signaling links that are assigned to IPLIMx cards by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=iplim

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1301 A    lsniplim   0   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 A1   lsniplim   1   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 B1   lsniplim   2   IPLIM    M2PA
    1317 A    lsniplimi  0   IPLIMI   M2PA
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    

    If IPLIMx cards containing signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, perform the Removing an IPLIMx Card procedure to remove an IPLIMx card and its associated signaling links.

    If IPLIMx cards containing signaling links are not displayed in the rtrv-slk output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be changed, the IPSG M2PA linkset cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 6.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be changed, continue the procedure with 11.

  8. Display the IPGWx and IPSG linksets by entering this command.

    rept-stat-iptps

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    IP TPS USAGE REPORT
    
               THRESH  CONFIG/  CONFIG/         TPS   PEAK      PEAKTIMESTAMP
                          RSVD      MAX
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    LSN
    ipgwx1       100%     ----    32000  TX:   3700   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   3650   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipgwx2       100%     ----    16000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09 
                                        RCV:   4850   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09
    ipgwx3       100%     ----    32000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipsglsn      100%      600    24000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19    
    ipsglsn2     100%      600     4000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19   
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Command Completed.
    

    If linksets are displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output, continue the procedure with 9.

    If linksets are not displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be changed, the IPSG M2PA linkset cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 7.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 6.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be changed, continue the procedure with 11.

  9. Display the attributes of the linksets shown in 8 by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset shown in 8.

    For this example enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx1        001-001-002   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  4          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 32000   100%      80%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE
               1101 A    0   SS7IPGW
               1102 A    1   SS7IPGW
               1103 A    2   SS7IPGW
               1104 A    3   SS7IPGW
               1105 A    4   SS7IPGW
               1106 A    5   SS7IPGW
               1107 A    6   SS7IPGW
               1108 A    7   SS7IPGW
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx2        001-001-003   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  4          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 16000   100%      80%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE
               1111 A    0   SS7IPGW
               1112 A    1   SS7IPGW
               1201 A    2   SS7IPGW
               1202 A    3   SS7IPGW
               1203 A    4   SS7IPGW
               1204 A    5   SS7IPGW
               1205 A    6   SS7IPGW
               1206 A    7   SS7IPGW
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx3

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx3        001-001-004   none 1   1   no  A   0    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 32000   100%      80%
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsglsn

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsglsn       003-003-003   none 1   1   no  A   6    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  3          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m2pa       600         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%         100%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 A    0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa1
               1303 A1   1   IPSG     ipsgm2pa2
               1303 B1   2   IPSG     ipsgm2pa3
               1303 A2   3   IPSG     ipsgm2pa4
               1303 A3   4   IPSG     ipsgm2pa5
               1307 A    5   IPSG     m2pa2
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsglsn2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsglsn2      005-005-005   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m2pa       600         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%         100%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 B3   0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa6
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    
    Perform these actions as necessary.
    • Perform the Configuring an IPGWx Linkset procedure to change the IPTPS value for any linksets shown in the rtrv-ls output whose IPGWAPC value is yes.
    • Perform one of these actions to change the MAXSLKTPS value (and RSVDSLKTPS value if necessary) for any linksets shown in the rtrv-ls output whose IPSG value is yes.
      • If the ADAPTER value of the linkset is M3UA, perform the Changing an IPSG M3UA Linkset procedure.
      • If the ADAPTER value of the linkset is M2PA, continue the procedure with 10.
    Perform one or both of these actions to increase the available TPS if needed.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 7.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 6.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M2PA linkset to be changed, continue the procedure with 11.

  10. Reduce the MAX SLKTPS, and RSVDSLKTPS value if necessary, for the linksets displayed in 9 by entering the chg-ls command with the new maxslktps and rsvdslktps values. For this example, enter these commands.

    chg-ls:lsn=ipsglsn:maxslktps=3000

    chg-ls:lsn=ipsglsn2:maxslktps=3000

    Note:

    Thersvdslktps value must be less than or equal to themaxslktps value.

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 16:23:21 GMT  EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
    Link set table is ( 13 of 1024)  1% full
    
    CHG-LS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  11. Change the linkset by entering the chg-ls command with the name of the linkset and at least one of these optional parameters and values.
    • rsvdslktps = 100 - MaxTPS
    • maxslktps = 0 - MaxTPS
    • tpsalmtype = rsvdslktps or maxslktps
    • lsusealm = 10 - 100
    • slkusealm = 10 - 100

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-ls:lsn=lssg1101:rsvdslktps=500:maxslktps=3000:tpsalmtype=maxslktps :lsusealm=60:slkusealm=70

    Note:

    Thersvdslktps value must be less than or equal to themaxslktps value.

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-17 16:23:21 GMT  EAGLE5 37.5.0
    
    Link set table is ( 13 of 1024)  1% full
    
    CHG-LS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    Note:

    There are other optional parameters that can be specified with thechg-ls command, but are not required for anIPSG M2PA linkset. These parameters and their usage are discussed in theOther Optional Parameters section of this procedure.
  12. Verify the changes using the rtrv-ls command specifying the linkset name specified in 11. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=lssg1101

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-20 13:34:40 GMT  EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lssg1101      008-012-003   none 1   1   no  A   2    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  2          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m2pa       500         3000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               maxslktps  60%         70%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1101 A2   0   IPSG     m2pa2
               1105:A7   1   IPSG     m2pa3
    
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    
  13. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

    If the linkset that was changed in this procedure was an IPSG M2PA linkset when this procedure was started, this procedure is finished.

    If the linkset that was changed in this procedure was either a non-IPSG linkset or an IPSG M3UA linkset when this procedure was started, preform the Adding an IPSG M2PA Signaling Link procedure to add IPSG M2PA signaling links to the linkset.

Figure 6-25 Changing an IPSG M2PA Linkset



Sheet 1 of 5



Sheet 2 of 5



Sheet 3 of 5



Sheet 4 of 5



Sheet 5 of 5

6.29 Changing an IPSG M3UA Linkset

This procedure is used to change an IPSG M3UA linkset, a linkset that contains the IPSG value yes and whose ADAPTER value is m3ua, in the EAGLE using the chg-ls commands with these parameters.

:lsn – The name of the linkset that will be changed, shown in the rtrv-ls output.

:ipsg – This parameter specifies whether or not the linkset is an IPSG linkset. This parameter has two values, yes (if the linkset is an IPSG linkset) or no (if the linkset is not an IPSG linkset). For this procedure, the ipsg parameter value must be yes.

:maxslktps – The maximum number of transactions per second (TPS) for all signaling links that are assigned to the IPSG M3UA linkset. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values.

:rsvdslktps – The number of transactions per second (TPS) that is assigned to each IPSG signaling link that will be in the linkset. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. The slktps parameter can be used in place of the rsvdslktps parameter.

:tpsalmtype – The TPS threshold that will generate alarms. This parameter has two values.
  • rsvdslktps - The RSVDSLKTPS threshold generates alarms.
  • maxslktps - The MAXSLKTPS threshold generates alarms.

:adapter - This parameter specifies the adapter layer for the signaling links that will be assigned to the IPSG M3UA linkset. This parameter has two values, m2pa and m3ua. For an IPSG M3UA linkset, the adapter parameter value must be m3ua.

:rcontext - This parameter specifies the routing context value that is assigned to the IPSG M3UA linkset. The value for this parameter is from 0 to 4294967295. The default value for this parameter is none, no value is specified.

:action=delete - This parameter is used to remove an existing routing context (RCONTEXT) value from the IPSG M3UA linkset. If the rcontext value for the IPSG M3UA linkset is none, the linkset does not contain a routing context value.

:asnotif - This parameter specifies whether or not AS notifications will be sent for the IPSG M3UA linkset. This parameter has two values, yes, AS notifications will be sent for the linkset, and no, AS notifications will not be sent for the linkset. The default value for this parameter is yes.

:lsusealm – The linkset’s TPS alarm threshold, from 10 to 100 percent of the linkset’s TPS. When this threshold is reached, a major alarm (UAM 0115) is generated. When the linkset’s TPS falls below this threshold, UAM 0115 is automatically cleared and UAM 0118 is generated.

:slkusealm – The signaling link TPS alarm threshold, from 10 to 100 percent of the signaling link’s fair share of the linkset’s TPS or from 10 to 100 percent of the IPSG card’s capacity. See Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values. This threshold is reached when the signaling link’s actual usage exceeds the percentage of the signaling link’s fair share of the linkset’s TPS or the percentage of the IPSG card’s capacity.

A signaling link's fair share of linkset’s TPS is the linkset’s TPS divided by the number of in-service links in the linkset. For example, if the linkset TPS is 4000 and there are 4 signaling links in the linkset, all in-service, then the signaling link's fair-share would be 1000 TPS (4000/4=1000). Table 6-11 shows this calculation for a linkset with 1, 2, 3 and 4 in-service signaling links.

Table 6-11 Signaling Link Fair Share Example

Number of In-Service Signaling Links Linkset TPS Signaling Link Fair Share of the Linkset TPS

4

4000

1000

3

4000

1333

2

4000

2000

1

4000

4000

When this threshold is exceeded, a minor alarm (UAM 0116) is generated. When the amount of traffic on the signaling link falls below this threshold, UAM 0116 is automatically cleared and UAM 0119 is generated.

The signaling link TPS alarm shows that the linkset TPS is set too low for the linkset or that the IPSG card's capacity has been exceeded. Setting the signaling link TPS alarm threshold lower than the linkset TPS alarm threshold can give the user an earlier indication that the linkset TPS is inadequate or that traffic is not balanced across the links in the linkset.

Changing the MAXSLKTPS or RSVDSLKTPS values for the IPSG M3UA linkset cannot exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS shown in the rtrv-tps output. If changing the IPSG M3UA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode" feature in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1,000,000 (1M). If the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M or the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 and will not be increased, and changing the MAXSLKTPS or RSVDSLKTPS values for the IPSG M3UA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, the MAXSLKTPS or RSVDSLKTPS values for the IPSG M3UA linkset cannot be changed unless the amount of available TPS is reduced enough to allow the MAXSLKTPS or RSVDSLKTPS values for the IPSG M3UA linkset to be changed. The available TPS can be reduced by performing one or more of these actions.
  • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed.
  • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed.
  • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed.
  • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed.

This procedure can also be used to change an IPSG M2PA linkset or a non-IPSG linkset to an IPSG M3UA linkset.

Other Optional Parameters

There are other optional parameters for an IPSG M3UA that can be changed. These parameters are not required for IPSG M3UA linkset. These parameters are discussed in more detail in the Commands User's Guide or in these sections.
  • The Configuring IPSG M3UA Linkset Options procedure in this manual.
  • These procedures in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide
    • Adding an SS7 Linkset
    • Changing an SS7 Linkset
    • Configuring an ITU Linkset with a Secondary Adjacent Point Code (SAPC)
  • The "Configuring a Linkset for the GSM MAP Screening Feature" procedure in the Database Administration - Features User's Guide.

Note:

The mtprse, spc/spca/spci/spcn/spcn24, sapci/sapcn/sapcn24, and ppc/ppca/ppci/ppcn/ppcn24 parameters cannot be specified for an IPSG M3UA linkset.

Canceling the RTRV-LS Command

Because the rtrv-ls command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-ls command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-ls command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-ls command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-ls command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-ls command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-ls command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current linksets in the database using the rtrv-ls command.

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-10 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN          APCA   (SS7)  SCRN  SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    e1e2         001-207-000   none  1   1   no  B   6    off off off no    off
    e1m1s1       001-001-001   none  1   1   no  A   7    off off off no    off
    e1m1s2       001-001-002   none  1   1   no  A   7    off off off no    off
    ls1305       001-005-000   none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    ls1307       001-007-000   none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    lsgw1101     008-012-003   none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    lsgw1103     003-002-004   none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    lsgw1105     009-002-003   none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN          APCI   (SS7)  SCRN  SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    e1e2i        1-207-0       none  1   1   no  B   4    off off off ---   on
    ls1315       0-015-0       none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off ---   off
    ls1317       0-017-0       none  1   1   no  A   1    off off off ---   on
    e1m2s1       1-011-1       none  1   1   no  A   7    off off off ---   off
    e1m2s2       1-011-2       none  1   1   no  A   7    off off off ---   off
    
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    
  2. Display a linkset shown in 1 by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset shown in 1. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=lsgw1101

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-20 13:34:40 GMT  EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lssg1101      008-012-003   none 1   1   no  A   2    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  2          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m3ua       1000        4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%        80%
    
               RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF     NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
               100        no          1          1           1
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1101 A2   0   IPSG     mu3a2
               1105 A7   1   IPSG     m3ua3
    
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    If you do not wish to change this linkset, choose another linkset from 1 and repeat this steps.

    If this linkset will be changed, perform one of these steps.
    • If the IPGWAPC value of the linkset is yes, the linkset must be removed from the database and then an IPSG M3UA linkset must be added. Perform the "Removing a Linkset Containing SS7 Signaling Links" procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide to remove the linkset. After the linkset has been removed, perform the Adding an IPSG M3UA Linkset procedure to add the IPSG M3UA linkset. After the IPSG M3UA linkset has been added, perform the Adding an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link procedure to add IPSG M3UA signaling links to the new IPSG M3UA linkset. This procedure is finished.
    • If the IPGWAPC value of the linkset is no, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If the LST value of the linkset is PRX, the linkset must be removed from the database and then an IPSG M3UA linkset must be added. Perform the "Removing a Linkset Containing SS7 Signaling Links" procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide to remove the linkset. After the linkset has been removed, perform the Adding an IPSG M3UA Linkset procedure to add the IPSG M3UA linkset. After the IPSG M3UA linkset has been added, perform the Adding an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link procedure to add IPSG M3UA signaling links to the new IPSG M3UA linkset. This procedure is finished.
      • If the LST value of the linkset is a value other than PRX and the IPSG value of the linkset is no, remove the signaling links from the linkset by performing these procedures as necessary.
        • Removing an SS7 Signaling Link in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide.
        • Removing an IPLIMx Signaling Link

          After the signaling links have been removed from the linkset, continue the procedure with 3

    • If the IPSG value of the linkset is yes, continue the procedure with one of these steps.
      • If the ADAPTER value of the linkset is M2PA, remove the signaling links from the linkset by performing these procedures as necessary.
        • Removing an SS7 Signaling Link in the Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide.
        • Removing an IPLIMx Signaling Link
        • Removing an IPSG M2PA Signaling Link

          After the signaling links have been removed from the linkset, continue the procedure with 4 if the linkset type for the linkset is B, C, D, or E. If the linkset type of the linkset is A, continue the procedure with 5.

      • If the ADAPTER value of the linkset is M3UA, continue the procedure with one of these steps.
        • If the RSVDSLKTPS value of the linkset will not be changed, continue the procedure with 12.
        • If the RSVDSLKTPS value of the linkset will be changed, continue the procedure with 5.
  3. Change the IPSG value of the linkset by entering the chg-ls command with the ipsg=yes parameter and the name of the linkset that is being changed. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-ls:lsn=lssg1101:ipsg=yes

    When the chg-ls command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-20 13:34:40 GMT  EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    
    CHG-LS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    After the IPSG value of the linkset has been changed, continue the procedure with 5.

    When the IPSG value is changed to yes, the ADAPTER value of the linkset is set to m2pa, the RSVDSLKTPS value of the linkset is set to 5000.

  4. The linkset type of an IPSG M3UA linkset must be A. If the linkset type of the linkset is not A, change the linkset type of the linkset by entering the chg-ls command with the name of the linkset and the lst=a parameter. For this example, enter this command.

    If the linkset type of the linkset is A, this step does not need to be performed. Continue the procedure with 5.

    chg-ls:lsn=lssg1101:lst=a

    When the chg-ls command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-20 13:34:40 GMT  EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    
    CHG-LS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  5. The new RSVDSLKTPS value for the linkset cannot allow the sum of the TPS used by all the IPSG signaling links that are assigned to each IPSG card shown in the linkset to exceed the MaxTPS (see Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values) and cannot exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS.

    To verify the TPS for the IPSG cards containing the IPSG signaling links in the linkset, enter the rtrv-slk command with the card location of each signaling link that is assigned to the linkset. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-slk:loc=1101

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-24 14:02:40 EST  38.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1101 A2   lssg1101    0   IPSG     m3ua2           1000
    
    IPTPS for LOC = 1101 is (1000 of 5000) 20%
    

    rtrv-slk:loc=1105

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-24 14:02:40 EST  38.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1105 A7   lssg1101    0   IPSG     m3ua3           1000
    
    IPTPS for LOC = 1105 is (1000 of 5000) 20%
    

    If the new RSVDSLKTPS value for the linkset will allow the TPS for the IPSG cards containing the IPSG signaling links in the linkset to exceed the MaxTPS (see Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values), choose an RSVDSLKTPS value that will not exceed the MaxTPS limit for the IPSG card.

  6. Display the total provisioned system TPS by entering the rtrv-tps command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-10 16:20:46 GMT  EAGLE 42.0.0
    
    CARD     NUM    NUM      RSVD       MAX
    TYPE   CARDS  LINKS       TPS       TPS
    -----  -----  -----  --------  --------
    IPGW      17     16     48000     80000
    IPSG       3      7      4200      8000
    IPLIM      2      4      8000      8000
    ATM        2      2      3668      3668
    
    Total provisioned System TPS (99668 of 500000) 20%
    
    Command Completed.
    

    An IPSG M3UA linkset uses 100 to MAXSLKTPS (see Maximum Card Capacity for Different Card Types for MaxTPS values), as provisioned by the maxslktps parameter. If adding the new IPSG M3UA linkset will not exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, continue the procedure with 12.

    If adding the new IPSG M3UA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, and the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 shown, perform the "Activating the HIPR2 High Rate Mode Feature" procedure in Database Administration - System Management User's Guide to enable and turn on the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature. When the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature is enabled and turned on, the maximum total provisioned system TPS is increased to 1M. After the HIPR2 High Rate Mode feature has been enabled and turned on, continue the procedure with 12.

    If the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 1M, or the maximum total provisioned system TPS is 500,000 and will not be increased, and adding the IPSG M3UA linkset will exceed the maximum total provisioned system TPS, the IPSG M3UA linkset cannot be added unless the amount of available TPS is reduced enough to allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be changed. The available TPS can be increased by performing one or more of these actions.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 7.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
  7. Display the ATM high-speed signaling links by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=saal

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                      LP         ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  LL
    1303 A    lsnds0     1   LIMATM   1   1.544M LINE     5     0    0
    
                                      LP         ATM                    E1ATM
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     SET BPS    TSEL     VCI   VPI  CRC4 SI SN
    1306 A    lsnituatm  0   LIME1ATM 21  2.048M LINE     5     0    ON   3  0
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    

    If ATM high-speed signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, perform the "Removing an SS7 Signaling Link" procedure in Database Administration - SS7 User's Guide to remove some of the ATM high-speed signaling links.

    If ATM high-speed signaling links are not displayed in the rtrv-slk output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be changed, the IPSG M3UA linkset cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be changed, continue the procedure with 12.

  8. Display the signaling links that are assigned to IPLIMx cards by entering this command.

    rtrv-slk:type=iplim

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN        SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1301 A    lsniplim   0   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 A1   lsniplim   1   IPLIM    M2PA
    1301 B1   lsniplim   2   IPLIM    M2PA
    1317 A    lsniplimi  0   IPLIMI   M2PA
    
    SLK table is (30 of 1200) 2% full.
    

    If IPLIMx cards containing signaling links are shown in the rtrv-slk output, perform the Removing an IPLIMx Card procedure to remove an IPLIMx card and its associated signaling links.

    If IPLIMx cards containing signaling links are not displayed in the rtrv-slk output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be changed, the IPSG M3UA linkset cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • The IP TPS values of some IPGWx linksets have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • The MAXSLKTPS values of some IPSG linksets (and the RSVDSLKTPS values if necessary) have to be changed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 9.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 7.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be changed, continue the procedure with 12.

  9. Display the IPGWx and IPSG linksets by entering this command.

    rept-stat-iptps

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    IP TPS USAGE REPORT
    
               THRESH  CONFIG/  CONFIG/         TPS   PEAK      PEAKTIMESTAMP
                          RSVD      MAX
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    LSN
    ipgwx1       100%     ----    32000  TX:   3700   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   3650   4000  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipgwx2       100%     ----    16000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09 
                                        RCV:   4850   5000  10-07-19 09:49:09
    ipgwx3       100%     ----    32000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19
    ipsglsn      100%      600    24000  TX:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:   4800   5000  10-07-19 09:49:19    
    ipsglsn2     100%      600     4000  TX:    427    550  10-07-19 09:49:19 
                                        RCV:    312    450  10-07-19 09:49:19   
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Command Completed.
    

    If linksets are displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output, continue the procedure with 10.

    If linksets are not displayed in the rept-stat-iptps output, perform one or more of these actions to increase the available TPS.

    Note:

    If one or more of these actions are not performed to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will not allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be changed, the IPSG M3UA linkset cannot be added and the remainder of this procedure cannot be performed.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 7.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be changed, continue the procedure with 12.

  10. Display the attributes of the linksets shown in 9 by entering the rtrv-ls command with the name of the linkset shown in 9.

    For this example enter these commands.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx1        001-001-002   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  4          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 32000   100%      80%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE
               1101 A    0   SS7IPGW
               1102 A    1   SS7IPGW
               1103 A    2   SS7IPGW
               1104 A    3   SS7IPGW
               1105 A    4   SS7IPGW
               1106 A    5   SS7IPGW
               1107 A    6   SS7IPGW
               1108 A    7   SS7IPGW
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx2        001-001-003   none 1   1   no  A   8    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  4          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 16000   100%      80%
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE
               1111 A    0   SS7IPGW
               1112 A    1   SS7IPGW
               1201 A    2   SS7IPGW
               1202 A    3   SS7IPGW
               1203 A    4   SS7IPGW
               1204 A    5   SS7IPGW
               1205 A    6   SS7IPGW
               1206 A    7   SS7IPGW
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipgwx3

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipgwx3        001-001-004   none 1   1   no  A   0    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               no    yes      CdPA                no
    
               MATELSN    IPTPS   LSUSEALM  SLKUSEALM
               ---------- 32000   100%      80%
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsglsn

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsglsn       003-003-003   none 1   1   no  A   6    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  3          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m3ua       600         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               maxslktps  100%        100%
    
               RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF     NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
               400        yes         1          1           1
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 A    0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa1
               1303 A1   1   IPSG     ipsgm2pa2
               1303 B1   2   IPSG     ipsgm2pa3
               1303 A2   3   IPSG     ipsgm2pa4
               1303 A3   4   IPSG     ipsgm2pa5
               1307 A    5   IPSG     m2pa2
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    rtrv-ls:lsn=ipsglsn2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-19 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    ipsglsn2      005-005-005   none 1   1   no  A   1    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  1          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m3ua       600         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               maxslktps  100%        100%
    
               RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF     NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
               300        yes         1          1           1
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1303 B3   0   IPSG     ipsgm2pa6
    
    
    Link set table is (8 of 1024) 1% full.
    
    Perform these actions as necessary.
    • Perform the Configuring an IPGWx Linkset procedure to change the IPTPS value for any linksets shown in the rtrv-ls output whose IPGWAPC value is yes.
    • Perform one of these actions to change the MAXSLKTPS value (and RSVDSLKTPS value if necessary) for any linksets shown in the rtrv-ls output whose IPSG value is yes.
      • If the ADAPTER value of the linkset is M2PA, perform the Changing an IPSG M2PA Linkset procedure.
      • If the ADAPTER value of the linkset is M3UA, continue the procedure with 11.
    Perform one or both of these actions to increase the available TPS if needed.
    • An IPLIMx card that contains signaling links has to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 8.
    • Some ATM high-speed signaling links have to be removed. To perform this action, continue the procedure with 7.

    If you do not wish to perform other actions to increase the available TPS and the available TPS will allow the IPSG M3UA linkset to be changed, continue the procedure with 12.

  11. Reduce the MAX SLKTPS, and RSVDSLKTPS value if necessary, for the linksets displayed in 10 by entering the chg-ls command with the new maxslktps and rsvdslktps values. For this example, enter these commands.

    chg-ls:lsn=ipsglsn:maxslktps=3000

    chg-ls:lsn=ipsglsn2:maxslktps=3000

    Note:

    Thersvdslktps value must be less than or equal to themaxslktps value.

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 16:23:21 GMT  EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
    Link set table is ( 13 of 1024)  1% full
    
    CHG-LS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  12. Change the linkset by entering the chg-ls command with the name of the linkset and any of these optional parameters and values.

    if the ADAPTER, SLKTPS, ASNOTIF, LSUSEALM, and SLKUSEALM values will not be changed, do not perform this step. Continue the procedure with 16.

    • adapter = m3ua
    • rsvdslktps = 100 - MaxTPS
    • maxslktps = 0 - MaxTPS
    • tpsalmtype = rsvdslktps or maxslktps
    • lsusealm = 10 - 100
    • slkusealm = 10 - 100
    • asnotif = yes or no

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-ls:lsn=lssg1101:slktps=500:lsusealm=60:slkusealm=70

    chg-ls:lsn=lssg1101:rsvdslktps=500:maxslktps=3000:tpsalmtype=maxslktps :lsusealm=60:slkusealm=70

    Note:

    Thersvdslktps value must be less than or equal to themaxslktps value.

    When the chg-ls command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-17 16:23:21 GMT  EAGLE5 37.5.0
    
    Link set table is ( 13 of 1024)  1% full
    
    CHG-LS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    

    Note:

    There are other optional parameters that can be specified with thechg-ls command, but are not required for anIPSG M3UA linkset. These parameters and their usage are discussed in theOther Optional Parameters section of this procedure.

    If you do not wish to change the RCONTEXT value of the linkset, continue the procedure with 17.

    If you wish to change the RCONTEXT value of the linkset, continue the procedure with by performing one of these steps.
    • If the ADAPTER value of the linkset was changed to m3ua in 12 continue the procedure with 16.
    • If the ADAPTER value of the linkset was m3ua when this procedure was started, and the linkset contains signaling links, continue the procedure with 13.
    • If the ADAPTER value of the linkset was m3ua when this procedure was started, and the linkset does not contains signaling links, continue the procedure with 16.
    • If the ADAPTER value of the linkset was m3ua when this procedure was started, the RCONTEXT value is being removed from the linkset, perform one of these actions. If the linkset does not contains signaling links, continue the procedure with 16. If the linkset does contain signaling links, remove the signaling links from the linkset by performing the Removing an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link procedure. After the signaling links have been removed, continue the procedure with 16.
  13. Deactivate all the signaling links in the linkset by entering the dact-slk command with the location and link value of each signaling link in the linkset. For this example, enter these commands.

    dact-slk:loc=1101:link=a2

    dact-slk:loc=1101:link=a7

    When the dact-slk command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-25 06:49:44 EST  38.0.0
    Deactivate Link message sent to card
    Command Completed.
    
  14. Display the signaling links that the association, shown in the rtrv-ls output in 2, is assigned to by entering the rtrv-slk command with the name of the association that will be added to the signaling link. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-slk:aname=m3ua2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1101 A2   lssg1101    0   IPSG     m3ua2           1000
    2204 A    m3ua1       0   IPSG     m3ua2           300
    
    

    rtrv-slk:aname=m3ua3

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    LOC  LINK LSN         SLC TYPE     ANAME           SLKTPS
    1105 A7   lssg1101    1   IPSG     m3ua3           1000
    2204 B6   m3ua1       1   IPSG     m3ua3           300
    
  15. Display all the linksets that contain the signaling links shown in 14, other than the linkset that is being changed in this procedure (this linkset has been displayed in 2), by entering the rtrv-ls command with the linkset name shown in 14. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=m3ua1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-17 11:43:04 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    m3ua1         002-002-003   none 1   1   no  A   2    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  ---        ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m3ua       300         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               rsvdslktps 100%        80%
    
               RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF     NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
               25         yes         1          1           1
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               2204 A    0   IPSG     m3ua2
               2204 B6   1   IPSG     m3ua3
            
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    An IPSG M3UA association can be assigned to different signaling links in different linksets only if the routing context (RCONTEXT) values in the linksets are different. Choose a routing context value for the linkset that is being changed that is different from the routing context values shown in this step.

  16. Change the existing routing context value by entering the chg-ls command with the rcontext parameter.

    If the routing context value of the linkset is being changed to a new value, for this example, enter this command.

    chg-ls:lsn=lssg1101:rcontext=200

    If the existing routing context value is being removed from the linkset, for this example, enter this command.

    chg-ls:lsn=lssg1101:rcontext=100:action=delete

    When the chg-ls command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-17 16:23:21 GMT  EAGLE5 37.5.0
    
    Link set table is ( 13 of 1024)  1% full
    
    CHG-LS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  17. Verify the changes using the rtrv-ls command specifying the linkset name specified in 12 and 16. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-ls:lsn=lssg1101

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-20 13:34:40 GMT  EAGLE5 42.0.0
    
                                     L3T SLT              GWS GWS GWS
    LSN           APCA   (SS7)  SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
    lssg1101      008-012-003   none 1   1   no  A   2    off off off no    off
    
                  SPCA          CLLI         TFATCABMLQ MTPRSE ASL8
               ---------------- -----------  2          ---    no
    
               RANDSLS
               off
    
               IPSG  IPGWAPC  GTTMODE           CGGTMOD
               yes   no       CdPA               no
    
               ADAPTER    RSVDSLKTPS  MAXSLKTPS
               m3ua       500         4000
    
               TPSALM     LSUSEALM    SLKUSEALM
               maxslktps  60%         70%
    
               RCONTEXT   ASNOTIF     NUMSLKALW  NUMSLKRSTR  NUMSLKPROH
               200        yes         1          1           1
    
               LOC  LINK SLC TYPE     ANAME
               1101 A2   0   IPSG     m2pa2
               1105:A7   1   IPSG     m2pa3
    
    Link set table is (13 of 1024) 1% full.
    

    If signaling links were deactivated in 13, continue the procedure with 18.

    If signaling links were not deactivated in 13, continue the procedure with 19.

  18. Activate all signaling links that were deactivated in 13 using the act-slk command, specifying the card location and link parameter value of each signaling link. For this example, enter this command.

    act-slk:loc=1101:link=a2

    act-slk:loc=1101:link=a7

    When the act-slk command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 08:31:24 GMT  EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Activate Link message sent to card
    
  19. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

    If the linkset that was changed in this procedure contained signaling links that were deactivated when 16 was performed, this procedure is finished.

    If the linkset that was changed in this procedure contained no signaling links when 12 or 16 were performed, perform the Adding an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link procedure to add IPSG M3UA signaling links to the linkset.

Figure 6-26 Changing an IPSG M3UA Linkset



Sheet 1 of 8



Sheet 2 of 8



Sheet 3 of 8



Sheet 4 of 8



Sheet 5 of 8



Sheet 6 of 8



Sheet 7 of 8



Sheet 8 of 8

6.30 Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association

This procedure is used to change the values of the attributes of an IPSG association, assigned to cards that are running the IPSG application, IPSG cards, using the chg-assoc command and the following parameters.

Table 6-12 Change IPSG Association Parameters

aname lport rhost rport open alw
rmode rmin rmax rtimes cwmin istrms
ostrms m2patset ver rtxthr uaps rhosttype
rhostval        

If you wish to change the attributes of M2PA associations assigned to cards that are running the IPLIM or IPLIMI applications, perform Changing the Attributes of an M2PA Association.

If you wish to change the attributes of M3UA associations assigned to cards that are running the SS7IPGW or IPGWI applications, perform Changing the Attributes of a M3UA or SUA Association.

The chg-assoc command contains other parameters that are not used in this procedure. To change these parameters, perform these procedures.

:aname – The name assigned to the association, shown in the rtrv-assoc output.

:lport – The SCTP port number for the local host.

:rhost – The host name for the remote host, rhost can be any string of characters starting with a letter and comprising these characters ['a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', '0'..'9', '-', '.']. Hostnames are not case-sensitive and can contain up to 60 characters. The default value of this optional parameter is empty (null string).

:rport – The SCTP port number for the remote host.

:open – The connection state for this association. Valid values are yes or no. When the open=yes parameter is specified, the connection manager opens the association if the association is operational. When the open=no parameter is specified, the connection manager will not open the association. If the open=no parameter is specified for an established IPSG M3UA association, and the UA Graceful Shutdown option is enabled (refer to Changing a UA Parameter Set for more information), the IPSG M3UA connection will be gracefully shutdown.

:alw – The connection state for this association. Valid values are yes or no. When the alw=yes parameter is specified, the connection manager allows the association to carry SS7 traffic. When the alw=no parameter is specified, the connection manager prohibits the association from carrying SS7 traffic.

Note:

If the adapter parameter value for the association is M3UA, the alw parameter cannot be specified.

:rmode – The retransmission policy used when packet loss is detected. The values are rfc or lin.

  • rfc – Standard RFC 2960 algorithm in the retransmission delay doubles after each retransmission. The RFC 2960 standard for congestion control is also used.
  • lin – Oracle's linear retransmission policy where each retransmission timeout value is the same as the initial transmission timeout and only the slow start algorithm is used for congestion control.

:rmin – The minimum value of the calculated retransmission timeout in milliseconds, from 10 - 1000.

:rmax – The maximum value of the calculated retransmission timeout in milliseconds, from 10 - 1000.

:rtimes – The number of times a data retransmission will occur before closing the association from 3 - 12.

:cwmin – The minimum size in bytes of the association's congestion window and the initial size in bytes of the congestion window, from 1500 - 409600. The cwmin parameter value must be less than or equal to the size of the buffer used by the association, shown by the bufsize parameter value. If the buffer size for the association needs to be changed, perform Changing the Buffer Size of a M2PA Association.

The rmode, rmin, rmax, rtimes, and cwmin parameters are used to configure the SCTP retransmission controls for an association, in addition to other commands. Perform Configuring SCTP Retransmission Control for a M2PA Association to configure the SCTP retransmission controls for an association.

:istrms – The number of inbound streams (1 or 2) advertised by the SCTP layer for the association.

:ostrms – The number of outbound streams (1 or 2) advertised by the SCTP layer for the association.

:m2patset – The M2PA timer set assigned to the association. The m2patset parameter can be specified only with the adapter=m2pa parameter, or if the association already has the adapter=m2pa parameter assigned and the adapter parameter value is not being changed. If the adapter parameter value is being changed to m2pa, and the m2patset parameter is not specified, the default value for the m2patset parameter (1 - M2PA timer set 1) is assigned to the association. If the adapter parameter value for the association is m2pa, is not being changed, and the m2patset parameter is not specified with the chg-assoc command, the m2patset parameter value is not changed.

:ver – The M2PA version assigned to the M2PA association, either the RFC version (ver=rfc), or the Draft 6 version (ver=d6). The ver parameter can be specified only if, when this procedure is completed, the adapter parameter value is m2pa. If the adapter parameter value is being changed to m2pa, and the ver parameter is not specified, the default M2PA version of RFC is assigned to the association. To change the ver parameter value, the open parameter value for the association must be no.

:uaps – The UA parameter set value being assigned to an M2PA or an M3UA association.

:rtxthr – The retransmission threshold for the association. The rtxthr parameter value indicates the number of retransmissions that can occur on the association that when exceeded will generate UAM 0537, Ethernet Error Threshold Exceeded. The value of this parameter is 0 to 65,535. The value of this parameter is shown in the RTXTHR field of the rtrv-assoc:aname=<association name> output. The rtxthr parameter value can be changed if the open parameter value is either yes or no.

:rhosttype – The type of remote host assigned to the association, primary or alternate. The primary remote host is shown in the RHOST field of the rtrv-assoc:aname=<association name> output. The alternate remote host is shown in the ARHOST field of the rtrv-assoc:aname=<association name> output.

An alternate remote host can be configured for multi-homed associations using the rhost and rhosttype parameters of the chg-assoc command. The rhost parameter value with the rhostype=primary parameter represents an IP address that corresponds to one of the network interfaces at the remote end while the rhost parameter value with the rhostype=alternate parameter represents an IP address that corresponds to the other network interface at the remote end.

:rhostval – The validation mode used for the association when an SCTP INIT/INIT-ACK message is received. The value of this parameter is shown in the RHOSTVAL field of the rtrv-assoc:aname=<association name> output. This parameter has two values.
  • relaxed - accept the message if the IP address for the primary or alternate remote host matches the IP address, source IP address, or the host name in the message.
  • match - accept the message if the message contains the primary remote host value and the alternate remote host value (if the alternate remote host is provisioned). If the alternate remote host is not provisioned, then accept the message if the message contains the primary remote host value. Reject the message if it contains any IP address other than that of the primary or alternate remote host.

    Refer to the chg-assoc command description in Commands User's Guide for more information about this parameter.

If the value of the open parameter is yes, only the value of the alw and rtxthr parameters can be changed. To change the values of other parameters, the value of the open parameter must be no.

To set the open parameter value to yes, the association specified by the aname parameter must contain values for the lhost, lport, rhost, and rport parameters. The association must be assigned to a signaling link.

At least one optional parameter is required.

The command input is limited to 150 characters, including the hostnames.

The value of the rmin parameter must be less than or equal to the rmax parameter value.

The m2patset and ver parameters can be specified only for IPSG M2PA associations.

Canceling the RTRV-ASSOC Command

Because the rtrv-assoc command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the associations in the database using the rtrv-assoc command.

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    swbel32         1201 A     A    M3UA    1030  2345  YES  YES
    a2              1305 A     A    SUA     1030  2345  YES  YES
    a3              1307 A     A    SUA     1030  2346  YES  YES
    assoc1          1201 A     A    M3UA    2000  1030  YES  YES
    assoc2          1205 A     A    M2PA    2048  2048  YES  YES
    assoc3          1205 A     B2   M2PA    3000  3000  YES  YES
    assoc5          1205 A     A3   M2PA    1500  3000  YES  YES
    
  2. Enter the rtrv-card command with the location of the card that is hosting the M2PA or M3UA association that will be changed in this procedure. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-card:loc=1205

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-06 15:17:20 EST EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL     LSET NAME   LINK SLC LSET NAME   LINK SLC
    1205   ENET      IPSG     e5e6a       A    0   e5e6a       B2   1
                              e5e6a       A3   2
    

    rtrv-card:loc=1201

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-06 15:17:20 EST EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL     LSET NAME   LINK SLC LSET NAME   LINK SLC
    1201   ENET      IPSG     ipsgm3ua1   A    0   
    
    If the application assigned to the card is IPSG, shown in the APPL column, and the values of any of these parameters are being changed: lport, rhost, rport, rmode, rmin, rmax, rtimes, cwmin, istrms, ostrms, ver, m2patset, or uaps, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the open parameter value for the association is yes, continue the procedure with 3.
    • If the open parameter value for the association is no, continue the procedure with 4.
    If the application assigned to the card is IPSG, shown in the APPL column, and only the values of the alw, open, or rtxthr parameters are being changed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.

    Note:

    If the adapter parameter value for the association is M3UA, the alw parameter cannot be specified.
    • If only the values of the alw parameter is being changed, or the open parameter value is being changed to no, continue the procedure with 10.
    • If the value of the rtxthr parameter is being changed, continue the procedure with 4.
    • If the value of the open parameter value is being changed to yes, the association must be assigned to a signaling link. If the association is assigned to a signaling link, the signaling link value is shown in the LINK column in the rtrv-assoc output, in 1. If the association is not assigned to a signaling link, dashes are shown in the LINK column in the rtrv-assoc output. If association is assigned to a signaling link, perform one of these actions.
      • If only the alw parameter is being specified with the open=yes parameter, continue the procedure with 10.
      • If the value of the rtxthr parameter is being changed, continue the procedure with 4.
    • If the value of the open parameter value is being changed to yes and the association is not assigned to a signaling link, perform one of these procedures.
    • After the association has been assigned to a signaling link, perform one of these actions.
      • If only the alw parameter is being specified with the open=yes parameter, continue the procedure with 10.
      • If the value of the rtxthr parameter is being changed, continue the procedure with 4.

    If the application assigned to the card is IPLIM or IPLIMI, perform Changing the Attributes of an M2PA Association.

    If the application assigned to the card is SS7IPGW or IPGWI, perform Changing the Attributes of a M3UA or SUA Association.

  3. Change the value of the open parameter to no by specifying the chg-assoc command with the open=no parameter.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:open=no

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc1:open=no

    When these commands have successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  4. Display the association being changed by entering the rtrv-assoc command with the aname parameter specified in 3 or selected in 1.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
     ANAME assoc2
           LOC      1205          IPLNK PORT  A          LINK  A
           ADAPTER  M2PA          VER         M2PA RFC
           LHOST    IPNODE2-1205
           ALHOST   ---
           RHOST    remotehost1
           ARHOST   ---
           LPORT    2048          RPORT       2048
           ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS      2          BUFSIZE  400
           RMODE    LIN           RMIN        120        RMAX     800
           RTIMES   10            CWMIN       3000       UAPS     10
           OPEN     NO            ALW         YES        RTXTHR   2000
           RHOSTVAL RELAXED       M2PATSET    1
    
           LSN
           e5e6a
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (800 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1205
    

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
    ANAME assoc1
          LOC      1201          IPLNK PORT A           LINK     A
          ADAPTER  M3UA          VER        M3UA RFC
          LHOST    m3ua1
          ALHOST   ---
          RHOST    remote1
          ARHOST   ---
          LPORT    2000          RPORT      1030
          ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS     2           BUFSIZE  200
          RMODE    LIN           RMIN       120         RMAX     800
          RTIMES   10            CWMIN      3000        UAPS     10
          OPEN     NO            ALW        NO          RTXTHR   0
          RHOSTVAL RELAXED
    
          LSN
          ipsgm3ua1
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (200 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1201
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If the cwmin parameter will be be specified in this procedure, continue the procedure with 5.
  5. To change the cwmin value, the new cwmin parameter value must be less than or equal to the bufsize parameter value.
    The cwmin parameter is the number if bytes specified for the association's congestion window. The bufsize is the number of kilobytes specified for the size of the association's buffer. To determine whether or not the cwmin value is less than or equal to the bufsize value, perform one of these actions.
    • Multiply the bufsize value by 1024.
    • Divide the cwmin value by 1024.
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If the new cwmin value is less than or equal to the bufsize value, continue the procedure with by performing one of these actions.
      • If the m2patset parameter will be specified for an M2PA association, continue the procedure with 6.
      • If the uaps parameter will be specified for an M3UA association, continue the procedure with 7.
      • If the rhost parameter will be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 8.
      • If the m2patset, uaps, or rhost parameter will not be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 10.
    • If the new cwmin value is not less than or equal to the bufsize value, either choose another value for the cwmin parameter that is less than or equal to the bufsize value, or perform Changing the Buffer Size of an IPSG Association to change the bufsize value so that the bufsize value is greater than or equal to the cwmin value. After the new cwmin value has been chosen or the bufsize value has been changed, continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
      • If the m2patset parameter will be specified for an M2PA association, continue the procedure with 6.
      • If the uaps parameter will be specified for an M3UA association, continue the procedure with 7.
      • If the rhost parameter will be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 8.
      • If the m2patset, uaps, or rhost parameter will not be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 10.
  6. Verify the values of the M2PA timer set you wish to assign to the association by entering the rtrv-m2pa-tset command with the M2PA version (either ver=rfc to display the RFCM2PA timer values or ver=d6 to display the Draft 6 M2PA timer values) of the timer set you wish to assign to the association.

    If the ver parameter is not specified with the rtrv-m2pa-tset command, both the RFC and Draft 6 timer values are displayed.

    To display the M2PA Draft 6 timer values, enter this command.

    rtrv-m2pa-tset:ver=d6

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    M2PA Draft 6 Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   ------ 5000  20000 500  5000  4000 1000  100000 150  500
    2    7500   ------ 1500  2000  500  9000  1250 300   150000 175  600
    3    100000 ------ 2000  3000  500  4000  1500 500   170000 200  800
    4    200000 ------ 20000 4000  500  6000  2000 700   480000 225  900
    5    250000 ------ 30000 30000 500  100   2250 400   400000 400  8000
    6    50000  ------ 50000 60000 500  500   4500 800   300000 300  7000
    7    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    80000  ------ 1500  15000 500  8000  2750 1100  350000 350  5000
    9    27500  ------ 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   90000  ------ 2500  50000 500  7500  5000 1750  440000 450  3000
    11   20000  ------ 4500  5500  500  6500  5500 1600  250000 475  4500
    12   30000  ------ 7500  7000  500  750   4250 1800  275000 275  3500
    13   40000  ------ 35000 9000  500  1250  3500 1900  500    325  9000
    14   70000  ------ 45000 11000 500  1500  1750 900   1000   125  6000
    15   9000   ------ 25000 40000 500  2500  3250 600   5000   425  5500
    16   75000  ------ 15000 25000 500  4500  1600 1400  6000   240  9500
    17   350000 ------ 60000 70000 600  10000 6000 2000  500000 500  10000
    18   150000 ------ 55000 35000 500  3500  5750 1500  125000 440  750
    19   175000 ------ 12500 45000 500  1100  2600 1300  7000   340  850
    20   1000   ------ 1000  1000  400  80    1000 200   100    100  100
    

    To display the M2PARFC values, enter this command.

    rtrv-m2pa-tset:ver=rfc

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    M2PA RFC Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   75000  5000  20000 500  5000  4000 1000  100000 150  500
    2    7500   8000   1500  2000  500  9000  1250 300   150000 175  600
    3    100000 10000  2000  3000  500  4000  1500 500   170000 200  800
    4    200000 6000   20000 4000  500  6000  2000 700   480000 225  900
    5    250000 140000 30000 30000 500  100   2250 400   400000 400  8000
    6    50000  100000 50000 60000 500  500   4500 800   300000 300  7000
    7    300000 20000  2000  10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    80000  130000 1500  15000 500  8000  2750 1100  350000 350  5000
    9    27500  120000 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   90000  9000   2500  50000 500  7500  5000 1750  440000 450  3000
    11   20000  60000  4500  5500  500  6500  5500 1600  250000 475  4500
    12   30000  50000  7500  7000  500  750   4250 1800  275000 275  3500
    13   40000  90000  35000 9000  500  1250  3500 1900  500    325  9000
    14   70000  45000  45000 11000 500  1500  1750 900   1000   125  6000
    15   9000   30000  25000 40000 500  2500  3250 600   5000   425  5500
    16   75000  15000  15000 25000 500  4500  1600 1400  6000   240  9500
    17   350000 150000 60000 70000 600  10000 6000 2000  500000 500  10000
    18   150000 20000  55000 35000 500  3500  5750 1500  125000 440  750
    19   175000 12500  12500 45000 500  1100  2600 1300  7000   340  850
    20   1000   5000   1000  1000  400  80    1000 200   100    100  100
    

    If the ver parameter is not specified when entering the rtrv-m2pa-tset command, both the Draft 6 and RFC values are displayed. This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    M2PA Draft 6 Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   ------ 5000  20000 500  5000  4000 1000  100000 150  500
    2    7500   ------ 1500  2000  500  9000  1250 300   150000 175  600
    3    100000 ------ 2000  3000  500  4000  1500 500   170000 200  800
    4    200000 ------ 20000 4000  500  6000  2000 700   480000 225  900
    5    250000 ------ 30000 30000 500  100   2250 400   400000 400  8000
    6    50000  ------ 50000 60000 500  500   4500 800   300000 300  7000
    7    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    80000  ------ 1500  15000 500  8000  2750 1100  350000 350  5000
    9    27500  ------ 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   90000  ------ 2500  50000 500  7500  5000 1750  440000 450  3000
    11   20000  ------ 4500  5500  500  6500  5500 1600  250000 475  4500
    12   30000  ------ 7500  7000  500  750   4250 1800  275000 275  3500
    13   40000  ------ 35000 9000  500  1250  3500 1900  500    325  9000
    14   70000  ------ 45000 11000 500  1500  1750 900   1000   125  6000
    15   9000   ------ 25000 40000 500  2500  3250 600   5000   425  5500
    16   75000  ------ 15000 25000 500  4500  1600 1400  6000   240  9500
    17   350000 ------ 60000 70000 600  10000 6000 2000  500000 500  10000
    18   150000 ------ 55000 35000 500  3500  5750 1500  125000 440  750
    19   175000 ------ 12500 45000 500  1100  2600 1300  7000   340  850
    20   1000   ------ 1000  1000  400  80    1000 200   100    100  100
    
    M2PA RFC Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   75000  5000  20000 500  5000  4000 1000  100000 150  500
    2    7500   8000   1500  2000  500  9000  1250 300   150000 175  600
    3    100000 10000  2000  3000  500  4000  1500 500   170000 200  800
    4    200000 6000   20000 4000  500  6000  2000 700   480000 225  900
    5    250000 140000 30000 30000 500  100   2250 400   400000 400  8000
    6    50000  100000 50000 60000 500  500   4500 800   300000 300  7000
    7    300000 20000  2000  10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    80000  130000 1500  15000 500  8000  2750 1100  350000 350  5000
    9    27500  120000 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   90000  9000   2500  50000 500  7500  5000 1750  440000 450  3000
    11   20000  60000  4500  5500  500  6500  5500 1600  250000 475  4500
    12   30000  50000  7500  7000  500  750   4250 1800  275000 275  3500
    13   40000  90000  35000 9000  500  1250  3500 1900  500    325  9000
    14   70000  45000  45000 11000 500  1500  1750 900   1000   125  6000
    15   9000   30000  25000 40000 500  2500  3250 600   5000   425  5500
    16   75000  15000  15000 25000 500  4500  1600 1400  6000   240  9500
    17   350000 150000 60000 70000 600  10000 6000 2000  500000 500  10000
    18   150000 20000  55000 35000 500  3500  5750 1500  125000 440  750
    19   175000 12500  12500 45000 500  1100  2600 1300  7000   340  850
    20   1000   5000   1000  1000  400  80    1000 200   100    100  100
    

    Caution:

    Changing anM2PA timer set may affect the performance of any associations using the timer set being changed.

    If the M2PA timer set you wish to assign to the association does not contain the desired values, perform the Changing an M2PA Timer Set procedure to change the desired timer values.

    After the M2PA timer set values have been changed, or if you have decided not to change the M2PA timer set values, continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If the uaps parameter will be specified for an M3UA association, continue the procedure with 7.
    • If the rhost parameter will be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 8.
    • If the uaps or rhost parameter will not be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 10.
  7. Verify the values of the UA parameter set you wish to assign to the association by entering the rtrv-uaps command with the desired parameter set.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-uaps:set=3

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
        SET  TIMER      TVALUE  PARM      PVALUE
          3      1          10     1           3
          3      2        3000     2           0
          3      3       10000     3           1
          3      4        5000     4           0
          3      5           0     5           0
          3      6           0     6           0
          3      7           0     7           0
          3      8           0     8           0
          3      9           0     9           0
          3     10           0    10           0
    
        TIMER 2: False IP Connection Congestion Timer, max time an
                 association can be congested before failing due to false
                 congestion. SS7IPGW and IPGWI applications enforce
                 0-30000(ms). Not supported on IPSG application.
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        TIMER 3: UA HeartBeat Period Timer T(beat), time (ms) between sending
                 of BEAT msgs by NE. IPSG, SS7IPGW and IPGWI applications
                 enforce 100(ms)-60000(ms).
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        TIMER 4: UA HeartBeat Received Timer T(beat ack), timeout period for
                 response BEAT ACK msgs by NE. IPSG, SS7IPGW and IPGWI
                 applications enforce 100(ms)-10000(ms).
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        PARM  1: ASP SNM options.  Each bit is used as an enabled/disabled
                 flag for a particular ASP SNM option. Not supported on IPSG
                 application.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=Broadcast                          0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=Response Method                    0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 2-5=Reserved
                 6=Broadcast Congestion Status Change 0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 7-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  2: ASP/AS Notification options.  Each bit is used as an
                 enabled/disabled flag for a particular ASP/AS
                 Notification option.  Not supported on IPSG application.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=ASP Active Notifications           0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=ASP Inactive Notifications         0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 2=ASP AS State Query                 0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 3-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  3: UA Serviceability Options.  Each bit is used as an
                 enabled/disabled flag for a particular UA Serviceability
                 option. Supported on IPSG, SS7IPGW, and IPGWI applications.
                 UA Graceful Shutdown supported on IPSG for M3UA only.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=UA Heartbeats                      0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=UA Graceful Shutdown               0=Disabled , 1=Enabled 
                 2-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  4: SCTP Payload Protocol Indicator byte order option. Bit indicates 
                 PPI value is RCV/TX in Big Endian or Little Endian byte format.  
                 Supported on IPSG-M2PA associations only.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                               BIT VALUE
                 0=Payload Protocol Indicator      0=Big Endian , 1=Little Endian
                 1-31=Reserved
    
    

    Caution:

    Changing aUA parameter set may affect the performance of any associations using the parameter set being changed.

    If the UA parameter set you wish to assign to the association does not contain the desired values, perform the Changing a UA Parameter Set procedure to change the desired parameter set values.

    After the UA parameter set values have been changed, or if you have decided not to change the UA parameter set values, continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If the rhost parameter will be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 8.
    • If the uaps or rhost parameter will not be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 10.
  8. The remote hosts assigned to the association can be changed by specifying the rhost and rhosttype parameters with the chg-assoc command.

    If the primary and alternate remote hosts are not being changed in this procedure, or if only the primary remote host is being changed, continue the procedure with 10.

    To change the alternate remote host value for the association, the association must have a primary remote host assigned to it. If the association has a primary remote host, continue the procedure with 10. If the association does not have a primary remote host, continue the procedure with 9.

  9. Assign a primary remote host to the association by entering the chg-assoc command with the name of the association and the primary remote host name.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:rhost=”gw200.nc-Oracle.com”

    The rhosttype=primary parameter can be specified with the chg-assoc command, but is not necessary.

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  10. Change the association using the chg-assoc command.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:rhost=”gw200.nc-Oracle.com” :rport=3000:rtxthr=10000:rhostval=match

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc1:rport=3000:rtxthr=10000:uaps=3:rhostval=match

    If an alternate remote host is being specified for the association, for this example enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:rhost=”gw210.nc-Oracle.com”:rhosttype=alternate :rport=3000:rtxthr=10000:rhostval=match

    Note:

    Them2patset andver parameters can be specified only for M2PA associations.

    If only the alw, open, rtxthr parameter values are being changed in this step, for this example, enter this command.

    Note:

    If theadapter parameter value for the association is M3UA, thealw parameter cannot be specified.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:alw=no:open=yes:rtxthr=10000

    These are the rules that apply to changing the attributes of an IPSG association.
    1. If any optional parameters are not specified with the chg-assoc command, those values are not changed.
    2. The value of the rhost parameter is a text string of up to 60 characters, with the first character being a letter. The command input is limited to 150 characters, including the hostname.
    3. If the value of the open parameter is yes, only the values of the alw and rtxthr parameters can be changed. To change the values of the other parameters, the value of the open parameter value must be no.
    4. The value of the rmin parameter must be less than or equal to the rmax parameter value.
    5. The M2PA version of the association determines the version of the M2PA timer set that is assigned to the association. For example, if M2PA timer set 3 is assigned to the M2PA association, and the association is an RFC M2PA association, the RFC version of M2PA timer set 3 is used with the association. If M2PA timer set 7 is assigned to the M2PA association, and the association is a Draft 6 M2PA association, the Draft 6 version of M2PA timer set 7 is used with the association.
    6. The m2patset and ver parameters can be specified only for IPSG M2PA associations.
    7. If the adapter parameter value for the association is M3UA, the alw parameter cannot be specified.

    When these commands have successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    

    If the value of the open parameter was not changed in 3, continue the procedure with Oracle.

  11. Change the value of the open parameter to yes by specifying the chg-assoc command with the open=yes parameter.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:open=yes

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc1:open=yes

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  12. Verify the changes using the rtrv-assoc command specifying the association name specified in 10 and 11.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc2

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
     ANAME assoc2
           LOC      1205          IPLNK PORT  A          LINK  A
           ADAPTER  M2PA          VER         M2PA RFC
           LHOST    IPNODE2-1205
           ALHOST   ---
           RHOST    gw200.nc-Oracle.com
           ARHOST   gw210.nc-Oracle.com
           LPORT    2048          RPORT       2048
           ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS      2          BUFSIZE  400
           RMODE    LIN           RMIN        120        RMAX     800
           RTIMES   10            CWMIN       3000       UAPS     10
           OPEN     YES           ALW         NO         RTXTHR   10000
           RHOSTVAL MATCH         M2PATSET    1
    
           LSN
           e5e6a
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (800 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1205
    

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
    ANAME assoc1
          LOC      1201          IPLNK PORT A           LINK     A
          ADAPTER  M3UA          VER        M3UA RFC
          LHOST    m3ua1
          ALHOST   ---
          RHOST    remote1
          ARHOST   ---
          LPORT    2000          RPORT      3000
          ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS     2           BUFSIZE  200
          RMODE    LIN           RMIN       120         RMAX     800
          RTIMES   10            CWMIN      3000        UAPS     3
          OPEN     YES           ALW        NO          RTXTHR   10000
          RHOSTVAL MATCH
           
          LSN
          ipsgm3ua1
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (200 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1201
    
  13. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.

    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.

    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    
    If you wish to change the lhost, alhost, or bufsize values of the IPSG association, perform one of these procedures.

    If you do not wish to change the lhost, alhost, bufsize, or link values of the IPSG association, this procedure is finished.

Figure 6-27 Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association



Sheet 1 of 5



Sheet 2 of 5



Sheet 3 of 5



Sheet 4 of 5



Sheet 5 of 5

6.31 Changing the Buffer Size of an IPSG Association

This procedure is used to change the buffer size of an IPSG association, assigned to E5-ENET cards that are running the IPSG application, IPSG cards, using the chg-assoc command.

If you wish to change the buffer size of M2PA associations assigned to cards that are running the IPLIM or IPLIMI applications, perform the Changing the Buffer Size of a M2PA Association procedure.

If you wish to change the buffer size of M3UA associations assigned to cards that are running the SS7IPGW or IPGWI applications, perform the Changing the Buffer Size of a M3UA or SUA Association procedure.

These parameters of the chg-assoc command are used in this procedure:

:aname – The name assigned to the association, shown in the rtrv-assoc output.

:open – The connection state for this association. Valid values are yes or no. When the open=yes parameter is specified, the connection manager opens the association if the association is operational. When the open=no parameter is specified, the connection manager will not open the association. If the open=no parameter is specified for an established IPSG M3UA association, and the UA Graceful Shutdown option is enabled (refer to Changing a UA Parameter Set for more information), the IPSG M3UA connection will be gracefully shutdown.

:bufsize – The size, in kilobytes, of the buffer used by the association. The values for this parameter are 8 kilobytes to 400 kilobytes. The maximum size of the buffers on an IPSG card is 6400 KB.

The size of the buffers assigned to each association that is assigned to the IP card cannot exceed the maximum buffer size for that card. If the bufsize parameter value causes the total buffer size for all the associations on the IPSG card to exceed the maximum buffer size for that IPSG card, the chg-assoc command will be rejected. The available size of the buffers on the IPSG card can be verified by entering this command.

rtrv-assoc:lhost=<local host name assigned to the association being changed>

The alhost parameter can also be used with the rtrv-assoc command to display the available size of the buffers on the IP card.

The aname parameter can be used with the rtrv-assoc command to display the available size of the buffers on the IP card and the size of the buffer assigned to the association.

If you wish to increase the buffer size for this association to a value that is greater than available buffer size for the card, the buffer size of the other associations assigned to the card must be decreased.

The chg-assoc command contains other parameters that are not used in this procedure. To change these parameters, perform these procedures.

Canceling the RTRV-ASSOC Command

Because the rtrv-assoc command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the associations in the database using the rtrv-assoc command.

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    swbel32         1201 A     A    M3UA    1030  2345  YES  YES
    a2              1305 A     A    SUA     1030  2345  YES  YES
    a3              1307 A     A    SUA     1030  2346  YES  YES
    assoc1          1201 A     A    M3UA    2000  1030  YES  YES
    assoc2          1205 A     A    M2PA    2048  2048  YES  YES
    assoc3          1205 A     B2   M2PA    3000  3000  YES  YES
    assoc5          1205 A     A3   M2PA    1500  3000  YES  YES
    
  2. Enter the rtrv-card command with the location of the card that is hosting the association that will be changed in this procedure. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-card:loc=1205

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-06 15:17:20 EST EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL     LSET NAME   LINK SLC LSET NAME   LINK SLC
    1205   ENET      IPSG     e5e6a       A    0   e5e6a       B2   1
                              e5e6a       A3   2
    

    rtrv-card:loc=1201

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-06 15:17:20 EST EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL     LSET NAME   LINK SLC LSET NAME   LINK SLC
    1201   ENET      IPSG     ipsgm3ua1   A    0   
    
    If the application assigned to the card is IPSG, shown in the APPL column, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the open parameter value for the association being changed is yes, continue the procedure with 3.
    • If the open parameter value for the association being changed is no, continue the procedure with 4.

    If the application assigned to the card is IPLIM or IPLIMI, perform the Changing the Buffer Size of a M2PA Association procedure.

    If the application assigned to the card is SS7IPGW or IPGWI, perform the Changing the Buffer Size of a M3UA or SUA Association procedure.

  3. Change the value of the open parameter to no by specifying the chg-assoc command with the open=no parameter.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:open=no

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc1:open=no

    When these commands have successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  4. Display the association that is being changed by entering the rtrv-assoc command with the aname parameter and the name of the association specified in 3.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
     ANAME assoc2
           LOC      1205          IPLNK PORT  A          LINK  A
           ADAPTER  M2PA          VER         M2PA RFC
           LHOST    IPNODE2-1205
           ALHOST   ---
           RHOST    remotehost1
           ARHOST   ---
           LPORT    2048          RPORT       2048
           ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS      2          BUFSIZE  300
           RMODE    LIN           RMIN        120        RMAX     800
           RTIMES   10            CWMIN       3000       UAPS     10
           OPEN     NO            ALW         YES        RTXTHR   2000
           RHOSTVAL RELAXED       M2PATSET    1
         
           LSN
           e5e6a
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (700 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1205
    

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
    ANAME assoc1
          LOC      1201          IPLNK PORT A           LINK     A
          ADAPTER  M3UA          VER        M3UA RFC
          LHOST    m3ua1
          ALHOST   ---
          RHOST    remote1
          ARHOST   ---
          LPORT    2000          RPORT      1030
          ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS     2           BUFSIZE  200
          RMODE    LIN           RMIN       120         RMAX     800
          RTIMES   10            CWMIN      3000        UAPS     10
          OPEN     NO            ALW        YES         RTXTHR   0
          RHOSTVAL RELAXED
    
          LSN
          ipsgm3ua1
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (400 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1201
    
  5. If the bufsize parameter value causes the total buffer size for all the associations on the IPSG card to exceed the maximum buffer size for that IPSG card, the chg-assoc command will be rejected.

    If you wish to increase the buffer size for this association to a value that is greater than available buffer size for the card, the buffer size of the other associations assigned to the card must be decreased. Perform this step, 6, 7, and 8.

    If the buffers on the other associations assigned to the card do not need to be changed, continue the procedure with 9.

    Display the associations assigned to the IP card (and its corresponding local host) by entering the rtrv-assoc command with the local host name assigned to the association being changed. For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-assoc:lhost=IPNODE2-1205

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    assoc2          1205 A     A    M2PA    2048  2048  YES  YES
    assoc3          1205 A     B2   M2PA    3000  3000  YES  YES
    assoc5          1205 A     A3   M2PA    1500  3000  YES  YES
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (800 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1205
    

    rtrv-assoc:lhost=m3ua1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    swbel32         1201 A     A    M3UA    1030  2345  YES  YES
    assoc1          1201 A     A    M3UA    2000  1030  YES  YES
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (400 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1201
    
  6. Display each association shown in 5 by entering the rtrv-assoc command with the name of each association shown in 5.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
     ANAME assoc2
           LOC      1205          IPLNK PORT  A          LINK  A
           ADAPTER  M2PA          VER         M2PA RFC
           LHOST    IPNODE2-1205
           ALHOST   ---
           RHOST    remotehost1
           ARHOST   ---
           LPORT    2048          RPORT       2048
           ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS      2          BUFSIZE  300
           RMODE    LIN           RMIN        120        RMAX     800
           RTIMES   10            CWMIN       3000       UAPS     10
           OPEN     NO            ALW         YES        RTXTHR   2000
           RHOSTVAL RELAXED       M2PATSET    1
    
           LSN
           e5e6a
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (700 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1205
    

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc3

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
     ANAME assoc3
           LOC      1205          IPLNK PORT  A          LINK  B2
           ADAPTER  M2PA          VER         M2PA RFC
           LHOST    IPNODE2-1205
           ALHOST   ---
           RHOST    remotehost3
           ARHOST   ---
           LPORT    3000          RPORT       3000
           ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS      2             BUFSIZE  200
           RMODE    LIN           RMIN        120           RMAX     800
           RTIMES   10            CWMIN       3000          UAPS     10
           OPEN     YES           ALW         YES           RTXTHR   2000
           RHOSTVAL RELAXED       M2PATSET    1
    
           LSN
           e5e6a
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (700 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1205
    

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc5

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
     ANAME assoc5
           LOC      1205          IPLNK PORT  A          LINK  A3
           ADAPTER  M2PA          VER         M2PA RFC
           LHOST    IPNODE2-1205
           ALHOST   ---
           RHOST    remotehost3
           ARHOST   ---
           LPORT    1500          RPORT       3000
           ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS      2             BUFSIZE  200
           RMODE    LIN           RMIN        120           RMAX     800
           RTIMES   10            CWMIN       3000          UAPS     10
           OPEN     YES           ALW         YES           RTXTHR   2000
           RHOSTVAL RELAXED       M2PATSET    1
    
           LSN
           e5e6a
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (700 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1205
    

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
    ANAME assoc1
          LOC      1201          IPLNK PORT A           LINK     A
          ADAPTER  M3UA          VER        M3UA RFC
          LHOST    m3ua1
          ALHOST   ---
          RHOST    remote1
          ARHOST   ---
          LPORT    2000          RPORT      1030
          ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS     2           BUFSIZE  200
          RMODE    LIN           RMIN       120         RMAX     800
          RTIMES   10            CWMIN      3000        UAPS     10
          OPEN     NO            ALW        YES         RTXTHR   0
          RHOSTVAL RELAXED
    
          LSN
          ipsgm3ua1
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (400 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1201
    

    rtrv-assoc:aname=swbel32

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
    ANAME swbel32
          LOC      1201          IPLNK PORT A           LINK     A
          ADAPTER  M3UA          VER        M3UA RFC
          LHOST    m3ua1
          ALHOST   ---
          RHOST    remote1
          ARHOST   ---
          LPORT    1030          RPORT      2345
          ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS     2           BUFSIZE  200
          RMODE    LIN           RMIN       120         RMAX     800
          RTIMES   10            CWMIN      3000        UAPS     10
          OPEN     NO            ALW        YES         RTXTHR   0
          RHOSTVAL RELAXED
    
          LSN
          ipsgm3ua1
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (400 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1201
    
  7. To change the bufsize value for the associations shown in 6, the new bufsize parameter value must be greater than or equal to the cwmin parameter value.
    The cwmin parameter is the number if bytes specified for the association's congestion window. The bufsize is the number of kilobytes specified for the size of the association's buffer. To determine whether or not the cwmin value is less than or equal to the bufsize value, perform one of these actions.
    • Multiply the bufsize value by 1024.
    • Divide the cwmin value by 1024.
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If the new bufsize value is greater than or equal to the cwmin value, continue the procedure with 8.
    • If the new bufsize value is not greater than or equal to the cwmin value, either choose another value for the bufsize parameter that is greater than or equal to the cwmin value, or perform the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure to change the bufsize value so that the bufsize value is greater than or equal to the cwmin value. After the new bufsize value has been chosen or the cwmin value has been changed, continue the procedure with 8.
  8. Change the size of the buffers for one or more of the associations displayed in 6 to allow the buffer of the association displayed in 4 to be changed.

    Enter the chg-assoc command with the bufsize parameter. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc3:bufsize=100

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  9. To change the bufsize value for the association shown in 4, the new bufsize parameter value must be greater than or equal to the cwmin parameter value.
    The cwmin parameter is the number if bytes specified for the association's congestion window. The bufsize is the number of kilobytes specified for the size of the association's buffer. To determine whether or not the cwmin value is less than or equal to the bufsize value, perform one of these actions.
    • Multiply the bufsize value by 1024.
    • Divide the cwmin value by 1024.
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If the new bufsize value is greater than or equal to the cwmin value, continue the procedure with 10.
    • If the new bufsize value is not greater than or equal to the cwmin value, either choose another value for the bufsize parameter that is greater than or equal to the cwmin value, or perform the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure to change the bufsize value so that the bufsize value is greater than or equal to the cwmin value. After the new bufsize value has been chosen or the cwmin value has been changed, continue the procedure with 10.
  10. Change the association using the chg-assoc command.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:bufsize=400

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc1:bufsize=400

    When these commands have successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    

    If the value of the open parameter was not changed in 3, continue the procedure with 12.

    If the value of the open parameter was changed in 3, continue the procedure with 11.

  11. Change the value of the open parameter to yes by specifying the chg-assoc command with the open=yes parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:open=yes

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc1:open=yes

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  12. Verify the changes using the rtrv-assoc command specifying the association name specified in 10 and 11.

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc2

    This is an example of possible output.

           RTIMES   10            CWMIN       3000       UAPS     10
           OPEN     NO            ALW         YES        RTXTHR   2000
           RHOSTVAL RELAXED       M2PATSET    1
    
     ANAME assoc2
           LOC      1205          IPLNK PORT  A          LINK  A
           ADAPTER  M2PA          VER         M2PA RFC
           LHOST    IPNODE2-1205
           ALHOST   ---
           RHOST    remotehost1
           ARHOST   ---
           LPORT    2048          RPORT       2048
           ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS      2          BUFSIZE  400
           RMODE    LIN           RMIN        120        RMAX     800
           RTIMES   10            CWMIN       3000       UAPS     10
           OPEN     YES           ALW         YES        RTXTHR   2000
           RHOSTVAL RELAXED       M2PATSET    1
    
           LSN
           e5e6a
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (800 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1205
    

    For this example, enter these commands.

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc1

    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    
    ANAME assoc1
          LOC      1201          IPLNK PORT A           LINK     A
          ADAPTER  M3UA          VER        M3UA RFC
          LHOST    m3ua1
          ALHOST   ---
          RHOST    remote1
          ARHOST   ---
          LPORT    2000          RPORT      1030
          ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS     2           BUFSIZE  400
          RMODE    LIN           RMIN       120         RMAX     800
          RTIMES   10            CWMIN      3000        UAPS     10
          OPEN     YES           ALW        YES         RTXTHR   0
          RHOSTVAL RELAXED
    
          LSN
          ipsgm3ua1
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (600 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1201
    
  13. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.

    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.

    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    
    If you wish to change the other attributes of the IPSG association, perform one of these procedures.

    If you do not wish to change the other attributes of the IPSG association, this procedure is finished.

Figure 6-28 Changing the Buffer Size of an IPSG Association



Sheet 1 of 4



Sheet 2 of 4



Sheet 3 of 4



Sheet 4 of 4

6.32 Changing the Host Values of an IPSG Association

This procedure is used to change the host values of an IPSG association, assigned to E5-ENET cards that are running the IPSG application, IPSG cards, using the chg-assoc command.

If you wish to change the host values of M2PA associations assigned to cards that are running the IPLIM or IPLIMI applications, perform the Changing the Host Values of a M2PA Association procedure.

If you wish to change the host values of M3UA associations assigned to cards that are running the SS7IPGW or IPGWI applications, perform the Changing the Host Values of a M3UA or SUA Association procedure.

These parameters of the chg-assoc command are used in this procedure:

:aname – The name assigned to the association, shown in the rtrv-assoc output.

:lhost – The host name for the local host, shown in the rtrv-ip-host output.

:lport – The SCTP port number for the local host.

:alhost – The alternate local host name, shown in the rtrv-ip-host output.

:adapter – The adapter layer for this association, m2pa or m3ua.

:open – The connection state for this association. Valid values are yes or no. When the open=yes parameter is specified, the connection manager opens the association if the association is operational. When the open=no parameter is specified, the connection manager will not open the association. If the open=no parameter is specified for an established IPSG M3UA association, and the UA Graceful Shutdown option is enabled (refer to Changing a UA Parameter Set for more information), the IPSG M3UA connection will be gracefully shutdown.

:m2patset – The M2PA timer set assigned to the association. The m2patset parameter can be specified only with the adapter=m2pa parameter, or if the association already has the adapter=m2pa parameter assigned and the adapter parameter value is not being changed. If the adapter parameter value is being changed to m2pa, and the m2patset parameter is not specified, the default value for the m2patset parameter (1 - M2PA timer set 1) is assigned to the association. If the adapter parameter value for the association is m2pa, is not being changed, and the m2patset parameter is not specified with the chg-assoc command, the m2patset parameter value is not changed.

:ver – The M2PA version assigned to the M2PA association, either the RFC version (ver=rfc), or the Draft 6 version (ver=d6). The ver parameter can be specified only if, when this procedure is completed, the adapter parameter value is m2pa. If the adapter parameter value is being changed to m2pa, and the ver parameter is not specified, the default M2PA version of RFC is assigned to the association. To change the ver parameter value, the open parameter value for the association must be no.

:uaps – The UA parameter set value being assigned to an M2PA or an M3UA association.

The chg-assoc command contains other parameters that are not used in this procedure. To change these parameters, perform these procedures.

At least one optional parameter must be specified.

The command input is limited to 150 characters, including the hostnames.

The EAGLE can contain a maximum of 4000 connections.

A maximum of 32 associations can be assigned to an IPSG card running on an E5-ENET/E5--ENET-B card or DEIR card.

An IPSG application running on the SLIC card can contain a maximum of 128 associations.

Before the local host value of the IPSG association can be changed, the signaling link that the association is assigned to must be removed by performing one of these procedures.

Uni-homed endpoints are associations configured with the lhost parameter only. The lhost parameter value represents an IP address that corresponds to either the A or B network interface of the IPSG card. Multi-homed endpoints are associations configured with both the lhost and alhost parameters. The lhost parameter value represents an IP address corresponding to one of the network interfaces (A or B) of the IPSG card while the alhost parameter value represents an IPSG address corresponding to the other network interface of the same IPSG card.

The alhost=none parameter removes the alternate local host from the specified association, which also removes the multi-homed endpoint capability.

Canceling the RTRV-ASSOC Command

Because the rtrv-assoc command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the associations in the database using the rtrv-assoc command.

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    swbel32         1201 A     A    M3UA    1030  2345  YES  YES
    a2              1305 A     A    SUA     1030  2345  YES  YES
    a3              1307 A     A    SUA     1030  2346  YES  YES
    assoc1          1201 A     A    M3UA    2000  1030  YES  YES
    assoc2          2105 A     A    M2PA    2048  2048  YES  YES
    assoc3          2105 A     B2   M2PA    3000  3000  YES  YES
    assoc5          2105 A     A3   M2PA    1500  3000  YES  YES
    
  2. Enter the rtrv-card command with the location of the card that is hosting the IPSG association that will be changed in this procedure. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-card:loc=2105

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-06 15:17:20 EST EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL     LSET NAME   LINK SLC LSET NAME   LINK SLC
    2105   ENET      IPSG     e5e6a       A    0   e5e6a       B2   1
                              e5e6a       A3   2
    
    If the application assigned to the card is IPSG, shown in the APPL column, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the open parameter value for the association being changed is yes, continue the procedure with 3.
    • If the open parameter value for the association being changed is no, continue the procedure with Oracle.

    If the application assigned to the card is IPLIM or IPLIMI, perform the Changing the Host Values of a M2PA Association procedure.

    If the application assigned to the card is SS7IPGW or IPGWI, perform the Changing the Host Values of a M3UA or SUA Association procedure.

  3. Change the value of the open parameter to no by specifying the chg-assoc command with the open=no parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:open=no

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  4. Display the association being changed by entering the rtrv-assoc command with the aname parameter specified in 3.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc2

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
     ANAME assoc2
           LOC      2105          IPLNK PORT  A,B        LINK  A
           ADAPTER  M2PA          VER         M2PA RFC
           LHOST    IPNODE2-1205
           ALHOST   M2PA1
           RHOST    gw200.nc-Oracle.com
           ARHOST   ---
           LPORT    2048          RPORT       2048
           ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS      2          BUFSIZE  400
           RMODE    LIN           RMIN        120        RMAX     800
           RTIMES   10            CWMIN       3000       UAPS     10
           OPEN     NO            ALW         YES        RTXTHR   2000
           RHOSTVAL RELAXED       M2PATSET    1
    
           LSN
           e5e6a
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (8 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (800 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 2105
    

    Continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.

    • If the association does not have an ALHOST value, continue the procedure with 5.
    • If the association does have an ALHOST value, and the ALHOST value will be removed along with changing the LHOST value of the association, continue the procedure with 5.
    • If the association does have an ALHOST value, and the only action that will be performed in this procedure is to remove the ALHOST value from the association, continue the procedure with 11.
  5. Verify that the local host name to be assigned to the association is in the database by entering the rtrv-ip-host:display=all command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 13-06-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 45.0.0
    
    LOCAL IPADDR    LOCAL HOST
    192.1.1.10      IPNODE1-1201
    192.1.1.12      GW105. NC. Oracle. COM
    192.1.1.14      IPNODE1-1205
    192.1.1.20      IPNODE2-1201
    192.1.1.22      IPNODE2-1203
    192.1.1.24      IPNODE2-1205
    192.1.1.30      KC-HLR1
    192.1.1.32      KC-HLR2
    192.1.1.50      DN-MSC1
    192.1.1.52      DN-MSC2
    192.1.1.54      M2PA1
    
    REMOTE IPADDR   REMOTE HOST
    150.1.1.5       NCDEPTECONOMIC_DEVELOPMENT. SOUTHEASTERN_COORIDOR_ASHVL. GOV
    
    IP Host table is (12 of 4096) .29% full
    

    If the required IP host is shown in the rtrv-ip-host output, continue the procedure with 7.

    If the required IP host is not shown in the rtrv-ip-host output, continue the procedure with 6.

  6. Display the IP links in the database by entering the rtrv-ip-lnk command.

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-12-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 40.0.0
    LOC   PORT IPADDR          SUBMASK         DUPLEX  SPEED MACTYPE AUTO MCAST
    1201  A    192.1.1.20      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    1201  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    1303  A    192.1.1.10      255.255.255.128 HALF    10    802.3   NO   NO
    1303  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    1305  A    192.1.1.12      255.255.255.0   ----    ---   DIX     YES  NO
    1305  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    1313  A    192.1.1.14      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    1313  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2103  A    192.1.1.22      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2103  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2105  A    192.1.1.24      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2105  B    192.1.1.54      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2205  A    192.1.1.30      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2205  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2207  A    192.1.1.32      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2207  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2213  A    192.1.1.50      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2213  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    2301  A    192.1.1.52      255.255.255.0   FULL    100   DIX     NO   NO
    2301  B    --------------- --------------- HALF    10    DIX     NO   NO
    
    IP-LNK   table is (20 of 2048) 1% full.
    

    If the required IP link, one that contains the desired IP address, is not shown in the rtrv-ip-lnk output, add the IP link using the Configuring an IP Link procedure. After the IP link has been added, assign the IP address of the IP link to the IP host name using the Adding an IP Host procedure.

    If the required IP link is shown in the rtrv-ip-lnk output, but the IP host is not shown in the rtrv-ip-host output in 5, assign the IP address of the IP link to the IP host name using the Adding an IP Host procedure.

    Note:

    Thertrv-ip-host output must contain a host name for the association’slhost parameter and a host name for the association’salhost parameter, if thealhost parameter will be specified for the association. The IP address of the IP link should be assigned to the host name, shown in thertrv-ip-host output, that will be used as the association’slhost parameter value. If thealhost parameter will be specified for the association, the IP address of the IP link must be assigned to the host name that will be used as thealhost parameter value. The IP links associated with the association’slhost andalhost values must be assigned to the same card.
    After the new IP host has been added, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the ADAPTER value of the association is not being changed, continue the procedure with 11.
    • If the ADAPTER value of the association is being changed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If the ADAPTER value of the association is being changed to M2PA, perform one of these steps.
        • If the m2patset, ver, and uaps parameters will not be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 11.
        • If the m2patset and ver parameters will be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 9.
        • If only the uaps parameter will be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 10.
      • If the ADAPTER value of the association is being changed to M3UA, perform one of these steps.
        • If the uaps parameter will not be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 11.
        • If the uaps parameter will be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 10.
  7. Display the associations that are assigned to the new local host by entering the rtrv-assoc command with the name of the new local host. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:lhost="IPNODE2-1201"

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-19 21:17:04 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
                    CARD  IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC   PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    swbel32         1201  A     A    M3UA    1030  2345  YES  YES
    assoc1          1201  A     A    M3UA    2000  1030  YES  YES
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (7 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (400 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 1201
    

    A maximum of 32 associations can be assigned to a local host. If 32 associations are shown in this steps, repeat this procedure from 5 and choose another local host.

    If the number of associations shown in this step is less than 32, continue the procedure with 8.

  8. Before the local host of the association can be changed, the association cannot be assigned to a signaling link.

    If dashes are shown in the LINK column of the rtrv-assoc output in 1, the association is not assigned to a signaling link.

    If the association is assigned to a signaling link, perform one of these procedures.
    After the signaling link has been removed, or if the association is not assigned to a signaling link, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the ADAPTER value of the association is not being changed, continue the procedure with 11.
    • If the ADAPTER value of the association is being changed, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
      • If the ADAPTER value of the association is being changed to M2PA, perform one of these steps.
        • If the m2patset, ver, and uaps parameters will not be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 11.
        • If the m2patset and ver parameters will be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 9.
        • If only the uaps parameter will be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 10.
      • If the ADAPTER value of the association is being changed to M3UA, perform one of these steps.
        • If the uaps parameter will not be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 11.
        • If the uaps parameter will be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 10.
  9. Verify the values of the M2PA timer set you wish to assign to the association by entering the rtrv-m2pa-tset command with the M2PA version (either ver=rfc to display the RFCM2PA timer values or ver=d6 to display the Draft 6 M2PA timer values) of the timer set you wish to assign to the association.

    If the ver parameter is not specified with the rtrv-m2pa-tset command, both the RFC and Draft 6 timer values are displayed.

    To display the M2PA Draft 6 timer values, enter this command.

    rtrv-m2pa-tset:ver=d6

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    M2PA Draft 6 Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   ------ 5000  20000 500  5000  4000 1000  100000 150  500
    2    7500   ------ 1500  2000  500  9000  1250 300   150000 175  600
    3    100000 ------ 2000  3000  500  4000  1500 500   170000 200  800
    4    200000 ------ 20000 4000  500  6000  2000 700   480000 225  900
    5    250000 ------ 30000 30000 500  100   2250 400   400000 400  8000
    6    50000  ------ 50000 60000 500  500   4500 800   300000 300  7000
    7    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    80000  ------ 1500  15000 500  8000  2750 1100  350000 350  5000
    9    27500  ------ 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   90000  ------ 2500  50000 500  7500  5000 1750  440000 450  3000
    11   20000  ------ 4500  5500  500  6500  5500 1600  250000 475  4500
    12   30000  ------ 7500  7000  500  750   4250 1800  275000 275  3500
    13   40000  ------ 35000 9000  500  1250  3500 1900  500    325  9000
    14   70000  ------ 45000 11000 500  1500  1750 900   1000   125  6000
    15   9000   ------ 25000 40000 500  2500  3250 600   5000   425  5500
    16   75000  ------ 15000 25000 500  4500  1600 1400  6000   240  9500
    17   350000 ------ 60000 70000 600  10000 6000 2000  500000 500  10000
    18   150000 ------ 55000 35000 500  3500  5750 1500  125000 440  750
    19   175000 ------ 12500 45000 500  1100  2600 1300  7000   340  850
    20   1000   ------ 1000  1000  400  80    1000 200   100    100  100
    

    To display the M2PARFC values, enter this command.

    rtrv-m2pa-tset:ver=rfc

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    M2PA RFC Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   75000  5000  20000 500  5000  4000 1000  100000 150  500
    2    7500   8000   1500  2000  500  9000  1250 300   150000 175  600
    3    100000 10000  2000  3000  500  4000  1500 500   170000 200  800
    4    200000 6000   20000 4000  500  6000  2000 700   480000 225  900
    5    250000 140000 30000 30000 500  100   2250 400   400000 400  8000
    6    50000  100000 50000 60000 500  500   4500 800   300000 300  7000
    7    300000 20000  2000  10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    80000  130000 1500  15000 500  8000  2750 1100  350000 350  5000
    9    27500  120000 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   90000  9000   2500  50000 500  7500  5000 1750  440000 450  3000
    11   20000  60000  4500  5500  500  6500  5500 1600  250000 475  4500
    12   30000  50000  7500  7000  500  750   4250 1800  275000 275  3500
    13   40000  90000  35000 9000  500  1250  3500 1900  500    325  9000
    14   70000  45000  45000 11000 500  1500  1750 900   1000   125  6000
    15   9000   30000  25000 40000 500  2500  3250 600   5000   425  5500
    16   75000  15000  15000 25000 500  4500  1600 1400  6000   240  9500
    17   350000 150000 60000 70000 600  10000 6000 2000  500000 500  10000
    18   150000 20000  55000 35000 500  3500  5750 1500  125000 440  750
    19   175000 12500  12500 45000 500  1100  2600 1300  7000   340  850
    20   1000   5000   1000  1000  400  80    1000 200   100    100  100
    

    If the ver parameter is not specified when entering the rtrv-m2pa-tset command, both the Draft 6 and RFC values are displayed. This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    M2PA Draft 6 Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   ------ 5000  20000 500  5000  4000 1000  100000 150  500
    2    7500   ------ 1500  2000  500  9000  1250 300   150000 175  600
    3    100000 ------ 2000  3000  500  4000  1500 500   170000 200  800
    4    200000 ------ 20000 4000  500  6000  2000 700   480000 225  900
    5    250000 ------ 30000 30000 500  100   2250 400   400000 400  8000
    6    50000  ------ 50000 60000 500  500   4500 800   300000 300  7000
    7    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    80000  ------ 1500  15000 500  8000  2750 1100  350000 350  5000
    9    27500  ------ 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   90000  ------ 2500  50000 500  7500  5000 1750  440000 450  3000
    11   20000  ------ 4500  5500  500  6500  5500 1600  250000 475  4500
    12   30000  ------ 7500  7000  500  750   4250 1800  275000 275  3500
    13   40000  ------ 35000 9000  500  1250  3500 1900  500    325  9000
    14   70000  ------ 45000 11000 500  1500  1750 900   1000   125  6000
    15   9000   ------ 25000 40000 500  2500  3250 600   5000   425  5500
    16   75000  ------ 15000 25000 500  4500  1600 1400  6000   240  9500
    17   350000 ------ 60000 70000 600  10000 6000 2000  500000 500  10000
    18   150000 ------ 55000 35000 500  3500  5750 1500  125000 440  750
    19   175000 ------ 12500 45000 500  1100  2600 1300  7000   340  850
    20   1000   ------ 1000  1000  400  80    1000 200   100    100  100
    
    M2PA RFC Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   75000  5000  20000 500  5000  4000 1000  100000 150  500
    2    7500   8000   1500  2000  500  9000  1250 300   150000 175  600
    3    100000 10000  2000  3000  500  4000  1500 500   170000 200  800
    4    200000 6000   20000 4000  500  6000  2000 700   480000 225  900
    5    250000 140000 30000 30000 500  100   2250 400   400000 400  8000
    6    50000  100000 50000 60000 500  500   4500 800   300000 300  7000
    7    300000 20000  2000  10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    80000  130000 1500  15000 500  8000  2750 1100  350000 350  5000
    9    27500  120000 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   90000  9000   2500  50000 500  7500  5000 1750  440000 450  3000
    11   20000  60000  4500  5500  500  6500  5500 1600  250000 475  4500
    12   30000  50000  7500  7000  500  750   4250 1800  275000 275  3500
    13   40000  90000  35000 9000  500  1250  3500 1900  500    325  9000
    14   70000  45000  45000 11000 500  1500  1750 900   1000   125  6000
    15   9000   30000  25000 40000 500  2500  3250 600   5000   425  5500
    16   75000  15000  15000 25000 500  4500  1600 1400  6000   240  9500
    17   350000 150000 60000 70000 600  10000 6000 2000  500000 500  10000
    18   150000 20000  55000 35000 500  3500  5750 1500  125000 440  750
    19   175000 12500  12500 45000 500  1100  2600 1300  7000   340  850
    20   1000   5000   1000  1000  400  80    1000 200   100    100  100
    

    Caution:

    Changing anM2PA timer set may affect the performance of any associations using the timer set being changed.

    If the M2PA timer set you wish to assign to the association does not contain the desired values, go to the Changing an M2PA Timer Set procedure and changed the desired timer values.

    After the M2PA timer set values have been changed, of if you do not wish to change any of the M2PA timer set values, continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the uaps parameter will not be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 11.
    • If the uaps parameter will be specified for the association, continue the procedure with 10.
  10. Verify the values of the UA parameter set you wish to assign to the association by entering the rtrv-uaps command with the desired parameter set.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-uaps:set=3

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
        SET  TIMER      TVALUE  PARM      PVALUE
          3      1          10     1           3
          3      2        3000     2           0
          3      3       10000     3           1
          3      4        5000     4           0
          3      5           0     5           0
          3      6           0     6           0
          3      7           0     7           0
          3      8           0     8           0
          3      9           0     9           0
          3     10           0    10           0
    
        TIMER 2: False IP Connection Congestion Timer, max time an
                 association can be congested before failing due to false
                 congestion. SS7IPGW and IPGWI applications enforce
                 0-30000(ms). Not supported on IPSG application.
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        TIMER 3: UA HeartBeat Period Timer T(beat), time (ms) between sending
                 of BEAT msgs by NE. IPSG, SS7IPGW and IPGWI applications
                 enforce 100(ms)-60000(ms).
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        TIMER 4: UA HeartBeat Received Timer T(beat ack), timeout period for
                 response BEAT ACK msgs by NE. IPSG, SS7IPGW and IPGWI
                 applications enforce 100(ms)-10000(ms).
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        PARM  1: ASP SNM options.  Each bit is used as an enabled/disabled
                 flag for a particular ASP SNM option. Not supported on IPSG
                 application.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=Broadcast                          0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=Response Method                    0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 2-5=Reserved
                 6=Broadcast Congestion Status Change 0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 7-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  2: ASP/AS Notification options.  Each bit is used as an
                 enabled/disabled flag for a particular ASP/AS
                 Notification option.  Not supported on IPSG application.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=ASP Active Notifications           0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=ASP Inactive Notifications         0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 2=ASP AS State Query                 0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 3-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  3: UA Serviceability Options.  Each bit is used as an
                 enabled/disabled flag for a particular UA Serviceability
                 option. Supported on IPSG, SS7IPGW, and IPGWI applications.
                 UA Graceful Shutdown supported on IPSG for M3UA only.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=UA Heartbeats                      0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=UA Graceful Shutdown               0=Disabled , 1=Enabled 
                 2-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  4: SCTP Payload Protocol Indicator byte order option. Bit indicates 
                 PPI value is RCV/TX in Big Endian or Little Endian byte format.  
                 Supported on IPSG-M2PA associations only.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                               BIT VALUE
                 0=Payload Protocol Indicator      0=Big Endian , 1=Little Endian
                 1-31=Reserved
    
    

    If you do not wish to change the UA parameter set values, continue the procedure with 11.

    If the UA parameter set you wish to assign to the association does not contain the desired values, go to the Changing a UA Parameter Set procedure and change the desired parameter set values. After the UA parameter set values have been changed, continue the procedure with 11.

    Caution:

    Changing aUA parameter set may affect the performance of any associations using the parameter set being changed.
  11. Change the association using the chg-assoc command.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:lhost=m2pa2:alhost=m2pa3

    Note:

    See (Sheet 7) for the rules that apply to thechg-assoc command.
    These are the rules that apply to changing the host values of an IPSG association.
    • If any optional parameters are not specified with the chg-assoc command, those values are not changed.
    • The EAGLE can contain a maximum of 4000 connections.
    • The host of an IPSG association can contains a maximum of 32 IPSG associations.
    • The value of the lhost parameters is a text string of up to 60 characters, with the first character being a letter. The command input is limited to 150 characters, including the hostnames.
    • Specifying the lhost parameter only creates a uni-homed endpoint. The network portion of the endpoint's IP address must be the same as the network portion of the IP address assigned to either the A or B network interface of the IP card.
    • Specifying the lhost and alhost parameters creates a multi-homed endpoint. The network portion of the IP address associated with the lhost parameter must be the same as the network portion of the IP address assigned to one of the network interfaces (A or B) of the IP card, and the network portion of the IP address associated with the alhost parameter must be the same as the network portion of the IP address assigned to the other network interface on the IP card.
    • The alhost=none parameter removes the alternate local host from the specified association, which also removes the multi-homed endpoint capability.
    • The m2patset and ver parameters can be specified only for IPSG M2PA associations.
    • If the mp2atset parameter is not specified with the chg-assoc command, and the adapter parameter value is being changed to m2pa, the m2patset parameter value defaults to M2PA timer set 1 (m2patset=1).
    • The M2PA version of the association determines the version of the M2PA timer set that is assigned to the association. For example, if M2PA timer set 3 is assigned to the M2PA association, and the association is an RFC M2PA association, the RFC version of M2PA timer set 3 is used with the association. If M2PA timer set 7 is assigned to the M2PA association, and the association is a Draft 6 M2PA association, the Draft 6 version of M2PA timer set 7 is used with the association.
    • If the adapter parameter value of the association is changed to m2pa in this procedure and the ver parameter is not specified, the version of the association will be RFC. To make this association a M2PA Draft 6 association, the ver=d6 parameter must be specified for this association.

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these steps.
    • If the association was not assigned to a signaling link when this procedure was started, and the open parameter value was not changed in 3, continue the procedure with Oracle.
    • If the association was not assigned to a signaling link when this procedure was started, and the open parameter value was changed in 3, continue the procedure with 12.
    • If the association was assigned to a signaling link when this procedure was started, continue the procedure with 12.
  12. Assign the association to a signaling link by performing one of these procedures.

    If the ADAPTER value of the association is M2PA, perform the Adding an IPSG M2PA Signaling Link procedure.

    If the ADAPTER value of the association is M3UA, perform the Adding an IPSG M3UA Signaling Link procedure.

    After the association has been assigned to a signaling link, continue the procedure with one of these steps.
    • If the open parameter value was not changed in 3, continue the procedure with Oracle.
    • If the open parameter value was changed in 3, continue the procedure with 13
  13. Change the value of the open parameter to yes by specifying the chg-assoc command with the open=yes parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:open=yes

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  14. Verify the changes using the rtrv-assoc command specifying the association name specified in 11 and 13.

    For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc2

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
     ANAME assoc2
           LOC      2107          IPLNK PORT  A,B        LINK  --
           ADAPTER  M2PA          VER         M2PA RFC
           LHOST    M2PA2
           ALHOST   M2PA3
           RHOST    gw200.nc-tekelec.com
           ARHOST   ---
           LPORT    2048          RPORT       2048
           ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS      2          BUFSIZE  400
           RMODE    LIN           RMIN        120        RMAX     800
           RTIMES   10            CWMIN       3000       UAPS     10
           OPEN     NO            ALW         YES        RTXTHR   2000
           RHOSTVAL RELAXED       M2PATSET    1
    
           LSN
           e5e6a
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (8 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (200 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 2107
    
    
    rlghncxa03w 09-05-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
     ANAME assoc2
           LOC      2107          IPLNK PORT  A,B        LINK  --
           ADAPTER  M2PA          VER         M2PA RFC
           LHOST    M2PA2
           ALHOST   M2PA3
           RHOST    gw200.nc-tekelec.com
           ARHOST   ---
           LPORT    2048          RPORT       2048
           ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS      2          BUFSIZE  400
           RMODE    LIN           RMIN        120        RMAX     800
           RTIMES   10            CWMIN       3000       M2PATSET 1
           OPEN     NO            ALW         YES        RTXTHR   2000
           RHOSTVAL RELAXED
    
           LSN
           e5e6a
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (8 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (200 KB of 6400 KB) on LOC = 2107
    
  15. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command.

    These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.

    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    
    If you wish to change the other attributes of the IPSG association, perform one of these procedures.

    If you do not wish to change the other attributes of the IPSG association, this procedure is finished.

Figure 6-29 Changing the Host Values of an IPSG Association



Sheet 1 of 6



Sheet 2 of 6



Sheet 3 of 6



Sheet 4 of 6



Sheet 5 of 6



Sheet 6 of 6

6.33 Configuring an IPSG Association for SCTP Retransmission Control

This procedure is used to gather the information required to configure the retransmission parameters for M2PA or M3UA associations assigned to cards running the IPSG application. Perform the Configuring SCTP Retransmission Control for a M2PA Association procedure to configure the retransmission parameters for M2PA associations assigned to IPLIMx cards. Perform the Configuring SCTP Retransmission Control for a M3UA or SUA Association procedure to configure the retransmission parameters for M3UA associations assigned to IPLIMx cards. If any assistance is needed to configure the retransmission parameters for associations, contact unresolvable-reference.html#GUID-1825DD07-2A6B-4648-859A-1258A0F9AC40.

The retransmission parameters are configured using the rmode, rmin, rmax, rtimes, and cwmin parameters of the chg-assoc command.

:rmode – The retransmission mode used when packet loss is detected. The values are rfc or lin.

  • rfc – Standard RFC 2960 algorithm in the retransmission delay doubles after each retransmission. The RFC 2960 standard for congestion control is also used.
  • lin – Oracle's linear retransmission mode where each retransmission timeout value is the same as the initial transmission timeout and only the slow start algorithm is used for congestion control.

:rmin – The minimum value of the calculated retransmission timeout in milliseconds.

:rmax – The maximum value of the calculated retransmission timeout in milliseconds.

Note:

The rmin and rmax parameter values form a range of retransmission values. The value of the rmin parameter must be less than or equal to the rmax parameter value.

:rtimes – The number of times a data retransmission occurs before closing the association.

:cwmin – The minimum size in bytes of the association's congestion window and the initial size in bytes of the congestion window.

The Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure is used to change the values of these parameters. In addition to using the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure, these pass commands are also used in this procedure.

  • ping – tests for the presence of hosts on the network.
  • assocrtt – displays the SCTP round trip times for a specified association. Minimum, maximum, and average times are kept for each open association. The Retransmission Mode (RFC or LIN) and the configured Minimum and Maximum Retransmission Timeout limits are also displayed.
  • sctp – provides a summary list of all SCTP instances.
  • sctp -a <association name> – displays the measurements and information for a specific association.

    Note:

    The values for the minimum and maximum retransmission times in the output from this command are shown in microseconds.

For more information on the pass commands, see Commands User's Guide.

The chg-assoc command contains other optional parameters that can be used to configure an association. These parameters are not shown here because they are not necessary for configuring the SCTP retransmission parameters. These parameters are explained in more detail in the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure, or in the and chg-assoc command description in Commands User's Guide.

Canceling the RTRV-ASSOC Command

Because the rtrv-assoc command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the associations in the database using the rtrv-assoc command.

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
                    CARD IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC  PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    swbel32         1201 A     A    M3UA    1030  2345  YES  YES
    a2              1305 A     A    SUA     1030  2345  YES  YES
    a3              1307 A     A    SUA     1030  2346  YES  YES
    assoc1          1201 A     A    M2PA    2000  1030  YES  YES
    
  2. Enter the rtrv-card command with the location of the card that is hosting the M2PA association that will be changed in this procedure. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-card:loc=1201

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-03-06 15:17:20 EST EAGLE5 38.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL     LSET NAME   LINK SLC LSET NAME   LINK SLC
    1201   DCM       IPLIM    lsn1        A    0
    

    If the application assigned to the card is IPSG, shown in the APPL column, continue the procedure with 3.

    If the application assigned to the card is IPLIM or IPLIMI, perform the Configuring SCTP Retransmission Control for a M2PA Association procedure.

    If the application assigned to the card is SS7IPGW or IPGWI, perform the Configuring SCTP Retransmission Control for a M3UA or SUA Association procedure.

  3. Display the association that will be changed by entering the rtrv-assoc command with the name of the association. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:aname=assoc1

    This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28 21:14:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
     ANAME assoc1
           LOC      1201          IPLNK PORT  A          LINK  A
           ADAPTER  M2PA          VER         M2PA RFC
           LHOST    IPNODE2-1205
           ALHOST   ---
           RHOST    gw100.nc.tekelec.com
           ARHOST   ---
           LPORT    2000          RPORT       1030
           ISTRMS   2             OSTRMS      2          BUFSIZE  400
           RMODE    LIN           RMIN        120        RMAX     800
           RTIMES   10            CWMIN       3000       UAPS     10
           OPEN     NO            ALW         YES        RTXTHR   2000
           RHOSTVAL RELAXED       M2PATSET    1
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (8 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (1600 KB of 1600 KB) on LOC = 1201
    
  4. Enter the ping pass command specifying the card location of the local host, shown in 3, and the name of the remote host assigned to the association being changed, shown in 3.

    This command is entered several times to obtain the average round trip time. For this example, enter this command.

    pass:loc=1201:cmd=”ping gw100.nc.tekelec.com”

    The following is an example of the possible output

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    PASS: Command sent to card
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    PING command in progress
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    PING GW100. NC. TEKELEC. COM (192.1.1.30): 56 data bytes
    64 bytes from tekral.nc.tekelec.com (192.1.1.30): icmp_seq=0. time=5. ms
    64 bytes from tekral.nc.tekelec.com (192.1.1.30): icmp_seq=1. time=9. ms
    64 bytes from tekral.nc.tekelec.com (192.1.1.30): icmp_seq=2. time=14. ms
    ----tekral PING Statistics----
    3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
    round-trip (ms)  min/avg/max = 5/9/14
    
    PING command complete
    

    If the SCTP retransmission parameters are not to be changed, do not perform 5 through 8. This procedure is finished.

  5. Perform the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure to change the retransmission parameters of the association based on the results of pinging the remote host.
  6. Enter the assocrtt pass command to display the round trip time data collected after an association is established when an SCTP INIT message is sent and an acknowledgment is received.

    The assocrtt command is entered with the card location from 4 (the card location assigned to the association being changed), and the name of the association being changed. This association must contain the host name used in 4. For this example, enter this command.

    pass:loc=1201:cmd=”assocrtt assoc1”

    The following is an example of the possible output

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    PASS: Command sent to card
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    ASSOCRTT: Association round-trip time report (in milliseconds)
    
    Retransmission Configuration
        Retransmission Mode              : LIN
        Minimum RTO: 120
        Maximum RTO: 800
    
    Traffic Round-Trip Times
    
        Minimum round-trip time          : 5
        Maximum round-trip time          : 120
        Weighted Average round-trip time : 10
        Last recorded round-trip time    : 10
    
    Measured Congested Traffic Round-Trip Times
    
        Minimum round-trip time          : 0
        Maximum round-trip time          : 0
        Weighted Average round-trip time : 0
        Last recorded round-trip time    : 0
    ;
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    ASSOCRTT command complete
    
  7. Enter the sctp -a <association name> pass command to determine if retransmissions have occurred.

    The association name is the association name specified in 6. Specify the card location used in 6. For this example, enter this command.

    pass:loc=1201:cmd=”sctp -a assoc1"

    The following is an example of the possible output

    
        rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
        Aname            Local           Local  Remote          Remote
                         IP Address      Port   Address         Port
        Assoc1           192.168.110.12  2222   192.168.112.4   5555
                         192.168.112.12  
    
                 Configuration                         State
            Retransmission Mode = LIN        State = OPEN
    Min. Retransmission Timeout = 10         ULP association id = 18
    Max. Retransmission Timeout = 800        Number of nets = 2
         Max. Number of Retries = 10         Inbound Streams = 1
        Min. Congestion Window = 3000        Outbound Streams = 2
                Inbound Streams = 2
               Outbound Streams = 2
             Checksum Algorithm = crc32c
           Send/Rcv Buffer Size = 204800
    
                                  Nets Data
    
             IP Address    192.168.112.4      State     Reachable
                   Port     7777             Primary     YES
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
             IP Address     192.168.113.5      State     Reachable
                   Port     7777             Primary     NO
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
                        Last Net Sent To = 192.168.112.4
                      Last Net Rcvd From = 192.168.112.4
                     Over All Eror Count = 0
                              Peers Rwnd = 13880
                                 My Rwnd = 16384
                              Max Window = 16384
                      Initial Seq Number = 24130
                 Next Sending Seq Number = 124686
                   Last Acked Seq Number = 124669
             Maximum Outbound Char Count = 16384
             Current Outbound Char Count = 2112
                Number Unsent Char Count = 0
               Outbound Data Chunk Count = 16
                           Number Unsent = 0
                    Number To Retransmit = 0
      
                      ip datagrams rcvd = 155402
     ip datagrams with data chunks rcvd = 120844
                       data chunks rcvd = 367908
                       data chunks read = 367900
                          dup tsns rcvd = 8
                             sacks rcvd = 38734
                    gap ack blocks rcvd = 3
                heartbeat requests rcvd = 135
                    heartbeat acks rcvd = 52
                heartbeat requests sent = 52
                      ip datagrams sent = 129254
     ip datagrams with data chunks sent = 73084
                       data chunks sent = 396330
            retransmit data chunks sent = 135
                             sacks sent = 64872
                            send failed = 0
                 retransmit timer count = 0
        consecutive retransmit timeouts = 0
    RTT between RMIN and RMAX inclusive = 6
                  RTT greater than RMAX = 0
                  fast retransmit count = 135
                       recv timer count = 0
                  heartbeat timer count = 244
                       none left tosend = 0
                    none left rwnd gate = 5
                    none left cwnd gate = 8
    
    ;
    
        rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
        SCTP command complete
    
    
        rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
        Aname            Local           Local  Remote          Remote
                         IP Address      Port   Address         Port
        Assoc1           192.168.110.12  2222   192.168.112.4   5555
                         192.168.112.12  
    
                 Configuration                         State
            Retransmission Mode = LIN        State = OPEN
    Min. Retransmission Timeout = 10         ULP association id = 18
    Max. Retransmission Timeout = 800        Number of nets = 2
         Max. Number of Retries = 10         Inbound Streams = 1
        Min. Congestion Window = 3000        Outbound Streams = 2
                Inbound Streams = 2
               Outbound Streams = 2
    
    
                                  Nets Data
    
             IP Address    192.168.112.4      State     Reachable
                   Port     7777             Primary     YES
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
             IP Address     192.168.113.5      State     Reachable
                   Port     7777             Primary     NO
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
                        Last Net Sent To = 192.168.112.4
                      Last Net Rcvd From = 192.168.112.4
                     Over All Eror Count = 0
                              Peers Rwnd = 13880
                                 My Rwnd = 16384
                              Max Window = 16384
                      Initial Seq Number = 24130
                 Next Sending Seq Number = 124686
                   Last Acked Seq Number = 124669
             Maximum Outbound Char Count = 16384
             Current Outbound Char Count = 2112
                Number Unsent Char Count = 0
               Outbound Data Chunk Count = 16
                           Number Unsent = 0
                    Number To Retransmit = 0
      
                      ip datagrams rcvd = 155402
     ip datagrams with data chunks rcvd = 120844
                       data chunks rcvd = 367908
                       data chunks read = 367900
                          dup tsns rcvd = 8
                             sacks rcvd = 38734
                    gap ack blocks rcvd = 3
                heartbeat requests rcvd = 135
                    heartbeat acks rcvd = 52
                heartbeat requests sent = 52
                      ip datagrams sent = 129254
     ip datagrams with data chunks sent = 73084
                       data chunks sent = 396330
            retransmit data chunks sent = 135
                             sacks sent = 64872
                            send failed = 0
                 retransmit timer count = 0
        consecutive retransmit timeouts = 0
    RTT between RMIN and RMAX inclusive = 6
                  RTT greater than RMAX = 0
                  fast retransmit count = 135
                       recv timer count = 0
                  heartbeat timer count = 244
                       none left tosend = 0
                    none left rwnd gate = 5
                    none left cwnd gate = 8
    
        SCTP command complete
    
  8. Perform the Changing the Attributes of an IPSG Association procedure to change the retransmission parameters of the association based on the results of the outputs of 6 and 7.

    The Weighted Average round-trip time shown in the assocrtt pass command output in 6, and the data retransmission counts shown in the sctp -a pass command output in 7 are used as a guide to determine the appropriate values for the rmode, rmin, rmax, and rtimes parameters. If the retransmission parameters do not have to be adjusted, do not perform this step. This procedure is finished.

Figure 6-30 Configuring an IPSG Association for SCTP Retransmission Control



Sheet 1 of 2



Sheet 2 of 2

6.34 Changing the SCTP Checksum Algorithm Option for IPSG M2PA Associations

Use this procedure to change the SCTP checksum algorithm, either Adler-32 or CRC-32c, applied to traffic on SCTP associations. The sctpcsum parameter of the chg-sg-opts command is used to change this option. The Adler-32 and CRC-32c checksum algorithms specified in this procedure applies to all the M2PA associations that are assigned to all the IP cards running the IPSG application. This option is a system-wide option. To apply this option to associations assigned to cards running the IPLIM, IPLIMI, SS7IPGW, or IPGWI applications, or to IPSG M3UA associations, perform these procedures.

The sctpcsum parameter contains another value, percard, that allows either the Adler-32 or CRC-32c SCTP checksum algorithm to be specified for the all the associations assigned to a specific card. With this option specified, the Adler-32 checksum algorithm can be specified for the associations on one card and the CRC-32c checksum algorithm can be specified for the associations on another card. Setting the sctpcsum parameter to percard changes the SCTP checksum algorithm for the associations assigned to a card to the SCTP checksum algorithm value for that card. The checksum algorithm for individual cards is provisioned by performing the Configuring an IP Link procedure.

Once the SCTP checksum option has been changed, the associations on each IP card need to be reset by changing the open parameter value for each association to no, then back to yes. This ensures that the associations on the IP card are using the new SCTP checksum algorithm.

Canceling the RTRV-ASSOC Command

Because the rtrv-assoc command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current IP options in the database by entering the rtrv-sg-opts command. The following is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SCTPCSUM:       adler32
    

    The rtrv-sg-opts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-sg-opts command, see the rtrv-sg-opts command description in Commands User's Guide.

  2. Display the cards in the EAGLE by entering the rtrv-card command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 09-10-15 16:34:56 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL      LSET NAME     LINK SLC  LSET NAME     LINK SLC
    1101   DSM       VSCCP     
    1102   TSM       GLS           
    1113   GSPM      EOAM
    1114   TDM-A
    1115   GSPM      EOAM
    1116   TDM-B
    1117   MDAL
    1201   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   lsn1          A    0    lsn2          B    1
    1202   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode2       A    1    
    1203   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   lsn2          A    0    lsn1          B    1
    1204   LIMATM    ATMANSI   atmgwy        A    0    
    1205   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode1       A    0    ipnode3       B    1
    1207   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode2       A    0    
    1303   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode3       A    0    ipnode1       B    1
    1305   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode4       A    0    
    1308   ENET      IPSG      ipnode3       B    2
                               ipnode1       A1   2    ipnode4       B2   1
    1315   DCM       SS7IPGW   ipgtwy1       A    
    1317   DCM       IPGWI     ipgtwy2       A
    

    Record the card location, shown in the LOC column, and signaling link, shown in the LINK column, information for all cards running the IPSG application.

  3. Select one of the IPSG cards shown in 2. Display the associations assigned to the IPSG card by entering the rrtrv-assoc command and specifying the card location of the IPSG card. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:loc=1308

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
                    CARD  IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC   PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    assoc2          1308  A     A1   M2PA    2187  1025  YES  YES
    assoc4          1308  A     B    M2PA    3290  1025  YES  YES
    assoc5          1308  A     B2   M2PA    1057  1025  YES  YES
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (9 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (600 KB of 3200 KB) on LOC = 1308
    

    If the ADAPTER value of the associations shown in the rtrv-assoc output is M2PA, continue the procedure with 4.

    If the ADAPTER value of the associations shown in the rtrv-assoc output is M3UA, do not perform the remainder of this procedure. Perform the Changing the SCTP Checksum Algorithm Option for IPSG M3UA Associations procedure to change the SCTP checksum algorithm for IPSG M3UA associations.

  4. Change the SCTP checksum option in the database using the chg-sg-opts command. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-sg-opts:sctpcsum=crc32c

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:19:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-SG-OPTS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If the sctpcsum parameter value was changed to either adler32 or crc32c, continue the procedure with 5.
    • If the sctpcsum parameter value was changed to percard, perform the Configuring an IP Card procedure to assign an sctpcsum parameter value to all the cards containing IPSG M2PA associations. After the Configuring an IP Card procedure has been performed, continue the procedure with 6.
  5. Verify that the SCTP checksum algorithm was changed using the rtrv-sg-opts command. The SCTP checksum algorithm option value is shown in the SCTPCSUM parameter. The following is an example of the possible output.
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SCTPCSUM:       crc32c
    

    The rtrv-sg-opts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-sg-opts command, see the rtrv-sg-opts command description in Commands User's Guide.

  6. Place the signaling links assigned to the IPSG card out of service using the dact-slk command, specifying the LOC and LINK values shown in 3. For this example, enter these commands.

    dact-slk:loc=1308:link=a1

    dact-slk:loc=1308:link=b

    dact-slk:loc=1308:link=b2

    When these commands have successfully completed, this message appears.

    rlghncxa03w 06-10-12 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Deactivate Link message sent to card
    
  7. Change the value of the open parameter of the associations shown in 3 to no by specifying the chg-assoc command with the open=no parameter. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:open=no

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc4:open=no

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc5:open=no

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  8. Change the value of the open parameter of the associations changed in 7 to yes by specifying the chg-assoc command with the open=yes parameter. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc2:open=yes

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc4:open=yes

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc5:open=yes

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  9. Verify the checksum algorithm that is assigned to the associations shown in 8 by entering the sctp -a pass command with the card location of the IP card specified in 6 and the name of the associations specified in 8. For this example, enter this command.

    pass:loc=1308:cmd=”sctp -a assoc2 ”

    The following is an example of the possible output.

        rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
        Aname            Local              Local   Primary        Remote
                         IP Address         Port    Address        Port
        assoc2           192.1.1.24         2187    192.168.112.4  1025
                         192.1.1.24  
    
                   Configuration                            State
            Retransmission Mode = LIN          State = OPEN
    Min. Retransmission Timeout = 10000        ULP association id = 18
    Max. Retransmission Timeout = 800000       Number of nets = 2
         Max. Number of Retries = 10           Inbound Streams = 1
        Min. Congestion Window  = 3000         Outbound Streams = 2
                Inbound Streams = 2
               Outbound Streams = 2
             Checksum Algorithm = crc32c
           Send/Rcv Buffer Size = 204800
    
                                     Nets Data     
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.4      State     Reachable
                   Port     1025             Primary     YES
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.5      State     Reachable
                   Port     7777             Primary     NO
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
                        Last Net Sent To = 192.168.112.4      
                      Last Net Rcvd From = 192.168.112.4      
                     Over All Eror Count = 0
                              Peers Rwnd = 13880
                                 My Rwnd = 16384
                              Max Window = 16384
                      Initial Seq Number = 24130
                 Next Sending Seq Number = 124686
                   Last Acked Seq Number = 124669
             Maximum Outbound Char Count = 16384
             Current Outbound Char Count = 2112
                Number Unsent Char Count = 0
               Outbound Data Chunk Count = 16
                           Number Unsent = 0
                    Number To Retransmit = 0
    
    
                       ip datagrams rcvd = 155402
      ip datagrams with data chunks rcvd = 120844
                        data chunks rcvd = 367908
                        data chunks read = 367900
                           dup tsns rcvd = 8
                              sacks rcvd = 38734
                     gap ack blocks rcvd = 3
                 heartbeat requests rcvd = 135
                     heartbeat acks rcvd = 52
                 heartbeat requests sent = 52
                       ip datagrams sent = 129254
      ip datagrams with data chunks sent = 73084
                        data chunks sent = 396330
             retransmit data chunks sent = 135
                              sacks sent = 64872
                             send failed = 0
                  retransmit timer count = 0
         consecutive retransmit timeouts = 0
     RTT between RMIN and RMAX inclusive = 6
                   RTT greater than RMAX = 0
                   fast retransmit count = 135
                        recv timer count = 0
                   heartbeat timer count = 244
                        none left tosend = 0
                     none left rwnd gate = 5
                     none left cwnd gate = 8
    
    
    ;
    
        rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
        SCTP command complete
    
        rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
        Aname            Local              Local   Primary        Remote
                         IP Address         Port    Address        Port
        assoc2           192.1.1.24         2187    192.168.112.4  1025
                         192.1.1.24  
    
                   Configuration                            State
            Retransmission Mode = LIN          State = OPEN
    Min. Retransmission Timeout = 10           ULP association id = 18
    Max. Retransmission Timeout = 800          Number of nets = 2
         Max. Number of Retries = 10           Inbound Streams = 1
        Min. Congestion Window  = 3000         Outbound Streams = 2
                Inbound Streams = 2
               Outbound Streams = 2
      Checksum Algorithm = crc32c
    
    
                                     Nets Data     
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.4      State     Reachable
                   Port     1025             Primary     YES
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.5      State     Reachable
                   Port     7777             Primary     NO
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
                        Last Net Sent To = 192.168.112.4      
                      Last Net Rcvd From = 192.168.112.4      
                     Over All Eror Count = 0
                              Peers Rwnd = 13880
                                 My Rwnd = 16384
                              Max Window = 16384
                      Initial Seq Number = 24130
                 Next Sending Seq Number = 124686
                   Last Acked Seq Number = 124669
             Maximum Outbound Char Count = 16384
             Current Outbound Char Count = 2112
                Number Unsent Char Count = 0
               Outbound Data Chunk Count = 16
                           Number Unsent = 0
                    Number To Retransmit = 0
    
    
                       ip datagrams rcvd = 155402
      ip datagrams with data chunks rcvd = 120844
                        data chunks rcvd = 367908
                        data chunks read = 367900
                           dup tsns rcvd = 8
                              sacks rcvd = 38734
                     gap ack blocks rcvd = 3
                 heartbeat requests rcvd = 135
                     heartbeat acks rcvd = 52
                 heartbeat requests sent = 52
                       ip datagrams sent = 129254
      ip datagrams with data chunks sent = 73084
                        data chunks sent = 396330
             retransmit data chunks sent = 135
                              sacks sent = 64872
                             send failed = 0
                  retransmit timer count = 0
         consecutive retransmit timeouts = 0
     RTT between RMIN and RMAX inclusive = 6
                   RTT greater than RMAX = 0
                   fast retransmit count = 135
                        recv timer count = 0
                   heartbeat timer count = 244
                        none left tosend = 0
                     none left rwnd gate = 5
                     none left cwnd gate = 8
    
    
    ;
    
        rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
        SCTP command complete
    

    pass:loc=1308:cmd=”sctp -a assoc4 ”

    The following is an example of the possible output.

        rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
        Aname            Local              Local   Primary        Remote
                         IP Address         Port    Address        Port
        assoc4           192.1.1.24         3290    192.168.112.4  1025
                         192.1.1.24  
    
                   Configuration                            State
            Retransmission Mode = LIN          State = OPEN
    Min. Retransmission Timeout = 10000        ULP association id = 18
    Max. Retransmission Timeout = 800000       Number of nets = 2
         Max. Number of Retries = 10           Inbound Streams = 1
        Min. Congestion Window  = 3000         Outbound Streams = 2
                Inbound Streams = 2
               Outbound Streams = 2
             Checksum Algorithm = crc32c
           Send/Rcv Buffer Size = 204800
    
    
                                     Nets Data     
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.4      State     Reachable
                   Port     1025             Primary     YES
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.5      State     Reachable
                   Port     7777             Primary     NO
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
                        Last Net Sent To = 192.168.112.4      
                      Last Net Rcvd From = 192.168.112.4      
                     Over All Eror Count = 0
                              Peers Rwnd = 13880
                                 My Rwnd = 16384
                              Max Window = 16384
                      Initial Seq Number = 24130
                 Next Sending Seq Number = 124686
                   Last Acked Seq Number = 124669
             Maximum Outbound Char Count = 16384
             Current Outbound Char Count = 2112
                Number Unsent Char Count = 0
               Outbound Data Chunk Count = 16
                           Number Unsent = 0
                    Number To Retransmit = 0
    
    
                       ip datagrams rcvd = 155402
      ip datagrams with data chunks rcvd = 120844
                        data chunks rcvd = 367908
                        data chunks read = 367900
                           dup tsns rcvd = 8
                              sacks rcvd = 38734
                     gap ack blocks rcvd = 3
                 heartbeat requests rcvd = 135
                     heartbeat acks rcvd = 52
                 heartbeat requests sent = 52
                       ip datagrams sent = 129254
      ip datagrams with data chunks sent = 73084
                        data chunks sent = 396330
             retransmit data chunks sent = 135
                              sacks sent = 64872
                             send failed = 0
                  retransmit timer count = 0
         consecutive retransmit timeouts = 0
     RTT between RMIN and RMAX inclusive = 6
                   RTT greater than RMAX = 0
                   fast retransmit count = 135
                        recv timer count = 0
                   heartbeat timer count = 244
                        none left tosend = 0
                     none left rwnd gate = 5
                     none left cwnd gate = 8
    
    
    ;
    
        rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
        SCTP command complete
    
        rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
        Aname            Local              Local   Primary        Remote
                         IP Address         Port    Address        Port
        assoc4           192.1.1.24         3290    192.168.112.4  1025
                         192.1.1.24  
    
                   Configuration                            State
            Retransmission Mode = LIN          State = OPEN
    Min. Retransmission Timeout = 10           ULP association id = 18
    Max. Retransmission Timeout = 800          Number of nets = 2
         Max. Number of Retries = 10           Inbound Streams = 1
        Min. Congestion Window  = 3000         Outbound Streams = 2
                Inbound Streams = 2
               Outbound Streams = 2
      Checksum Algorithm = crc32c
    
    
                                     Nets Data     
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.4      State     Reachable
                   Port     1025             Primary     YES
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.5      State     Reachable
                   Port     7777             Primary     NO
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
                        Last Net Sent To = 192.168.112.4      
                      Last Net Rcvd From = 192.168.112.4      
                     Over All Eror Count = 0
                              Peers Rwnd = 13880
                                 My Rwnd = 16384
                              Max Window = 16384
                      Initial Seq Number = 24130
                 Next Sending Seq Number = 124686
                   Last Acked Seq Number = 124669
             Maximum Outbound Char Count = 16384
             Current Outbound Char Count = 2112
                Number Unsent Char Count = 0
               Outbound Data Chunk Count = 16
                           Number Unsent = 0
                    Number To Retransmit = 0
    
    
                       ip datagrams rcvd = 155402
      ip datagrams with data chunks rcvd = 120844
                        data chunks rcvd = 367908
                        data chunks read = 367900
                           dup tsns rcvd = 8
                              sacks rcvd = 38734
                     gap ack blocks rcvd = 3
                 heartbeat requests rcvd = 135
                     heartbeat acks rcvd = 52
                 heartbeat requests sent = 52
                       ip datagrams sent = 129254
      ip datagrams with data chunks sent = 73084
                        data chunks sent = 396330
             retransmit data chunks sent = 135
                              sacks sent = 64872
                             send failed = 0
                  retransmit timer count = 0
         consecutive retransmit timeouts = 0
     RTT between RMIN and RMAX inclusive = 6
                   RTT greater than RMAX = 0
                   fast retransmit count = 135
                        recv timer count = 0
                   heartbeat timer count = 244
                        none left tosend = 0
                     none left rwnd gate = 5
                     none left cwnd gate = 8
    
    
    ;
    
        rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
        SCTP command complete
    

    pass:loc=1308:cmd=”sctp -a assoc5 ”

    The following is an example of the possible output.

        rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
        Aname            Local              Local   Primary        Remote
                         IP Address         Port    Address        Port
        assoc5           192.1.1.24         1057    192.168.112.4  1025
                         192.1.1.24  
    
                   Configuration                            State
            Retransmission Mode = LIN          State = OPEN
    Min. Retransmission Timeout = 10000        ULP association id = 18
    Max. Retransmission Timeout = 800000       Number of nets = 2
         Max. Number of Retries = 10           Inbound Streams = 1
        Min. Congestion Window  = 3000         Outbound Streams = 2
                Inbound Streams = 2
               Outbound Streams = 2
             Checksum Algorithm = crc32c
           Send/Rcv Buffer Size = 204800
    
                                     Nets Data     
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.4      State     Reachable
                   Port     1025             Primary     YES
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.5      State     Reachable
                   Port     7777             Primary     NO
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
                        Last Net Sent To = 192.168.112.4      
                      Last Net Rcvd From = 192.168.112.4      
                     Over All Eror Count = 0
                              Peers Rwnd = 13880
                                 My Rwnd = 16384
                              Max Window = 16384
                      Initial Seq Number = 24130
                 Next Sending Seq Number = 124686
                   Last Acked Seq Number = 124669
             Maximum Outbound Char Count = 16384
             Current Outbound Char Count = 2112
                Number Unsent Char Count = 0
               Outbound Data Chunk Count = 16
                           Number Unsent = 0
                    Number To Retransmit = 0
    
    
                       ip datagrams rcvd = 155402
      ip datagrams with data chunks rcvd = 120844
                        data chunks rcvd = 367908
                        data chunks read = 367900
                           dup tsns rcvd = 8
                              sacks rcvd = 38734
                     gap ack blocks rcvd = 3
                 heartbeat requests rcvd = 135
                     heartbeat acks rcvd = 52
                 heartbeat requests sent = 52
                       ip datagrams sent = 129254
      ip datagrams with data chunks sent = 73084
                        data chunks sent = 396330
             retransmit data chunks sent = 135
                              sacks sent = 64872
                             send failed = 0
                  retransmit timer count = 0
         consecutive retransmit timeouts = 0
     RTT between RMIN and RMAX inclusive = 6
                   RTT greater than RMAX = 0
                   fast retransmit count = 135
                        recv timer count = 0
                   heartbeat timer count = 244
                        none left tosend = 0
                     none left rwnd gate = 5
                     none left cwnd gate = 8
    
    
    ;
    
        rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
        SCTP command complete
    
        rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
        Aname            Local              Local   Primary        Remote
                         IP Address         Port    Address        Port
        assoc5           192.1.1.24         1057    192.168.112.4  1025
                         192.1.1.24  
    
                   Configuration                            State
            Retransmission Mode = LIN          State = OPEN
    Min. Retransmission Timeout = 10           ULP association id = 18
    Max. Retransmission Timeout = 800          Number of nets = 2
         Max. Number of Retries = 10           Inbound Streams = 1
        Min. Congestion Window  = 3000         Outbound Streams = 2
                Inbound Streams = 2
               Outbound Streams = 2
      Checksum Algorithm = crc32c
    
    
                                     Nets Data     
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.4      State     Reachable
                   Port     1025             Primary     YES
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.5      State     Reachable
                   Port     7777             Primary     NO
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
                        Last Net Sent To = 192.168.112.4      
                      Last Net Rcvd From = 192.168.112.4      
                     Over All Eror Count = 0
                              Peers Rwnd = 13880
                                 My Rwnd = 16384
                              Max Window = 16384
                      Initial Seq Number = 24130
                 Next Sending Seq Number = 124686
                   Last Acked Seq Number = 124669
             Maximum Outbound Char Count = 16384
             Current Outbound Char Count = 2112
                Number Unsent Char Count = 0
               Outbound Data Chunk Count = 16
                           Number Unsent = 0
                    Number To Retransmit = 0
    
    
                       ip datagrams rcvd = 155402
      ip datagrams with data chunks rcvd = 120844
                        data chunks rcvd = 367908
                        data chunks read = 367900
                           dup tsns rcvd = 8
                              sacks rcvd = 38734
                     gap ack blocks rcvd = 3
                 heartbeat requests rcvd = 135
                     heartbeat acks rcvd = 52
                 heartbeat requests sent = 52
                       ip datagrams sent = 129254
      ip datagrams with data chunks sent = 73084
                        data chunks sent = 396330
             retransmit data chunks sent = 135
                              sacks sent = 64872
                             send failed = 0
                  retransmit timer count = 0
         consecutive retransmit timeouts = 0
     RTT between RMIN and RMAX inclusive = 6
                   RTT greater than RMAX = 0
                   fast retransmit count = 135
                        recv timer count = 0
                   heartbeat timer count = 244
                        none left tosend = 0
                     none left rwnd gate = 5
                     none left cwnd gate = 8
    
    
    ;
    
        rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
        SCTP command complete
    

    If the checksum algorithm shown in any of the associations displayed in this step do not match the checksum algorithm specified in 4, contact the Customer Care Center. Refer to unresolvable-reference.html#GUID-1825DD07-2A6B-4648-859A-1258A0F9AC40 for the contact information.

    If the checksum algorithm shown in all of the associations displayed in this step match the checksum algorithm specified in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html, continue the procedure with ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html.

  10. Put the signaling links that were placed out of service in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html back into service using the act-slk command. For example, enter this command.

    act-slk:loc=1308:link=a1

    act-slk:loc=1308:link=b

    act-slk:loc=1308:link=b2

    When these commands have successfully completed, this message appears.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 11:11:28 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Activate Link message sent to card
    
  11. Verify the in-service normal (IS-NR) status of the signaling link by using the rept-stat-slk command and specifying the card location and link values specified in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html.

    For example, enter these commands.

    rept-stat-slk:loc=1308:link=a1

    This message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SLK      LSN         CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    1308,A1  ipnode1     ----------- IS-NR        Avail     ----
    Command Completed.
    

    rept-stat-slk:loc=1308:link=b

    This message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SLK      LSN         CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    1308,B   ipnode3     ----------- IS-NR        Avail     ----
    Command Completed.
    

    rept-stat-slk:loc=1308:link=b2

    This message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SLK      LSN         CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    1308,B2  ipnode4     ----------- IS-NR        Avail     ----
    Command Completed.
    
  12. Enter the netstat -p sctp pass command with the card location of the IP card to determine if any errors have occurred. For this example, enter this command.

    pass:loc=1308:cmd=”netstat -p sctp”

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    ip packets sent...................................... 1474882
            ip packets sent with data chunk.................. 306354
            control chunks (excluding retransmissions)....... 1172759
            ordered data chunks (excluding retransmissions).. 1534350
            unordered data chunks (excluding retransmissions) 0
            user messages fragmented due to MTU.............. 0
            retransmit data chunks sent...................... 4
            sacks sent....................................... 496302
            send failed...................................... 0
        ip packets received.................................. 1816035
            ip packets received with data chunk.............. 989957
            control chunks (excluding duplicates)............ 833141
            ordered data chunks (excluding duplicates)....... 989968
            unordered data chunks (excluding duplicates)..... 0
            user messages reassembled........................ 0
            data chunks read................................. 988601
            duplicate tsns received.......................... 0
            sacks received................................... 153763
            gap ack blocks received.......................... 0
            out of the blue.................................. 4
            with invalid checksum............................ 0
        connections established.............................. 2954
            by upper layer................................... 0
            by remote endpoint............................... 2958
        connections terminated............................... 4
            ungracefully..................................... 2952
            gracefully....................................... 0
        associations dropped due to retransmits.............. 0
        consecutive retransmit timeouts...................... 4
        retransmit timer count............................... 6
        fast retransmit count................................ 0
        heartbeat requests received.......................... 330275
        heartbeat acks received.............................. 340239
        heartbeat requests sent.............................. 340258
        associations supported............................... 50
        milliseconds cookie life at 4-way start-up handshake. 5000
        retransmission attempts allowed at start-up phase.... 8
    
    ;
    
        rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
        NETSTAT command complete
    

    If errors are shown in the pass command output, contact the Customer Care Center. Refer to unresolvable-reference.html#GUID-1825DD07-2A6B-4648-859A-1258A0F9AC40 for the contact information.

  13. Repeat ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html through ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html to update the other IPSG cards in the EAGLE that contain IPSG M2PA associations with the new SCTP checksum algorithm.
  14. Back up the database by entering the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
  15. If the rtrv-card output in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html shows cards running the SS7IPGW or IPGWI applications, perform the Changing the SCTP Checksum Algorithm Option for M3UA and SUA Associations procedure.

    If the rtrv-card output in 2 shows cards running the IPLIM or IPLIMI applications, perform the Changing the SCTP Checksum Algorithm Option for M2PA Associations procedure.

    If the rtrv-card output in 2 shows that there are no cards running the SS7IPGW, IPGWI, IPLIM, or IPLIMI applications, this procedure is finished.

Figure 6-31 Changing the SCTP Checksum Algorithm Option for IPSG M2PA Associations



Sheet 1 of 3



Sheet 2 of 3



Sheet 3 of 3

6.35 Changing the SCTP Checksum Algorithm Option for IPSG M3UA Associations

Use this procedure to change the SCTP checksum algorithm, either Adler-32 or CRC-32c, applied to traffic on SCTP associations. The sctpcsum parameter of the chg-sg-opts command is used to change this option. The Adler-32 and CRC-32c checksum algorithms specified in this procedure applies to all the M3UA associations that are assigned to all the IP cards running the IPSG application. This option is a system-wide option. To apply this option to associations assigned to cards running the IPLIM, IPLIMI, SS7IPGW, or IPGWI applications, or to IPSG M2PA associations, perform these procedures.

The sctpcsum parameter contains another value, percard, that allows either the Adler-32 or CRC-32c SCTP checksum algorithm to be specified for the all the associations assigned to a specific card. With this option specified, the Adler-32 checksum algorithm can be specified for the associations on one card and the CRC-32c checksum algorithm can be specified for the associations on another card. Setting the sctpcsum parameter to percard changes the SCTP checksum algorithm for the associations assigned to a card to the SCTP checksum algorithm value for that card. The checksum algorithm for individual cards is provisioned by performing the Configuring an IP Card procedure.

Once the SCTP checksum option has been changed, the associations on each IP card need to be reset by changing the open parameter value for each association to no, then back to yes. This ensures that the associations on the IP card are using the new SCTP checksum algorithm.

Canceling the RTRV-ASSOC Command

Because the rtrv-assoc command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-assoc command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-assoc command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the current IP options in the database by entering the rtrv-sg-opts command. The following is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SCTPCSUM:       adler32
    

    The rtrv-sg-opts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-sg-opts command, see the rtrv-sg-opts command description in Commands User's Guide.

  2. Display the cards in the EAGLE by entering the rtrv-card command. This is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 09-10-15 16:34:56 GMT EAGLE5 41.0.0
    CARD   TYPE      APPL      LSET NAME     LINK SLC  LSET NAME     LINK SLC
    1101   DSM       VSCCP      
    1102   TSM       GLS        
    1113   GSPM      EOAM
    1114   TDM-A
    1115   GSPM      EOAM
    1116   TDM-B
    1117   MDAL
    1201   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   lsn1          A    0    lsn2          B    1
    1202   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode2       A    1    
    1203   LIMDS0    SS7ANSI   lsn2          A    0    lsn1          B    1
    1204   LIMATM    ATMANSI   atmgwy        A    0    
    1205   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode1       A    0    ipnode3       B    1
    1207   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode2       A    0    
    1303   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode3       A    0    ipnode1       B    1
    1305   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode4       A    0    
    1308   DCM       IPLIM     ipnode3       B    2
                               ipnode1       A1   2    ipnode4       B2   1
    1315   ENET      IPSG      ipgtwy1       A    
    1317   DCM       IPGWI     ipgtwy2       A
    

    Record the card location, shown in the LOC column, and signaling link, shown in the LINK column, information for all cards running the IPSG application.

  3. Select one of the IPSG cards shown in 2. Display the associations assigned to the IPSG card by entering the rtrv-assoc command and specifying the card location of the IPSG card. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-assoc:loc=1315

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
                    CARD  IPLNK
    ANAME           LOC   PORT  LINK ADAPTER LPORT RPORT OPEN ALW
    assoc3          1315  A     A    M3UA    2345  1025  YES  YES
    
    IP Appl Sock/Assoc table is (9 of 4000) 1% full
    Assoc Buffer Space Used (19 KB of 800 KB) on LOC = 1315
    

    If the ADAPTER value of the associations shown in the rtrv-assoc output is M3UA, continue the procedure with 4.

    If the ADAPTER value of the associations shown in the rtrv-assoc output is M2PA, do not perform the remainder of this procedure. Perform the Changing the SCTP Checksum Algorithm Option for M2PA Associations procedure to change the SCTP checksum algorithm for IPSG M2PA associations.

  4. At the IP near end node, stop all traffic to the IP card specified in 3 on the EAGLE.
  5. At the EAGLE, enter the msucount -l pass command with the card location of the IP card selected in 3. For this example, enter this command.

    pass:loc=1315:cmd=”msucount -l”

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    PASS: Command sent to card
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    MSUCOUNT: Command In Progress
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    MSUCOUNT: MSU Count Report
    
    --------------------------
    Link Measurements (Link A)
    --------------------------
    Transmit Counts                      Receive Counts
    ----------------------------------   -----------------------------
    rate   msus        bytes             rate   msus        bytes
    -----  ----------  ---------------   -----  ----------  ----------
    2000   4294967295  4294967295        2000   4294967295  4294967295
    MTP Primitive (MTPP) counts          Reroute Counts
    ----------------------------------   ----------------------
    sent pdus   rcvd pdus   dscrd pdus   sent msus   rcvd msus
    ----------  ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------     
    4294967295  4294967295  4294967295   4294967295  4294967295 
        
    END of Report
    
  6. At the EAGLE, enter the msucount -a pass command with the card location specified in 5 and the association names shown in 3. For this example, enter this command.

    pass:loc=1315:cmd=”msucount -a assoc3”

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    PASS: Command sent to card
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    MSUCOUNT: Command In Progress
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    MSUCOUNT: MSU Count Report
    
    --------------------------
    IP Connection Measurements
    --------------------------
    Receive Counts                     Transmit Counts
    --------------------------------   -----------------------------
    msus            bytes              msus             bytes
    ----------      ----------------   ----------       ----------
    4294967295      4294967295         4294967295       4294967295
    Receive Discard Counts             Transmit Discard Counts
    --------------------------------   ---------------------------------
    reason                count       reason                 count
    --------------------- ---------   ---------------------- ----------
    link state            4294967295   sccp msg type          4294967295
    sccp msg type         4294967295   sccp class             4294967295
    sccp class            4294967295   normalization error    4294967295
    sccp called party     4294967295   invalid traffic type   4294967295
    sccp calling party    4294967295   M3UA conversion error  4294967295
    isup sio              4294967295   SUA conversion error   4294967295
    normalization error   4294967295
    error in XSRV packet  4294967295
    M3UA PDU error        4294967295
    SUA PDU error         4294967295
    invalid rcontext      4294967295
    Stored Transmit Discard Data
    ----------------------------
    no stored transmit discard data
    Stored Receive Discard Data
    ---------------------------
    53 41 53 49 69 73 6f 74 11 00 87 0a 01 03 01 05
    05 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 00 00 00 00 00
    
    END of Report
    
  7. At the IP near end node, disconnect all the associations attached to the IP card specified in 6.
  8. At the EAGLE, place the signaling link on this IP card out of service using the dact-slk command. For this example, enter this command.

    dact-slk:loc=1315:link=a

    When this command has successfully completed, this message appears.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-12 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Deactivate Link message sent to card
    
  9. Change the SCTP checksum option in the database using the chg-sg-opts command. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-sg-opts:sctpcsum=crc32c

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:19:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-SG-OPTS: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
    Continue the procedure by performing one of these actions.
    • If the sctpcsum parameter value was changed to either adler32 or crc32c, continue the procedure with 10.
    • If the sctpcsum parameter value was changed to percard, perform the Configuring an IP Card procedure to assign an sctpcsum parameter value to all the cards running the IPLIM or IPLIMI applications. After the Configuring an IP Card procedure has been performed, continue the procedure with 11.
  10. Verify that the SCTP checksum algorithm was changed using the rtrv-sg-opts command. The SCTP checksum algorithm option value is shown in the SCTPCSUM parameter. The following is an example of the possible output.
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SCTPCSUM:       crc32c
    

    The rtrv-sg-opts command output contains other fields that are not used by this procedure. If you wish to see all the fields displayed by the rtrv-sg-opts command, see the rtrv-sg-opts command description in Commands User's Guide.

  11. Change the value of the open parameter of the associations shown in 3 to no by specifying the chg-assoc command with the open=no parameter. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc3:open=no

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  12. Change the value of the open parameter of the associations changed in 11 to yes by specifying the chg-assoc command with the open=yes parameter. For this example, enter this command.

    chg-assoc:aname=assoc3:open=yes

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-ASSOC: MASP A - COMPLTD;
    
  13. Verify the checksum algorithm that is assigned to the associations shown in 12 by entering the sctp -a pass command with the card location of the IP card specified in 8 and the name of the associations specified in 12. For this example, enter this command.

    pass:loc=1315:cmd=”sctp -a assoc3 ”

    The following is an example of the possible output.

        rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
        Aname            Local              Local   Primary        Remote
                         IP Address         Port    Address        Port
        assoc3           192.1.1.50         2345    192.168.112.4  1025
                         192.1.1.50  
    
                   Configuration                            State
            Retransmission Mode = LIN          State = OPEN
    Min. Retransmission Timeout = 10000        ULP association id = 18
    Max. Retransmission Timeout = 800000       Number of nets = 2
         Max. Number of Retries = 10           Inbound Streams = 1
        Min. Congestion Window  = 3000         Outbound Streams = 2
                Inbound Streams = 2
               Outbound Streams = 2
             Checksum Algorithm = crc32c
           Send/Rcv Buffer Size = 204800
    
                                     Nets Data     
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.4      State     Reachable
                   Port     1025             Primary     YES
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.5      State     Reachable
                   Port     7777             Primary     NO
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
                        Last Net Sent To = 192.168.112.4      
                      Last Net Rcvd From = 192.168.112.4      
                     Over All Eror Count = 0
                              Peers Rwnd = 13880
                                 My Rwnd = 16384
                              Max Window = 16384
                      Initial Seq Number = 24130
                 Next Sending Seq Number = 124686
                   Last Acked Seq Number = 124669
             Maximum Outbound Char Count = 16384
             Current Outbound Char Count = 2112
                Number Unsent Char Count = 0
               Outbound Data Chunk Count = 16
                           Number Unsent = 0
                    Number To Retransmit = 0
    
    
                       ip datagrams rcvd = 155402
      ip datagrams with data chunks rcvd = 120844
                        data chunks rcvd = 367908
                        data chunks read = 367900
                           dup tsns rcvd = 8
                              sacks rcvd = 38734
                     gap ack blocks rcvd = 3
                 heartbeat requests rcvd = 135
                     heartbeat acks rcvd = 52
                 heartbeat requests sent = 52
                       ip datagrams sent = 129254
      ip datagrams with data chunks sent = 73084
                        data chunks sent = 396330
             retransmit data chunks sent = 135
                              sacks sent = 64872
                             send failed = 0
                  retransmit timer count = 0
         consecutive retransmit timeouts = 0
     RTT between RMIN and RMAX inclusive = 6
                   RTT greater than RMAX = 0
                   fast retransmit count = 135
                        recv timer count = 0
                   heartbeat timer count = 244
                        none left tosend = 0
                     none left rwnd gate = 5
                     none left cwnd gate = 8
    
    
    ;
    
        rlghncxa03w 10-12-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 43.0.0
    
        SCTP command complete
    
        rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
        Aname            Local              Local   Primary        Remote
                         IP Address         Port    Address        Port
        assoc3           192.1.1.50         2345    192.168.112.4  1025
                         192.1.1.50  
    
                   Configuration                            State
            Retransmission Mode = LIN          State = OPEN
    Min. Retransmission Timeout = 10           ULP association id = 18
    Max. Retransmission Timeout = 800          Number of nets = 2
         Max. Number of Retries = 10           Inbound Streams = 1
        Min. Congestion Window  = 3000         Outbound Streams = 2
                Inbound Streams = 2
               Outbound Streams = 2
      Checksum Algorithm = crc32c
    
    
                                     Nets Data     
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.4      State     Reachable
                   Port     1025             Primary     YES
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
             IP Address     192.168.112.5      State     Reachable
                   Port     7777             Primary     NO
                    MTU     1500                cwnd     16384
               ssthresh     16384                RTO     120
    
                        Last Net Sent To = 192.168.112.4      
                      Last Net Rcvd From = 192.168.112.4      
                     Over All Eror Count = 0
                              Peers Rwnd = 13880
                                 My Rwnd = 16384
                              Max Window = 16384
                      Initial Seq Number = 24130
                 Next Sending Seq Number = 124686
                   Last Acked Seq Number = 124669
             Maximum Outbound Char Count = 16384
             Current Outbound Char Count = 2112
                Number Unsent Char Count = 0
               Outbound Data Chunk Count = 16
                           Number Unsent = 0
                    Number To Retransmit = 0
    
    
                       ip datagrams rcvd = 155402
      ip datagrams with data chunks rcvd = 120844
                        data chunks rcvd = 367908
                        data chunks read = 367900
                           dup tsns rcvd = 8
                              sacks rcvd = 38734
                     gap ack blocks rcvd = 3
                 heartbeat requests rcvd = 135
                     heartbeat acks rcvd = 52
                 heartbeat requests sent = 52
                       ip datagrams sent = 129254
      ip datagrams with data chunks sent = 73084
                        data chunks sent = 396330
             retransmit data chunks sent = 135
                              sacks sent = 64872
                             send failed = 0
                  retransmit timer count = 0
         consecutive retransmit timeouts = 0
     RTT between RMIN and RMAX inclusive = 6
                   RTT greater than RMAX = 0
                   fast retransmit count = 135
                        recv timer count = 0
                   heartbeat timer count = 244
                        none left tosend = 0
                     none left rwnd gate = 5
                     none left cwnd gate = 8
    
    
    ;
    
        rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
        SCTP command complete
    

    If the checksum algorithm shown in any of the associations displayed in this step do not match the checksum algorithm specified in 9, contact the Customer Care Center. Refer to unresolvable-reference.html#GUID-1825DD07-2A6B-4648-859A-1258A0F9AC40 for the contact information.

    If the checksum algorithm shown in all of the associations displayed in this step match the checksum algorithm specified in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html, continue the procedure with ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html.

  14. At the IP near end node, configure all the associations attached to the IP card specified in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html to use the SCTP checksum algorithm.
  15. Put the signaling link that was placed out of service in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html back into service using the act-slk command. For example, enter this command.

    act-slk:loc=1315:link=a

    When this command has successfully completed, this message appears.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-07 11:11:28 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    Activate Link message sent to card
    
  16. Verify the in-service normal (IS-NR) status of the signaling link by using the rept-stat-slk command and specifying the card location and link value specified in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html. For example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-slk:loc=1315:link=a

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    SLK      LSN         CLLI        PST          SST       AST
    1315,A   ipgtwy1     ----------- IS-NR        Avail     ----
    Command Completed.
    
  17. At the IP near end node, connect one of the associations attached to the IP card specified in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html.
  18. At the EAGLE, enter the rept-stat-assoc command specifying the association names specified with the chg-assoc command in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html and ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html to verify that the association is established with the IP near end node. For this example, enter this command.

    rept-stat-assoc:aname=assoc3

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
                        CARD IPLNK
        ANAME           LOC  PORT   LINK PST             SST             ASPID
        as1             1315 A      A    IS-NR           ESTABLISHED     undefined
    
        LSN         ANAME             ASP STATE
        lpgtwy1     assoc3            ACTIVE
    
        Command Completed.
    
  19. Enter the netstat -p sctp pass command with the card location of the IP card to determine if any errors have occurred. For this example, enter this command. For this example, enter this command.

    pass:loc=1315:cmd=”netstat -p sctp”

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    ip packets sent...................................... 1474882
            ip packets sent with data chunk.................. 306354
            control chunks (excluding retransmissions)....... 1172759
            ordered data chunks (excluding retransmissions).. 1534350
            unordered data chunks (excluding retransmissions) 0
            user messages fragmented due to MTU.............. 0
            retransmit data chunks sent...................... 4
            sacks sent....................................... 496302
            send failed...................................... 0
        ip packets received.................................. 1816035
            ip packets received with data chunk.............. 989957
            control chunks (excluding duplicates)............ 833141
            ordered data chunks (excluding duplicates)....... 989968
            unordered data chunks (excluding duplicates)..... 0
            user messages reassembled........................ 0
            data chunks read................................. 988601
            duplicate tsns received.......................... 0
            sacks received................................... 153763
            gap ack blocks received.......................... 0
            out of the blue.................................. 4
            with invalid checksum............................ 0
        connections established.............................. 2954
            by upper layer................................... 0
            by remote endpoint............................... 2958
        connections terminated............................... 4
            ungracefully..................................... 2952
            gracefully....................................... 0
        associations dropped due to retransmits.............. 0
        consecutive retransmit timeouts...................... 4
        retransmit timer count............................... 6
        fast retransmit count................................ 0
        heartbeat requests received.......................... 330275
        heartbeat acks received.............................. 340239
        heartbeat requests sent.............................. 340258
        associations supported............................... 50
        milliseconds cookie life at 4-way start-up handshake. 5000
        retransmission attempts allowed at start-up phase.... 8
    
    ;
    
        rlghncxa03w 08-04-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 38.0.0
    
        NETSTAT command complete
    
    If errors are shown in the pass command output, contact the Customer Care Center. Refer to unresolvable-reference.html#GUID-1825DD07-2A6B-4648-859A-1258A0F9AC40 for the contact information.
  20. At the IP near end node, connect all the other associations attached to the IP card specified in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html.
  21. At the IP near end node, activate one of the associations attached to the IP card specified in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html.
  22. At the EAGLE, enter the msucount -l pass command with the card location of the IP card specified in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html. For this example, enter this command.

    pass:loc=1315:cmd=”msucount -l”

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    PASS: Command sent to card
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    MSUCOUNT: Command In Progress
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    MSUCOUNT: MSU Count Report
    
    --------------------------
    Link Measurements (Link A)
    --------------------------
    
    Transmit Counts                      Receive Counts
    ----------------------------------   -----------------------------
    rate   msus        bytes             rate   msus        bytes
    -----  ----------  ---------------   -----  ----------  ----------
    2000   4294967295  4294967295        2000   4294967295  4294967295
    
    MTP Primitive (MTPP) counts          Reroute Counts
    ----------------------------------   ----------------------
    sent pdus   rcvd pdus   dscrd pdus   sent msus   rcvd msus
    ----------  ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------     
    4294967295  4294967295  4294967295   4294967295  4294967295     
    
    END of Report
    
  23. At the EAGLE, enter the msucount -a pass command with the card location specified in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html and the association names specified in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html. For this example, enter this command.

    pass:loc=1315:cmd=”msucount -a assoc3”

    The following is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    PASS: Command sent to card
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    MSUCOUNT: Command In Progress
    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:17:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    MSUCOUNT: MSU Count Report
    
    --------------------------
    IP Connection Measurements
    --------------------------
    
    Receive Counts                     Transmit Counts
    --------------------------------   -----------------------------
    msus            bytes              msus             bytes
    ----------      ----------------   ----------       ----------
    4294967295      4294967295         4294967295       4294967295
    Receive Discard Counts             Transmit Discard Counts
    --------------------------------   ---------------------------------
    reason                count       reason                 count
    --------------------- ---------   ---------------------- ----------
    link state            4294967295   sccp msg type          4294967295
    sccp msg type         4294967295   sccp class             4294967295
    sccp class            4294967295   normalization error    4294967295
    sccp called party     4294967295   invalid traffic type   4294967295
    sccp calling party    4294967295   M3UA conversion error  4294967295
    isup sio              4294967295   SUA conversion error   4294967295
    normalization error   4294967295
    error in XSRV packet  4294967295
    M3UA PDU error        4294967295
    SUA PDU error         4294967295
    invalid rcontext      4294967295
    
    Stored Transmit Discard Data
    ----------------------------
    no stored transmit discard data
    Stored Receive Discard Data
    ---------------------------
    53 41 53 49 69 73 6f 74 11 00 87 0a 01 03 01 05
    05 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 00 00 00 00 00
    
    END of Report
    

    If the outputs of the pass commands in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html and ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html show that traffic is not flowing over the association, refer to unresolvable-reference.html#GUID-1825DD07-2A6B-4648-859A-1258A0F9AC40.

  24. At the IP near end node, activate all the other associations attached to the IP card specified in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html.
  25. Repeat ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html through ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html to update the other IPSG cards in the EAGLE that contain IPSG M3UA associations with the new SCTP checksum algorithm.
  26. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    
  27. If the rtrv-card output in ipsg-m2pa-and-m3ua-configuration-procedures1.html shows cards running the IPLIM or IPLIMI applications, perform the Changing the SCTP Checksum Algorithm Option for M2PA Associations procedure.

    If the rtrv-card output in 2 shows cards running the SS7IPGW or IPGWI applications, perform the Changing the SCTP Checksum Algorithm Option for M3UA and SUA Associations procedure.

    If the rtrv-card output in 2 shows that there are no cards running the IPLIM, IPLIMI, SS7IPGW, or IPGWI applications, this procedure is finished.

Figure 6-32 Changing the SCTP Checksum Algorithm Option for IPSG M3UA Associations



Sheet 1 of 4



Sheet 2 of 4



Sheet 3 of 4



Sheet 4 of 4

6.36 Changing an M2PA Timer Set

This procedure is used to change the values of the M2PA timers in an M2PA timer set using the chg-m2pa-tset command. The M2PA timers are used to control the behavior of the signaling link assigned to an M2PA association (an association containing the M2PA adapter layer - adapter=m2pa) during signaling link alignment and proving, and during times of transmit congestion.

The EAGLE contains 20 M2PA timer sets. One of these timer sets is assigned to an M2PA association using the m2patset parameter of either the ent-assoc or chg-assoc command. If the m2patset parameter is not specified with the ent-assoc command, or with the chg-assoc command if the adapter layer for that association is being changed to M2PA, timer set 1 is automatically assigned to the association.

Caution:

Changing an M2PA timer set may affect the performance of any associations using the timer set being changed.

The chg-m2pa-tset command uses these parameters.

:tset – The M2PA timer set being changed, 1 - 20.

:srctset – The timer values in an existing M2PA timer set can be copied to another M2PA timer set, specified by the tset parameter. The srctset parameter specifies the timer set that is to be copied. If the srctset parameter is specified, no other timer values can be specified, The srctset parameter value cannot be the timer set specified by the tset parameter.

:ver – The M2PA version, either Draft 6 (ver=d6) or RFC (ver=rfc).

Note:

The definitions of timers T1 and T3 for the Draft 6 version are different from the RFC version. The T2 timer applies only to the RFC version. The definitions of timers T4N, T4E, T5, T6, T7, T16, T17 and T18 for are the same for the Draft 6 version and the RFC version.

The timer parameter descriptions and values are shown in Table 6-13.

Table 6-13 M2PA Timers

Timer Draft 6 Timer Name RFC Timer Name Definition Value (in msecs) DRAFT 6 System Default Value (in msecs) RFC System Default Value (in msecs)

:t1

N/A

Ready Timer

The amount of time after proving the M2PA adapter layer waits to receive a Link Status Ready message from the peer.

1000 -

350000

N/A

300000

:t1

Alignment Timer

N/A

The amount of time the M2PA adapter layer waits to receive a Link Status Alignment message from the peer.

1000 -

350000

10000

N/A

:t2 *

N/A

Not Aligned Timer

The the amount of time the M2PA adapter layer waits to receive a Link Status Alignment/Link Status Proving message after sending a Link Status Alignment message. Timer T2 is not used in M2PA Draft 6 timer sets.

5000 -

150000

N/A

20000

:t3

N/A

Alignment Timer

The amount of time the M2PA layer waits to receive a Link Status Alignment message from the peer.

1000 -

60000

N/A

2000

Ready Timer

N/A

The amount of time after proving the M2PA adapter layer waits to receive a Link Status Ready message from the peer.

1000 -

60000

10000

N/A

:t4n

Proving Timer (Normal)

The amount of time the M2PA adapter layer generates Link Status Proving messages during normal proving.

1000 -

70000

10000

30000

:t4e

Proving Timer (Emergency)

The amount of time the M2PA adapter layer generates Link Status Proving messages during emergency proving.

400 - 5000

500

500

:t5

Busy Rate Timer

The amount of time between sending Link Status Busy messages while the link is in-service.

80 - 10000

1000

100

:t6

Remote Congestion Timer

The amount of time that a congested link will remain in service.

1000 - 6000

3000

3000

:t7

Excess Delay in

Acknowledgement

Timer

The maximum amount of time that may pass between when a user data message is transmitted and an acknowledgement for that message is received from the peer. If this timer expires, the link is taken out of service.

200 - 2000

1200

1200

:t16

Proving Rate Timer

The amount of time between sending Link Status Proving messages while the T4N or T4E timer is running.

100 -

500000 **

200000 **

200000 **

:t17

Ready Rate Timer

The amount of time between sending Link Status Ready messages while the T3 timer is running.

100 - 500

250

250

:t18

Processor Outage Rate Timer

The amount of time between sending Link Status Processor Outage messages while the link is in-service.

100 - 10000

1000

1000

msecs - milliseconds

* The T2 Timer can be specified only for the M2PA RFC version.

** The value of the T16 Timer is in microseconds.

The value of any timer parameter not specified with the chg-m2pa-tset command is not changed.

  1. Display the M2PA timer sets in the database by entering the rtrv-m2pa-tset command with the version of the M2PA timer sets you wish to change with the ver parameter.
    To display the M2PA Draft 6 timer values, enter this command.

    rtrv-m2pa-tset:ver=d6

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    M2PA Draft 6 Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   ------ 5000  20000 500  5000  3000 1000  200000 250  1000
    2    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    3    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    4    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    5    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    6    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    7    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    9    27500  ------ 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    11   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    12   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    13   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    14   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    15   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    16   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    17   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    18   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    19   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    20   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    

    To display the M2PARFC timer values, enter this command.

    rtrv-m2pa-tset:ver=rfc

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    M2PA RFC Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   20000  5000  20000 500  5000  3000 1000  200000 250  1000
    1    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    2    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    3    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    4    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    5    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    6    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    7    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    9    27500  10000  3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    11   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    12   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    13   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    14   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    15   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    16   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    17   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    18   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    19   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    20   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    

    If the ver parameter is not specified when entering the rtrv-m2pa-tset command, both the Draft 6 and RFC values are displayed. This is an example of the possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    M2PA Draft 6 Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   ------ 5000  20000 500  5000  3000 1000  200000 250  1000
    2    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    3    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    4    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    5    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    6    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    7    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    9    27500  ------ 3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    11   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    12   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    13   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    14   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    15   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    16   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    17   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    18   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    19   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    20   10000  ------ 10000 10000 500  1000  3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    
    M2PA RFC Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16    T17  T18
    1    6000   20000  5000  20000 500  5000  3000 1000  200000 250  1000
    2    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    3    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    4    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    5    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    6    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    7    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    8    300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    9    27500  10000  3850  4859  450  5700  3750 1150  250    375  8750
    10   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    11   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    12   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    13   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    14   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    15   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    16   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    17   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    18   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    19   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    20   300000 20000  2000  30000 500  100   3000 1200  200000 250  1000
    
  2. Change the desired timer set with the chg-m2pa-tset command. To change a specific timer set, enter the chg-m2pa-tset command with the tset and ver parameters and the timer parameters you wish to change. For this example, to change the values of the RFC version of timer set 1, enter this command.

    chg-m2pa-tset:tset=1:t1=27500:t2=10000:t3=3850:t4e=450:t4n=45000:t5=5700 :t6=3750:t7=1150:t16=250000:t17=375:t18=8750:ver=rfc

    To change the values of the Draft 6 version of timer set 1, enter this command.

    chg-m2pa-tset:tset=1:t1=27500:t3=3850:t4e=450:t4n=45000:t5=5700 :t6=3750:t7=1150:t16=250000:t17=375:t18=8750:ver=d6

    Note:

    The values for theM2PA timers are shown inTable 6-13.

    To copy an M2PA timer set to another timer set, enter the chg-m2pa-tset command with the tset, ver, and srctset parameters. For this example, to copy the RFC version of timer set 9 to timer set 1, enter this command.

    chg-m2pa-tset:tset=1:srctset=9:ver=rfc

    To copy the Draft 6 version of timer set 9 to timer set 1, enter this command.

    chg-m2pa-tset:tset=1:srctset=9:ver=d6

    Note:

    Thever parameter is optional and does not have to be specified to change theM2PARFC timer values. The default value for thever parameter isrfc. If you wish to change theM2PA Draft 6 timer values, thever=d6 parameter must be specified with thechg-m2pa-tset command.

    When the chg-m2pa-tset command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-M2PA-TSET: MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  3. Verify the changes by entering the rtrv-m2pa-tset command specifying the timer set and version parameter values specified in 2. For this example, enter one of these commands.

    rtrv-m2pa-tset:tset=1:ver=rfc

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    M2PA RFC Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16     T17  T18
    1    27500  10000  3850  45000 450  5700  3750 1150  250000  375  8750
    

    rtrv-m2pa-tset:tset=1:ver=d6

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    M2PA Draft 6 Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16     T17  T18
    1    27500  ------ 3850  45000 450  5700  3750 1150  250000  375  8750
    

    rtrv-m2pa-tset:tset=9:ver=rfc

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    M2PA RFC Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16     T17  T18
    9    27500  10000  3850  45000 450  5700  3750 1150  250000  375  8750
    

    rtrv-m2pa-tset:tset=9:ver=d6

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:16:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    
    M2PA Draft 6 Timers (in msec, T16 in microsec)
    
    TSET T1     T2     T3    T4N   T4E  T5    T6   T7    T16     T17  T18
    9    27500  ------ 3850  45000 450  5700  3750 1150  250000  375  8750
    
  4. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-33 Changing an M2PA Timer Set



6.37 Changing a UA Parameter Set

Use this procedure to change the values in a UA (user adapter) parameter set using the chg-uaps command. The chg-uaps command uses these parameters.

:set – the UA parameter set being changed, from 1 - 9

:scrset – the source UA parameter set used to copy the values from one UA parameter set to another, from 1 to 10.

:timer – the timer being changed, from 1 to 10. Currently, there are only three timers defined:

  • Timer 2 – The False IP Connection Congestion Timer – the maximum amount of time (in milliseconds) that an association is allowed to remain congested before failing due to false connection congestion.
  • Timer 3 – The UA Heartbeat Period Timer – The frequency, in milliseconds, that heartbeat messages are transmitted.
  • Timer 4 – The UA Heartbeat Received Timer – The amount of time, in milliseconds, that the EAGLE waits for a response to the heartbeat message that was transmitted. If a response to the heartbeat message is not received in the amount of time defined by Timer 4, the association is torn down

:tvalue – The value of the timer specified by the timer parameter.

  • The value of timer 2 is from 10 to 30,000 milliseconds. The system default value is 3,000 milliseconds.
  • The value of timer 3 is from 100 to 60,000 milliseconds. The system default value is 10,000 milliseconds.
  • The value of timer 4 is from 100 to 10,000 milliseconds. The system default value is 5,000 milliseconds.

:parm – the UA parameters, from 1 to 10. Currently, only four UA parameters are defined.

  • 1 – Controlling ASPSNM Behavior
  • 2 – Controlling ASP/Application Server State Notification Behavior
  • 3 – UA Serviceability Options
  • 4 – SCTP Payload Protocol Indicator Option

:pvalue – the value of the UA parameters, which is dependent on the parm parameter value. The value of the pvalue parameter is a bit-mapped value, requiring a 0 in the specific bit position to disable the item, or a 1 in the specific bit position to enabled the item. The value of the pvalue parameter is a 32-bit number. Any bits not specified in the following lists are not used.

  • If the parm value is 1, the bits used by the pvalue parameter are:
    • 0 – Broadcast – controls broadcast phase SNMTFPs, TFRs and TFAs that are sent when a destination's status changes. If this flag is set, SNMTFPs/TFRs/TFAs are replicated to all associations/sockets that meet the Multicast SNM Criteria and have this enabled. The default is to enable all broadcast phase messages.
    • 1 – Response Method – controls the sending of an SNMTFC/UPU as a reply to a message received on an association/socket for an unavailable destination. The SNMTFC/UPU is replicated to all associations/sockets that have this capability and meet the Response SNM Criteria. The default is to allow the response to be sent.
    • 6 – Broadcast Congestion Status Change – controls the sending of unsolicited congestion status changes by an ASP. Unsolicited congestion status messages (TFCs generated when a destination's congestion status changes) are replicated to all ASPs who have this capability and meet the Multicast SNM Criteria. The default is to generate no unsolicited congestion status changes.

    Table 6-14 shows the values can be entered for the pvalue parameter if the parm value is 1. The pvalue parameter value can be entered as a hexadecimal or a decimal number.

    Table 6-14 Valid PVALUE Parameter Values if PARM=1

    Bits Enabled Bits Disabled Hexadecimal Value Decimal Value

    None

    Bit 0 - Broadcast

    Bit 1 - Response Method

    Bit 6 - Broadcast Congestion Status Change

    h’0

    0

    Bit 0 - Broadcast

    Bit 1 - Response Method

    Bit 6 - Broadcast Congestion Status Change

    h’1

    1

    Bit 1 - Response Method

    Bit 0 - Broadcast

    Bit 6 - Broadcast Congestion Status Change

    h’2

    2

    Bit 0 - Broadcast

    Bit 1 - Response Method

    Bit 6 - Broadcast Congestion Status Change

    h’3*

    3*

    Bit 6 - Broadcast Congestion Status Change

    Bit 0 - Broadcast

    Bit 1 - Response Method

    h’40

    64

    Bit 6 - Broadcast Congestion Status Change

    Bit 0 - Broadcast

    Bit 1 - Response Method

    h’41

    65

    Bit 6 - Broadcast Congestion Status Change

    Bit 1 - Response Method

    Bit 0 - Broadcast

    h’42

    66

    Bit 0 - Broadcast

    Bit 1 - Response Method

    Bit 6 - Broadcast Congestion Status Change

    None

    h’43

    67

    * The system default value

  • If the parm value is 2, the bits used by the pvalue parameter are:
    • 0 – ASP Active Notifications – controls the sending of ASP-Active notifications. If this value is specified, an ASP-Default notification is sent when an ASP transitions to the ASP-ACTIVE state. The default is not to send ASP-Active notifications.
    • 1 – ASP Inactive Notifications – controls the sending of ASP-Inactive notifications. If this value is specified, an ASP-Inactive notification is sent when an ASP transitions to the ASP-INACTIVE state. The default is not to send ASP-Inactive notifications.

      Note:

      To see the ASP activations and inactivations, bits 0 and 1 of the pvalue parameter value need to be enabled. See Table 6-15.
    • 2 – ASPAS State Query – controls the sending of ASP/AS State notifications on request by an ASP. If this value is specified, the EAGLE responds with ASP and AS state notifications if the remote ASP sends ASP-UP or ASP-INACTIVE, while the local ASP is in the ASP-INACTIVE state, or the remote ASP sends an ASP-ACTIVE notification while the local ASP is in the ASP-ACTIVE state. The default is not to send ASP/AS state notifications.

    Table 6-15 shows the values can be entered for the pvalue parameter if the parm value is 2. The pvalue parameter value can be entered as a hexadecimal or a decimal number.

    Table 6-15 Valid PVALUE Parameter Values if PARM=2

    Bits Enabled Bits Disabled Hexadecimal Value Decimal Value

    None

    Bit 0 - ASP Activate Notifications

    Bit 1 - ASP Inactivate Notifications

    Bit 2 - ASP AS State Query

    h’0*

    0*

    Bit 0 - ASP Activate Notifications

    Bit 1 - ASP Inactivate Notifications

    Bit 2 - ASP AS State Query

    h’1

    1

    Bit 1 - ASP Inactivate Notifications

    Bit 0 - ASP Activate Notifications

    Bit 2 - ASP AS State Query

    h’2

    2

    Bit 0 - ASP Activate Notifications

    Bit 1 - ASP Inactivate Notifications

    Bit 2 - ASP AS State Query

    h’3

    3

    Bit 2 - ASP AS State Query

    Bit 0 - ASP Activate Notifications

    Bit 1 - ASP Inactivate Notifications

    h’4

    4

    Bit 0 - ASP Activate Notifications

    Bit 2 - ASP AS State Query

    Bit 1 - ASP Inactivate Notifications

    h’5

    5

    Bit 1 - ASP Inactivate Notifications

    Bit 2 - ASP AS State Query

    Bit 0 - ASP Activate Notifications

    h’6

    6

    Bit 0 - ASP Activate Notifications

    Bit 1 - ASP Inactivate Notifications

    Bit 2 - ASP AS State Query

    None

    h’7

    7

    * The system default value

  • If the parm value is 3, the bits used by the pvalue parameter are:
    • 0 – UA Heartbeats – heartbeat messages are sent on connections from the EAGLE to the far-end node that are in the ASP-Down, ASP-Active, and ASP-Inactive states if the bit is enabled.
    • 1 – UA Graceful Shutdown – enables the graceful shutdown of IPSG M3UA connections if the bit is enabled.

    Table 6-16 shows the values can be entered for the pvalue parameter if the parm value is 3. The pvalue parameter value can be entered as a hexadecimal or a decimal number.

    Table 6-16 Valid PVALUE Parameter Values if PARM=3

    Bits Enabled Bits Disabled Hexadecimal Value Decimal Value

    None

    Bit 0 - UA Heartbeats

    Bit 1 - UA Graceful Shutdown

    h’0*

    0*

    Bit 0 - UA Heartbeats

    Bit 1 - UA Graceful Shutdown

    h’1

    1

    Bit 1 - UA Graceful Shutdown

    Bit 0 - UA Heartbeats

    h’2

    2

    Bit 0 - UA Heartbeats

    Bit 1 - UA Graceful Shutdown

    None

    h’3

    3

    * The system default value

  • If the parm value is 4, the bit 0, the SCTP Payload Protocol Indicator byte order option, is used by the pvalue parameter. This bit indicates whether the SCTP Payload Protocol Indicator (PPI) in the received or transmitted message should be in the Big Endian and Little Endian byte format.

    Table 6-17 shows the values can be entered for the pvalue parameter if the parm value is 4. The pvalue parameter value can be entered as a hexadecimal or a decimal number.

    Table 6-17 Valid PVALUE Parameter Values if PARM=4

    SCTP Payload Protocol Indicator Byte Order Option - Bit 0 Hexadecimal Value Decimal Value
    Big Endian Byte Format

    h’0*

    0*

    Little Endian Byte Format

    h’1

    1

    * The system default value

UA parameter set 10 contains the default values for the UA parameter sets and cannot be changed.

The set and scrset parameter values cannot be the same.

If the scrset parameter is specified, no other optional parameter may be specified.

The timer and tvalue parameters must be specified together. If one is specified, the other must be specified.

The parm and pvalue parameters must be specified together. If one is specified, the other must be specified.

Canceling the RTRV-UAPS Command

Because the rtrv-uaps command used in this procedure can output information for a long period of time, the rtrv-uaps command can be canceled and the output to the terminal stopped. There are three ways that the rtrv-uaps command can be canceled.

  • Press the F9 function key on the keyboard at the terminal where the rtrv-uaps command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd without the trm parameter at the terminal where the rtrv-uaps command was entered.
  • Enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx>, where <xx> is the terminal where the rtrv-uaps command was entered, from another terminal other that the terminal where the rtrv-uaps command was entered. To enter the canc-cmd:trm=<xx> command, the terminal must allow Security Administration commands to be entered from it and the user must be allowed to enter Security Administration commands. The terminal’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-secu-trm command. The user’s permissions can be verified with the rtrv-user or rtrv-secu-user commands.

For more information about the canc-cmd command, go to Commands User's Guide.

  1. Display the values in the UA parameter set being changed by entering the rtrv-uaps command and specifying the desired UA parameter set number, from 1 to 9. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-uaps:set=3

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
        SET  TIMER      TVALUE  PARM      PVALUE
          3      1           0     1           3
          3      2        3000     2           0
          3      3       10000     3           0
          3      4        5000     4           0
          3      5           0     5           0
          3      6           0     6           0
          3      7           0     7           0
          3      8           0     8           0
          3      9           0     9           0
          3     10           0    10           0
    
        TIMER 2: False IP Connection Congestion Timer, max time an
                 association can be congested before failing due to false
                 congestion. SS7IPGW and IPGWI applications enforce
                 0-30000(ms). Not supported on IPSG application.
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        TIMER 3: UA HeartBeat Period Timer T(beat), time (ms) between sending
                 of BEAT msgs by NE. IPSG, SS7IPGW and IPGWI applications
                 enforce 100(ms)-60000(ms).
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        TIMER 4: UA HeartBeat Received Timer T(beat ack), timeout period for
                 response BEAT ACK msgs by NE. IPSG, SS7IPGW and IPGWI
                 applications enforce 100(ms)-10000(ms).
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        PARM  1: ASP SNM options.  Each bit is used as an enabled/disabled
                 flag for a particular ASP SNM option. Not supported on IPSG
                 application.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=Broadcast                          0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=Response Method                    0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 2-5=Reserved
                 6=Broadcast Congestion Status Change 0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 7-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  2: ASP/AS Notification options.  Each bit is used as an
                 enabled/disabled flag for a particular ASP/AS
                 Notification option.  Not supported on IPSG application.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=ASP Active Notifications           0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=ASP Inactive Notifications         0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 2=ASP AS State Query                 0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 3-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  3: UA Serviceability Options.  Each bit is used as an
                 enabled/disabled flag for a particular UA Serviceability
                 option. Supported on IPSG, SS7IPGW, and IPGWI applications.
                 UA Graceful Shutdown supported on IPSG for M3UA only.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=UA Heartbeats                      0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=UA Graceful Shutdown               0=Disabled , 1=Enabled 
                 2-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  4: SCTP Payload Protocol Indicator byte order option. Bit indicates 
                 PPI value is RCV/TX in Big Endian or Little Endian byte format.  
                 Supported on IPSG-M2PA associations only.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                               BIT VALUE
                 0=Payload Protocol Indicator      0=Big Endian , 1=Little Endian
                 1-31=Reserved
    
    

    If the new values of the UA parameter set are being copied from another UA parameter set, continue the procedure with 2.

    If the new values of the UA parameter set are not being copied from another UA parameter set, continue the procedure with 3.

  2. Display the values in the UA parameter set that will be copied to the UA parameter set displayed in 1 by entering the rtrv-uaps command and specifying the desired UA parameter set number, from 1 to 10. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-uaps:set=10

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
        SET  TIMER      TVALUE  PARM      PVALUE
         10      1           0     1           3
         10      2        3000     2           0
         10      3       10000     3           0
         10      4        5000     4           0
         10      5           0     5           0
         10      6           0     6           0
         10      7           0     7           0
         10      8           0     8           0
         10      9           0     9           0
         10     10           0    10           0
    
        TIMER 2: False IP Connection Congestion Timer, max time an
                 association can be congested before failing due to false
                 congestion. SS7IPGW and IPGWI applications enforce
                 0-30000(ms). Not supported on IPSG application.
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        TIMER 3: UA HeartBeat Period Timer T(beat), time (ms) between sending
                 of BEAT msgs by NE. IPSG, SS7IPGW and IPGWI applications
                 enforce 100(ms)-60000(ms).
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        TIMER 4: UA HeartBeat Received Timer T(beat ack), timeout period for
                 response BEAT ACK msgs by NE. IPSG, SS7IPGW and IPGWI
                 applications enforce 100(ms)-10000(ms).
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        PARM  1: ASP SNM options.  Each bit is used as an enabled/disabled
                 flag for a particular ASP SNM option. Not supported on IPSG
                 application.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=Broadcast                          0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=Response Method                    0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 2-5=Reserved
                 6=Broadcast Congestion Status Change 0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 7-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  2: ASP/AS Notification options.  Each bit is used as an
                 enabled/disabled flag for a particular ASP/AS
                 Notification option.  Not supported on IPSG application.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=ASP Active Notifications           0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=ASP Inactive Notifications         0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 2=ASP AS State Query                 0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 3-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  3: UA Serviceability Options.  Each bit is used as an
                 enabled/disabled flag for a particular UA Serviceability
                 option. Supported on IPSG, SS7IPGW, and IPGWI applications.
                 UA Graceful Shutdown supported on IPSG for M3UA only.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=UA Heartbeats                      0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=UA Graceful Shutdown               0=Disabled , 1=Enabled 
                 2-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  4: SCTP Payload Protocol Indicator byte order option. Bit indicates 
                 PPI value is RCV/TX in Big Endian or Little Endian byte format.  
                 Supported on IPSG-M2PA associations only.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                               BIT VALUE
                 0=Payload Protocol Indicator      0=Big Endian , 1=Little Endian
                 1-31=Reserved
    
    
  3. Change the UA parameter set values using the chg-uaps command with the UA parameter set value used in 1. If the parm and pvalue parameters are being specified, see these tables for the valid values of the pvalue parameter.

    For this example, enter this command.

    chg-uaps:set=3:timer=2:tvalue=2000:parm=2:pvalue=1:parm=3:pvalue=3

    The value of the pvalue parameter can be entered as either a decimal value or a hexadecimal value. This example shows the pvalue parameter value of the chg-uaps command being entered as a decimal value. If the decimal value of the pvalue parameter is 3, specify the pvalue=h’3 parameter to specify the hexadecimal value for the pvalue parameter.

    chg-uaps:set=3:timer=2:tvalue=2000:parm=2:pvalue=h’1:parm=3:pvalue=h’3

    If the values from one UA parameter set are being copied to another UA parameter set, only the set and scrset parameters can be specified with the chg-uaps command. For example, to copy the values from UA parameter set 10 to UA parameter set 5, enter this command.

    chg-uaps:set=5:scrset=10

    When this command has successfully completed, this message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-UAPS:  MASP A - COMPLTD
    
  4. Verify the changes using the rtrv-uaps command with the UA parameter set name used in 3. For this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-uaps:set=3

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
        SET  TIMER      TVALUE  PARM      PVALUE
         3       1           0     1           3
         3       2        2000     2           1
         3       3       10000     3           3
         3       4        5000     4           0
         3       5           0     5           0
         3       6           0     6           0
         3       7           0     7           0
         3       8           0     8           0
         3       9           0     9           0
         3      10           0    10           0
    
        TIMER 2: False IP Connection Congestion Timer, max time an
                 association can be congested before failing due to false
                 congestion. SS7IPGW and IPGWI applications enforce
                 0-30000(ms). Not supported on IPSG application.
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        TIMER 3: UA HeartBeat Period Timer T(beat), time (ms) between sending
                 of BEAT msgs by NE. IPSG, SS7IPGW and IPGWI applications
                 enforce 100(ms)-60000(ms).
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        TIMER 4: UA HeartBeat Received Timer T(beat ack), timeout period for
                 response BEAT ACK msgs by NE. IPSG, SS7IPGW and IPGWI
                 applications enforce 100(ms)-10000(ms).
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        PARM  1: ASP SNM options.  Each bit is used as an enabled/disabled
                 flag for a particular ASP SNM option. Not supported on IPSG
                 application.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=Broadcast                          0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=Response Method                    0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 2-5=Reserved
                 6=Broadcast Congestion Status Change 0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 7-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  2: ASP/AS Notification options.  Each bit is used as an
                 enabled/disabled flag for a particular ASP/AS
                 Notification option.  Not supported on IPSG application.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=ASP Active Notifications           0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=ASP Inactive Notifications         0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 2=ASP AS State Query                 0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 3-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  3: UA Serviceability Options.  Each bit is used as an
                 enabled/disabled flag for a particular UA Serviceability
                 option. Supported on IPSG, SS7IPGW, and IPGWI applications.
                 UA Graceful Shutdown supported on IPSG for M3UA only.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=UA Heartbeats                      0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=UA Graceful Shutdown               0=Disabled , 1=Enabled 
                 2-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  4: SCTP Payload Protocol Indicator byte order option. Bit indicates 
                 PPI value is RCV/TX in Big Endian or Little Endian byte format.  
                 Supported on IPSG-M2PA associations only.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                               BIT VALUE
                 0=Payload Protocol Indicator      0=Big Endian , 1=Little Endian
                 1-31=Reserved
    
    

    If 2 was performed, for this example, enter this command.

    rtrv-uaps:set=5

    This is an example of possible output.

    
    rlghncxa03w 10-07-28 09:12:36 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
        SET  TIMER      TVALUE  PARM      PVALUE
          5      1           0     1           3
          5      2        3000     2           0
          5      3       10000     3           0
          5      4        5000     4           0
          5      5           0     5           0
          5      6           0     6           0
          5      7           0     7           0
          5      8           0     8           0
          5      9           0     9           0
          5     10           0    10           0
    
        TIMER 2: False IP Connection Congestion Timer, max time an
                 association can be congested before failing due to false
                 congestion. SS7IPGW and IPGWI applications enforce
                 0-30000(ms). Not supported on IPSG application.
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        TIMER 3: UA HeartBeat Period Timer T(beat), time (ms) between sending
                 of BEAT msgs by NE. IPSG, SS7IPGW and IPGWI applications
                 enforce 100(ms)-60000(ms).
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        TIMER 4: UA HeartBeat Received Timer T(beat ack), timeout period for
                 response BEAT ACK msgs by NE. IPSG, SS7IPGW and IPGWI
                 applications enforce 100(ms)-10000(ms).
        TVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
    
        PARM  1: ASP SNM options.  Each bit is used as an enabled/disabled
                 flag for a particular ASP SNM option. Not supported on IPSG
                 application.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=Broadcast                          0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=Response Method                    0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 2-5=Reserved
                 6=Broadcast Congestion Status Change 0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 7-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  2: ASP/AS Notification options.  Each bit is used as an
                 enabled/disabled flag for a particular ASP/AS
                 Notification option.  Not supported on IPSG application.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=ASP Active Notifications           0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=ASP Inactive Notifications         0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 2=ASP AS State Query                 0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 3-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  3: UA Serviceability Options.  Each bit is used as an
                 enabled/disabled flag for a particular UA Serviceability
                 option. Supported on IPSG, SS7IPGW, and IPGWI applications.
                 UA Graceful Shutdown supported on IPSG for M3UA only.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                                  BIT VALUE
                 0=UA Heartbeats                      0=Disabled , 1=Enabled
                 1=UA Graceful Shutdown               0=Disabled , 1=Enabled 
                 2-31=Reserved
    
        PARM  4: SCTP Payload Protocol Indicator byte order option. Bit indicates 
                 PPI value is RCV/TX in Big Endian or Little Endian byte format.  
                 Supported on IPSG-M2PA associations only.
        PVALUE : Valid range = 32-bits
                 BIT                               BIT VALUE
                 0=Payload Protocol Indicator      0=Big Endian , 1=Little Endian
                 1-31=Reserved
    
    
  5. Back up the new changes, using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear; the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-34 Changing a UA Parameter Set



6.38 Turning Off the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling Feature

This procedure is used to turn off the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature, using the chg-ctrl-feat command.

The chg-ctrl-feat command uses these parameters:

:partnum – The part number of the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature, 893018401.

:status=off – used to turn off the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature.

The status of the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature must be on and is shown with the rtrv-ctrl-feat command.

Caution:

If the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature is turned off, the EAGLE will not process messages with a signaling information field (SIF) that is larger than 272 bytes.
  1. Display the status of the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature by entering the rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893018401 command. The following is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-04-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Large MSU for IP Sig      893018401  on      ----
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity   Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    

    If the status of the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature is off, or if the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature is not enabled, this procedure cannot be performed.

  2. Turn off the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature by entering the chg-ctrl-feat command with the status=off parameter. For example, enter this command.

    chg-ctrl-feat:partnum=893018401:status=off

    When this command has successfully completed, the following message should appear.

    
    rlghncxa03w 06-10-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 36.0.0
    CHG-CTRL-FEAT: MASP B - COMPLTD
    
  3. Verify that the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling feature has been turned off by using the rtrv-ctrl-feat:partnum=893018401 command. The following is an example of the possible output.
    
    rlghncxa03w 10-04-28 21:15:37 GMT EAGLE5 42.0.0
    The following features have been permanently enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity
    Large MSU for IP Sig      893018401  off      ----
    
    The following features have been temporarily enabled:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum    Status  Quantity   Trial Period Left
    Zero entries found.
    
    The following features have expired temporary keys:
    
    Feature Name              Partnum
    Zero entries found.
    
  4. Back up the new changes using the chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed command. These messages should appear, the active Maintenance and Administration Subsystem Processor (MASP) appears first.
    
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on standby MASP.
    BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
    

Figure 6-35 Turning Off the Large MSU Support for IP Signaling Feature